TW201512619A - Refrigerator - Google Patents

Refrigerator Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW201512619A
TW201512619A TW103121915A TW103121915A TW201512619A TW 201512619 A TW201512619 A TW 201512619A TW 103121915 A TW103121915 A TW 103121915A TW 103121915 A TW103121915 A TW 103121915A TW 201512619 A TW201512619 A TW 201512619A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
door
door opening
refrigerator
opening operation
refrigerator according
Prior art date
Application number
TW103121915A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI572837B (en
Inventor
Takuya Mashimo
Tomoyasu Saeki
Shunji Ueno
Hidetake Hayashi
Takahiko Abe
Toshiro Nagasaka
Katsushi Sumihiro
Masanori Takeshita
Koji Mishima
Kazuma Maeda
Nobuki Kato
Original Assignee
Toshiba Kk
Toshiba Lifestyle Products & Services Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Toshiba Kk, Toshiba Lifestyle Products & Services Corp filed Critical Toshiba Kk
Publication of TW201512619A publication Critical patent/TW201512619A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI572837B publication Critical patent/TWI572837B/en

Links

Classifications

    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F25REFRIGERATION OR COOLING; COMBINED HEATING AND REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS; HEAT PUMP SYSTEMS; MANUFACTURE OR STORAGE OF ICE; LIQUEFACTION SOLIDIFICATION OF GASES
    • F25DREFRIGERATORS; COLD ROOMS; ICE-BOXES; COOLING OR FREEZING APPARATUS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • F25D11/00Self-contained movable devices, e.g. domestic refrigerators
    • F25D11/02Self-contained movable devices, e.g. domestic refrigerators with cooling compartments at different temperatures
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F25REFRIGERATION OR COOLING; COMBINED HEATING AND REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS; HEAT PUMP SYSTEMS; MANUFACTURE OR STORAGE OF ICE; LIQUEFACTION SOLIDIFICATION OF GASES
    • F25DREFRIGERATORS; COLD ROOMS; ICE-BOXES; COOLING OR FREEZING APPARATUS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • F25D11/00Self-contained movable devices, e.g. domestic refrigerators
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F25REFRIGERATION OR COOLING; COMBINED HEATING AND REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS; HEAT PUMP SYSTEMS; MANUFACTURE OR STORAGE OF ICE; LIQUEFACTION SOLIDIFICATION OF GASES
    • F25DREFRIGERATORS; COLD ROOMS; ICE-BOXES; COOLING OR FREEZING APPARATUS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • F25D23/00General constructional features
    • F25D23/02Doors; Covers
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F25REFRIGERATION OR COOLING; COMBINED HEATING AND REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS; HEAT PUMP SYSTEMS; MANUFACTURE OR STORAGE OF ICE; LIQUEFACTION SOLIDIFICATION OF GASES
    • F25DREFRIGERATORS; COLD ROOMS; ICE-BOXES; COOLING OR FREEZING APPARATUS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • F25D23/00General constructional features
    • F25D23/02Doors; Covers
    • F25D23/028Details
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F25REFRIGERATION OR COOLING; COMBINED HEATING AND REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS; HEAT PUMP SYSTEMS; MANUFACTURE OR STORAGE OF ICE; LIQUEFACTION SOLIDIFICATION OF GASES
    • F25DREFRIGERATORS; COLD ROOMS; ICE-BOXES; COOLING OR FREEZING APPARATUS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • F25D23/00General constructional features
    • F25D23/06Walls
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F25REFRIGERATION OR COOLING; COMBINED HEATING AND REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS; HEAT PUMP SYSTEMS; MANUFACTURE OR STORAGE OF ICE; LIQUEFACTION SOLIDIFICATION OF GASES
    • F25DREFRIGERATORS; COLD ROOMS; ICE-BOXES; COOLING OR FREEZING APPARATUS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • F25D27/00Lighting arrangements
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F25REFRIGERATION OR COOLING; COMBINED HEATING AND REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS; HEAT PUMP SYSTEMS; MANUFACTURE OR STORAGE OF ICE; LIQUEFACTION SOLIDIFICATION OF GASES
    • F25DREFRIGERATORS; COLD ROOMS; ICE-BOXES; COOLING OR FREEZING APPARATUS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • F25D27/00Lighting arrangements
    • F25D27/005Lighting arrangements combined with control means
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F25REFRIGERATION OR COOLING; COMBINED HEATING AND REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS; HEAT PUMP SYSTEMS; MANUFACTURE OR STORAGE OF ICE; LIQUEFACTION SOLIDIFICATION OF GASES
    • F25DREFRIGERATORS; COLD ROOMS; ICE-BOXES; COOLING OR FREEZING APPARATUS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • F25D29/00Arrangement or mounting of control or safety devices
    • F25D29/003Arrangement or mounting of control or safety devices for movable devices
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F25REFRIGERATION OR COOLING; COMBINED HEATING AND REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS; HEAT PUMP SYSTEMS; MANUFACTURE OR STORAGE OF ICE; LIQUEFACTION SOLIDIFICATION OF GASES
    • F25DREFRIGERATORS; COLD ROOMS; ICE-BOXES; COOLING OR FREEZING APPARATUS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • F25D29/00Arrangement or mounting of control or safety devices
    • F25D29/005Mounting of control devices
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F25REFRIGERATION OR COOLING; COMBINED HEATING AND REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS; HEAT PUMP SYSTEMS; MANUFACTURE OR STORAGE OF ICE; LIQUEFACTION SOLIDIFICATION OF GASES
    • F25DREFRIGERATORS; COLD ROOMS; ICE-BOXES; COOLING OR FREEZING APPARATUS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • F25D29/00Arrangement or mounting of control or safety devices
    • F25D29/008Alarm devices
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01HELECTRIC SWITCHES; RELAYS; SELECTORS; EMERGENCY PROTECTIVE DEVICES
    • H01H36/00Switches actuated by change of magnetic field or of electric field, e.g. by change of relative position of magnet and switch, by shielding
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H01ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01HELECTRIC SWITCHES; RELAYS; SELECTORS; EMERGENCY PROTECTIVE DEVICES
    • H01H36/00Switches actuated by change of magnetic field or of electric field, e.g. by change of relative position of magnet and switch, by shielding
    • H01H36/0006Permanent magnet actuating reed switches
    • H01H36/0013Permanent magnet actuating reed switches characterised by the co-operation between reed switch and permanent magnet; Magnetic circuits
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H03ELECTRONIC CIRCUITRY
    • H03KPULSE TECHNIQUE
    • H03K17/00Electronic switching or gating, i.e. not by contact-making and –breaking
    • H03K17/94Electronic switching or gating, i.e. not by contact-making and –breaking characterised by the way in which the control signals are generated
    • H03K17/96Touch switches
    • H03K17/962Capacitive touch switches
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F25REFRIGERATION OR COOLING; COMBINED HEATING AND REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS; HEAT PUMP SYSTEMS; MANUFACTURE OR STORAGE OF ICE; LIQUEFACTION SOLIDIFICATION OF GASES
    • F25DREFRIGERATORS; COLD ROOMS; ICE-BOXES; COOLING OR FREEZING APPARATUS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • F25D2201/00Insulation
    • F25D2201/10Insulation with respect to heat
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F25REFRIGERATION OR COOLING; COMBINED HEATING AND REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS; HEAT PUMP SYSTEMS; MANUFACTURE OR STORAGE OF ICE; LIQUEFACTION SOLIDIFICATION OF GASES
    • F25DREFRIGERATORS; COLD ROOMS; ICE-BOXES; COOLING OR FREEZING APPARATUS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • F25D2323/00General constructional features not provided for in other groups of this subclass
    • F25D2323/02Details of doors or covers not otherwise covered
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F25REFRIGERATION OR COOLING; COMBINED HEATING AND REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS; HEAT PUMP SYSTEMS; MANUFACTURE OR STORAGE OF ICE; LIQUEFACTION SOLIDIFICATION OF GASES
    • F25DREFRIGERATORS; COLD ROOMS; ICE-BOXES; COOLING OR FREEZING APPARATUS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • F25D2323/00General constructional features not provided for in other groups of this subclass
    • F25D2323/02Details of doors or covers not otherwise covered
    • F25D2323/021French doors
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F25REFRIGERATION OR COOLING; COMBINED HEATING AND REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS; HEAT PUMP SYSTEMS; MANUFACTURE OR STORAGE OF ICE; LIQUEFACTION SOLIDIFICATION OF GASES
    • F25DREFRIGERATORS; COLD ROOMS; ICE-BOXES; COOLING OR FREEZING APPARATUS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • F25D2400/00General features of, or devices for refrigerators, cold rooms, ice-boxes, or for cooling or freezing apparatus not covered by any other subclass
    • F25D2400/36Visual displays
    • F25D2400/361Interactive visual displays
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F25REFRIGERATION OR COOLING; COMBINED HEATING AND REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS; HEAT PUMP SYSTEMS; MANUFACTURE OR STORAGE OF ICE; LIQUEFACTION SOLIDIFICATION OF GASES
    • F25DREFRIGERATORS; COLD ROOMS; ICE-BOXES; COOLING OR FREEZING APPARATUS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • F25D2600/00Control issues
    • F25D2600/06Controlling according to a predetermined profile
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F25REFRIGERATION OR COOLING; COMBINED HEATING AND REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS; HEAT PUMP SYSTEMS; MANUFACTURE OR STORAGE OF ICE; LIQUEFACTION SOLIDIFICATION OF GASES
    • F25DREFRIGERATORS; COLD ROOMS; ICE-BOXES; COOLING OR FREEZING APPARATUS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • F25D2700/00Means for sensing or measuring; Sensors therefor
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F25REFRIGERATION OR COOLING; COMBINED HEATING AND REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS; HEAT PUMP SYSTEMS; MANUFACTURE OR STORAGE OF ICE; LIQUEFACTION SOLIDIFICATION OF GASES
    • F25DREFRIGERATORS; COLD ROOMS; ICE-BOXES; COOLING OR FREEZING APPARATUS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • F25D2700/00Means for sensing or measuring; Sensors therefor
    • F25D2700/02Sensors detecting door opening
    • FMECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F25REFRIGERATION OR COOLING; COMBINED HEATING AND REFRIGERATION SYSTEMS; HEAT PUMP SYSTEMS; MANUFACTURE OR STORAGE OF ICE; LIQUEFACTION SOLIDIFICATION OF GASES
    • F25DREFRIGERATORS; COLD ROOMS; ICE-BOXES; COOLING OR FREEZING APPARATUS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • F25D2700/00Means for sensing or measuring; Sensors therefor
    • F25D2700/04Sensors detecting the presence of a person
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H03ELECTRONIC CIRCUITRY
    • H03KPULSE TECHNIQUE
    • H03K2217/00Indexing scheme related to electronic switching or gating, i.e. not by contact-making or -breaking covered by H03K17/00
    • H03K2217/94Indexing scheme related to electronic switching or gating, i.e. not by contact-making or -breaking covered by H03K17/00 characterised by the way in which the control signal is generated
    • H03K2217/96Touch switches
    • H03K2217/9607Capacitive touch switches
    • H03K2217/960755Constructional details of capacitive touch and proximity switches

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Combustion & Propulsion (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
  • Thermal Sciences (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Refrigerator Housings (AREA)
  • Cold Air Circulating Systems And Constructional Details In Refrigerators (AREA)
  • Devices That Are Associated With Refrigeration Equipment (AREA)

Abstract

A refrigerator is provided. An embodiment of a refrigerator includes a refrigerator body, heat insulation doors, door openers, a control operation unit, door operation units and a control unit. A front surface of the refrigerator body is an opening. The heat insulation doors are installed at the opening on the front surface of the refrigerator body. The door openers are installed in the refrigerator body and configured to forcibly open the doors. The control operation unit is installed on the door and configured to change cooling control content operations of the refrigerator. The door operation units are installed on the doors and configured to operate the door opening action of the doors. The control unit inputs operating signals from the control operation unit and the door operation units and processes corresponding cooling control and corresponding door control. A portion to give a door opening operation input to the door operation units is a portion of front surface plates of the doors, and the portion is integrally connected to the front surface plates. Operating methods for operating the control operation unit and for operating the door operation units are different.

Description

冰箱 refrigerator

本發明的實施形態是有關於一種在門前表面的前表面板具備觸摸開啟感測器(touch open sensor)的冰箱。 An embodiment of the present invention relates to a refrigerator having a touch open sensor on a front surface panel of a front surface of a door.

近年,出現了一種在門上具備玻璃(glass)製或塑膠(plastic)製的裝飾板的前表面板的冰箱。此種冰箱中,操作輸入部是採用靜電電容式的觸摸按鈕(touch button)並配置於前表面板,當使用者觸摸前表面板的前表面的與操作按鈕對應的部位時,根據靜電電容的變化來感測操作輸入,並將對應的操作信號傳輸至冰箱控制部。此種冰箱中,亦期望配備開門裝置,該開門裝置感測用戶對前表面板的特定部位的觸摸操作而使門(door)自動打開。 In recent years, there has been a refrigerator having a front surface plate of a decorative panel made of glass or plastic on a door. In such a refrigerator, the operation input unit is a capacitive touch type touch button and is disposed on the front surface plate. When the user touches a portion of the front surface of the front surface plate corresponding to the operation button, the electrostatic capacitance is used. The change is to sense the operation input and transmit the corresponding operation signal to the refrigerator control unit. In such a refrigerator, it is also desirable to provide a door opening device that senses a user's touch operation on a specific portion of the front surface plate to automatically open the door.

然而,在觸摸到前表面板的某特定部位時自動開門的情況下,有可能會產生誤動作,即:即使在用戶無開門的意圖但不經意地瞬間觸摸到相應部位,或者用戶身體的一部分無意識地觸碰到相應部位的情況下亦會開門。 However, in the case where the door is automatically opened when a certain portion of the front surface plate is touched, there is a possibility that a malfunction may occur, that is, even if the user does not open the door intentionally, the corresponding portion is inadvertently touched instantaneously, or a part of the user's body unconsciously The door will also open when the corresponding part is touched.

為了避免此類誤動作,考慮藉由觸摸偵測部件來使開門裝置動作的技術,但仍無法避免誤動作。 In order to avoid such malfunction, a technique of operating the door opening device by the touch detecting means is considered, but malfunction can not be avoided.

現有技術文獻 Prior art literature

專利文獻 Patent literature

專利文獻1:日本專利特開2009-257627號公報(JP 2009-257627 A) Patent Document 1: Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2009-257627 (JP 2009-257627 A)

專利文獻2:日本專利第4347234號公報(JP 4347234 B) Patent Document 2: Japanese Patent No. 4347234 (JP 4347234 B)

專利文獻3:日本專利特開2012-17865號公報(JP 2012-017865 A) Patent Document 3: Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2012-17865 (JP 2012-017865 A)

專利文獻4:日本專利特開2012-17866號公報(JP 2012-017866 A) Patent Document 4: Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2012-17866 (JP 2012-017866 A)

本發明是有鑒於所述現有技術的問題而完成,其目的在於提供一種冰箱,即使在用戶無開門意圖地長時間觸碰相應部位的情況下或物體長時間接觸相應部位的情況下,亦不會進行開門的誤動作。 The present invention has been made in view of the problems of the prior art described above, and an object thereof is to provide a refrigerator which is not in the case where the user does not open the door intentionally to touch the corresponding portion for a long time or if the object touches the corresponding portion for a long time. Will be wrong to open the door.

實施形態的冰箱包括:冰箱本體,其前表面開口;隔熱性的門,安裝於冰箱本體的前表面開口部;以及開門裝置,安裝於冰箱本體,使門強制性地進行開門動作。 The refrigerator according to the embodiment includes a refrigerator body having a front surface open, a heat insulating door attached to the front surface opening of the refrigerator body, and a door opening device attached to the refrigerator body to forcibly perform a door opening operation.

另一實施形態的冰箱包括:冰箱本體,其前表面開口;隔熱性的門,安裝於冰箱本體的前表面開口部;開門裝置,安裝 於冰箱本體,使門強制性地進行開門動作;控制操作部,設置於門上,用於進行變更冰箱的冷卻控制內容的操作;開門操作部,設置於門上,用於操作開門裝置的開門動作;以及控制部,輸入來自控制操作部及開門操作部的操作信號,進行相應的冷卻控制與開門控制。對開門操作部給予開門操作輸入的部分是門的前表面板的一部分且與該前表面板一體地接續。針對控制操作部的操作與針對開門操作部的操作採用不同的操作方法。 A refrigerator according to another embodiment includes: a refrigerator body having a front surface open; a heat insulating door attached to an opening of a front surface of the refrigerator body; and a door opening device installed In the refrigerator body, the door is forcibly opened to open the door; the control operation portion is disposed on the door for performing an operation of changing the cooling control content of the refrigerator; and the door opening operation portion is disposed on the door for operating the door opening device to open the door And an operation unit that inputs an operation signal from the control operation unit and the door opening operation unit to perform corresponding cooling control and door opening control. The portion that gives the door opening operation input to the door opening operation portion is a portion of the front surface plate of the door and is integrally connected to the front surface plate. Different operation methods are employed for the operation of the control operation portion and the operation for the door opening operation portion.

1‧‧‧冰箱 1‧‧‧ refrigerator

11‧‧‧箱體(冰箱本體) 11‧‧‧Box (fridge body)

11A‧‧‧箱體的頂板部 11A‧‧‧The top part of the cabinet

11B‧‧‧頂板部的後部分 11B‧‧‧The back part of the top board

11C‧‧‧凹部分 11C‧‧‧ concave part

12‧‧‧冷藏室 12‧‧‧Refrigerator

13‧‧‧蔬菜室 13‧‧ ‧ vegetable room

14‧‧‧切換室 14‧‧‧Switching room

15‧‧‧冷凍室 15‧‧‧Freezer

16‧‧‧製冰室 16‧‧‧ ice making room

21‧‧‧左門 21‧‧‧Left door

21A、22A‧‧‧前表面板 21A, 22A‧‧‧ front surface plate

121‧‧‧玻璃板 121‧‧‧ glass plate

21K、22K‧‧‧內板 21K, 22K‧‧‧ inner board

21M、22M、A1、A4~A6、A7~A13、QR‧‧‧箭頭 21M, 22M, A1, A4~A6, A7~A13, QR‧‧‧ arrows

21T‧‧‧左門的內側端面部 21T‧‧‧The inner end face of the left door

22B、730‧‧‧隔熱材 22B, 730‧‧‧Insulation

22T‧‧‧右門的內側端面部 22T‧‧‧The inner end face of the right door

22‧‧‧右門 22‧‧‧right door

23、24、25、26‧‧‧抽拉式的門 23, 24, 25, 26 ‧ ‧ pull-out doors

25G‧‧‧傾斜面 25G‧‧‧ sloped surface

25S‧‧‧側面部 25S‧‧‧ side section

31‧‧‧旋轉分隔體 31‧‧‧Rotating separator

50、650‧‧‧控制操作部 50, 650‧‧‧Control Operations Department

50R、51R、52R、81‧‧‧收納部 50R, 51R, 52R, 81‧‧‧ Storage Department

50V、51V、52V‧‧‧插入口 50V, 51V, 52V‧‧‧ insertion port

51、52、71、77、102、103、104、551、552、651、652‧‧‧開門操作部 51, 52, 71, 77, 102, 103, 104, 551, 552, 651, 652‧‧‧ Open Door Operation Department

51-1~51-5‧‧‧靜電電容式觸摸感測器 51-1~51-5‧‧‧Secondary capacitive touch sensor

51A、51B、52A、52B、51A-1、51A-2、52A-1、52A-2、52A-31 ~52A-35‧‧‧開門操作顯示部 51A, 51B, 52A, 52B, 51A-1, 51A-2, 52A-1, 52A-2, 52A-31 ~52A-35‧‧‧Open door operation display

51M、52M、577、635、665、735‧‧‧LED 51M, 52M, 577, 635, 665, 735‧‧‧ LED

52-1~52-8‧‧‧滑動偵測用觸摸感測器 52-1~52-8‧‧‧Sliding detection touch sensor

52P、74、82、99、99A、99B、110、553、664‧‧‧基板 52P, 74, 82, 99, 99A, 99B, 110, 553, 664‧‧‧ substrates

54、55‧‧‧開門驅動部 54, 55‧‧‧Open door drive department

54A、54B、55A、55B‧‧‧柱塞 54A, 54B, 55A, 55B‧‧‧ plunger

56、556、656、756‧‧‧控制部 56, 556, 656, 756 ‧ ‧ Control Department

40、61、62、201、202、240‧‧‧把手 40, 61, 62, 201, 202, 240‧‧‧ handles

64‧‧‧操作部設置空間 64‧‧‧Operation room setting space

70‧‧‧加強板 70‧‧‧ Strengthening board

72‧‧‧門端蓋 72‧‧‧door cover

73、78、740、770‧‧‧真空隔熱材 73, 78, 740, 770 ‧ ‧ vacuum insulation

79R‧‧‧噴出口 79R‧‧‧ spout

83‧‧‧電池 83‧‧‧Battery

84、103‧‧‧彈性部件 84, 103‧‧‧Flexible parts

95‧‧‧按壓按鈕 95‧‧‧Press button

99T‧‧‧肉碟 99T‧‧‧ meat dish

100‧‧‧遠程偵測感測器 100‧‧‧Remote detection sensor

101‧‧‧靜電電容型開關 101‧‧‧Electrostatic type switch

103b‧‧‧門 103b‧‧‧

104‧‧‧切換部件 104‧‧‧Switching parts

105‧‧‧收納構件 105‧‧‧Storage components

106‧‧‧通信部件 106‧‧‧Communication components

120、161‧‧‧按壓構件 120,161‧‧‧ Pressing members

121f‧‧‧玻璃板的另一端部(右端部) 121f‧‧‧The other end of the glass plate (right end)

121M‧‧‧玻璃板的內表面 121M‧‧‧ inner surface of glass plate

125‧‧‧門內側結構體 125‧‧‧door inner structure

127‧‧‧墊圈 127‧‧‧ Washer

130‧‧‧距離感測器 130‧‧‧Distance sensor

131‧‧‧發送部 131‧‧‧Send Department

132‧‧‧接收部 132‧‧‧ Receiving Department

133‧‧‧下側門端蓋 133‧‧‧Lower side door cover

134‧‧‧上側門端蓋 134‧‧‧Upper door end cover

135‧‧‧左側門端蓋 135‧‧‧left door end cover

135M‧‧‧左側門端蓋的內表面 135M‧‧‧The inner surface of the left door end cover

137‧‧‧右側門端蓋 137‧‧‧Right door end cover

137a‧‧‧內含部 137a‧‧‧Inclusions

150‧‧‧端蓋 150‧‧‧End cover

151‧‧‧突起 151‧‧‧ Protrusion

152‧‧‧玻璃板的側面 152‧‧‧Side side of the glass plate

153‧‧‧左側門端蓋的側面 153‧‧‧Side side of the left door end cover

154‧‧‧基板插入部、孔部 154‧‧‧Substrate insertion part, hole part

155‧‧‧玻璃板的一端部(左端部) 155‧‧‧One end of the glass plate (left end)

156‧‧‧R面 156‧‧‧R face

160‧‧‧推出部件 160‧‧‧ Launched parts

162、163、164、165‧‧‧加強肋 162, 163, 164, 165‧ ‧ reinforced ribs

169‧‧‧加強板 169‧‧‧ Strengthening board

170‧‧‧內板 170‧‧‧ inner board

199‧‧‧靈敏度調整部件 199‧‧‧Sensitivity adjustment unit

200‧‧‧牆壁 200‧‧‧ wall

210、220、230‧‧‧抽拉門 210, 220, 230‧‧‧Sliding doors

300‧‧‧記憶部 300‧‧‧Memory Department

305‧‧‧關聯性輸入登記部件 305‧‧‧ Relevance input registration component

330‧‧‧發光部 330‧‧‧Lighting Department

340‧‧‧聲音產生部 340‧‧‧Sound Generation Department

350‧‧‧語音產生部 350‧‧‧Voice Generation Department

400、607、608、711、712、713、714‧‧‧接近感測器 400, 607, 608, 711, 712, 713, 714‧‧‧ proximity sensors

410‧‧‧身高計測感測器 410‧‧‧ Height measuring sensor

500‧‧‧人體偵測部件 500‧‧‧Human detection parts

500M‧‧‧基板裝配體 500M‧‧‧Substrate assembly

553A‧‧‧基板的表面 553A‧‧‧ surface of the substrate

553B‧‧‧基板的背面 553B‧‧‧ back of the substrate

553M‧‧‧第1階部 553M‧‧‧1st order

553N‧‧‧第2階部 553N‧‧‧Second Order

556M、599C、MC‧‧‧微電腦 556M, 599C, MC‧‧‧Microcomputer

556R‧‧‧多工器 556R‧‧‧Multiplexer

560‧‧‧接近感測器(接近開關) 560‧‧‧ proximity sensor (proximity switch)

560A、560B‧‧‧連結部分 560A, 560B‧‧‧ link section

560C‧‧‧通孔 560C‧‧‧through hole

560D‧‧‧絕緣體層 560D‧‧‧Insulator layer

560H‧‧‧導線圖案 560H‧‧‧ wire pattern

560P‧‧‧電磁場 560P‧‧‧Electromagnetic field

560R‧‧‧包覆層 560R‧‧‧ coating

569‧‧‧銅壓蓋 569‧‧‧ copper gland

570‧‧‧防護電極 570‧‧‧Protective electrode

570A‧‧‧短邊電極部分 570A‧‧‧Short-side electrode section

570B‧‧‧長邊電極部分 570B‧‧‧ long side electrode section

571‧‧‧電子零件的搭載部分 571‧‧‧Electronic parts

571b‧‧‧電性連接部 571b‧‧‧Electrical connection

572‧‧‧配置部分 572‧‧‧Configuration section

572a‧‧‧區域 572a‧‧‧Area

572ab‧‧‧橋部 572ab‧‧ ‧Bridge

572b‧‧‧周圍部 572b‧‧‧around

573‧‧‧接地圖案 573‧‧‧ Grounding pattern

574、575‧‧‧狹縫 574, 575‧‧ ‧ slit

576‧‧‧透明膜體 576‧‧‧Transparent film body

576R‧‧‧角部 576R‧‧‧ corner

585‧‧‧收納空間構件 585‧‧‧Storage space components

585R‧‧‧收納空間構件的背面 585R‧‧‧The back of the storage space component

586‧‧‧開口部分 586‧‧‧ openings

589‧‧‧中間區域部分 589‧‧‧Intermediate section

590‧‧‧蓋構件 590‧‧ ‧covering components

591‧‧‧金屬體 591‧‧‧Metal body

597、661‧‧‧操作標牌 597, 661‧‧‧ operation signs

598‧‧‧LED基板 598‧‧‧LED substrate

599、666‧‧‧遮蔽板 599, 666‧‧ ‧ shielding board

621、721‧‧‧薄片材 621, 721‧‧‧Sheet

628、728‧‧‧中繼線束 628, 728‧‧‧Trunk harness

629、636、667、729、736‧‧‧連接器 629, 636, 667, 729, 736‧‧‧ connectors

631、731‧‧‧第1基板 631, 731‧‧‧1st substrate

632、732‧‧‧第2基板 632, 732‧‧‧ second substrate

633‧‧‧觸摸按鈕(電極) 633‧‧‧Touch button (electrode)

634、700H、734‧‧‧孔 634, 700H, 734‧‧ holes

650CS‧‧‧控制按鈕 650CS‧‧‧ control button

650HS‧‧‧返回按鈕 650HS‧‧‧Back button

662‧‧‧擴散膜 662‧‧‧Diffuser film

663‧‧‧透明電極 663‧‧‧Transparent electrode

668‧‧‧可撓性印刷基板 668‧‧‧Flexible printed circuit board

700、762‧‧‧盒體 700, 762‧‧‧ box

701‧‧‧操作偵測部 701‧‧‧Operation Detection Department

710‧‧‧控制基板 710‧‧‧Control substrate

720‧‧‧語音辨識部件 720‧‧‧Voice recognition component

733‧‧‧凹部 733‧‧‧ recess

750‧‧‧頂板照明 750‧‧‧ top board lighting

750a‧‧‧LED燈 750a‧‧‧LED lights

755‧‧‧頂板的內壁 755‧‧‧The inner wall of the roof

757、780‧‧‧彎折部 757, 780‧‧‧ bends

761‧‧‧桿 761‧‧‧ rod

711、763、P2‧‧‧支持部 711, 763, P2‧‧‧ Support Department

771‧‧‧第1部分 771‧‧‧Part 1

772‧‧‧第2部分 772‧‧‧Part 2

776‧‧‧內壁部分 776‧‧‧ inner wall section

777‧‧‧距離測定部件 777‧‧‧Distance measuring unit

888‧‧‧接觸偵測電路 888‧‧‧Contact Detection Circuit

889‧‧‧調整電容器 889‧‧‧Adjust capacitor

890‧‧‧時脈產生源 890‧‧‧ clock source

891‧‧‧IDAC 891‧‧‧IDAC

892‧‧‧鎖存器 892‧‧‧Latch

893‧‧‧計時器 893‧‧‧Timer

894‧‧‧AND電路 894‧‧‧AND circuit

895‧‧‧計數器 895‧‧‧ counter

5211~5244‧‧‧滑動偵測用的電極 5211~5244‧‧‧ electrodes for sliding detection

A、U、V‧‧‧範圍 A, U, V‧‧‧ range

A2‧‧‧滑動操作方向 A2‧‧‧ sliding operation direction

A3‧‧‧方向 A3‧‧‧ directions

B、C、DH、Y‧‧‧間隙 B, C, DH, Y‧‧ ‧ gap

CC1、CC2‧‧‧連接器零件 CC1, CC2‧‧‧ connector parts

CF、CP、CX‧‧‧靜電電容 CF, CP, CX‧‧‧ electrostatic capacitors

CS1、CS2、CS3‧‧‧收納盒 CS1, CS2, CS3‧‧‧ storage box

DD1‧‧‧第1方向 DD1‧‧‧1st direction

DD2‧‧‧第2方向 DD2‧‧‧2nd direction

DD3‧‧‧第3方向 DD3‧‧‧3rd direction

DD4‧‧‧第4方向 DD4‧‧‧4th direction

DD5‧‧‧第5方向 DD5‧‧‧5th direction

DD6‧‧‧第6方向 DD6‧‧‧6th direction

DD7‧‧‧第7方向 DD7‧‧‧7th direction

DD8‧‧‧第8方向 DD8‧‧‧8th direction

DD9‧‧‧第9方向 DD9‧‧‧9th direction

DF‧‧‧差 DF‧‧‧Poor

DL1、DL2‧‧‧接近偵測範圍 DL1, DL2‧‧‧ proximity detection range

F1‧‧‧第1特定方向 F1‧‧‧1st specific direction

F2‧‧‧第2特定方向 F2‧‧‧2nd specific direction

HC1‧‧‧小圓 HC1‧‧‧Small circle

HC2‧‧‧大圓 HC2‧‧‧Great Circle

HC3‧‧‧小的形狀 HC3‧‧‧ small shape

HF‧‧‧橫向的電極間隙間隔 HF‧‧‧ lateral electrode gap spacing

HS‧‧‧人感感測器 HS‧‧‧ human sensor

HT‧‧‧手指 HT‧‧ fingers

LA、LB‧‧‧電氣配線 LA, LB‧‧‧ electrical wiring

LL‧‧‧位置 LL‧‧‧ position

LLS、LLT‧‧‧照明用的光 LLS, LLT‧‧‧Light for lighting

LS‧‧‧照度感測器 LS‧‧‧illuminance sensor

MF‧‧‧手指的寬度 MF‧‧‧ finger width

NS1、NS2‧‧‧語音辨識感測器 NS1, NS2‧‧‧ speech recognition sensor

P1‧‧‧位置 P1‧‧‧ position

RF‧‧‧縱向的電極間隙間隔 RF‧‧‧ longitudinal electrode gap spacing

S0~S7、S11~S18、S21~S23‧‧‧步驟 S0~S7, S11~S18, S21~S23‧‧‧ steps

SA、SB‧‧‧開關 SA, SB‧‧ switch

SG‧‧‧信號 SG‧‧ signal

SH‧‧‧接觸信號 SH‧‧‧Contact signal

Wa、Wb‧‧‧距離 Wa, Wb‧‧‧ distance

X‧‧‧間隙 X‧‧‧ gap

圖1是第1實施形態的冰箱的正面圖。 Fig. 1 is a front elevational view of the refrigerator in the first embodiment.

圖2是第1實施形態的冰箱的開門狀態的立體圖。 Fig. 2 is a perspective view showing a state in which the refrigerator of the first embodiment is opened.

圖3是第1實施形態的冰箱的冷藏室部分的放大立體圖。 Fig. 3 is an enlarged perspective view showing a refrigerator compartment portion of the refrigerator in the first embodiment.

圖4是第1實施形態的冰箱中的開門控制的方塊圖。 Fig. 4 is a block diagram showing a door opening control in the refrigerator of the first embodiment.

圖5是第1實施形態的冰箱中的開門控制的流程圖。 Fig. 5 is a flow chart showing the door opening control in the refrigerator of the first embodiment.

圖6是第1實施形態的冰箱中的開門操作部的安裝操作的說明圖。 Fig. 6 is an explanatory diagram of an attachment operation of a door opening operation unit in the refrigerator in the first embodiment.

圖7是表示第1實施形態的冰箱中的開門操作部的安裝狀態的剖面圖。 FIG. 7 is a cross-sectional view showing a mounted state of a door opening operation portion in the refrigerator according to the first embodiment.

圖8是表示第7實施形態的冰箱中的開門操作部及開門操作顯示部的正面圖。 8 is a front elevational view showing a door opening operation portion and a door opening operation display portion in the refrigerator in the seventh embodiment.

圖9是表示第8實施形態的冰箱中的開門操作部及開門操作 顯示部的正面圖。 Fig. 9 is a view showing a door opening operation portion and a door opening operation in the refrigerator in the eighth embodiment; Front view of the display.

圖10(a)-圖10(e)是表示第9實施形態的冰箱中的開門操作部的設置例的說明圖。 (a) to (e) of FIG. 10 are explanatory views showing an installation example of a door opening operation unit in the refrigerator in the ninth embodiment.

圖11是表示第10實施形態的冰箱中的開門操作部的觸摸偵測電極的配置例的說明圖。 FIG. 11 is an explanatory view showing an arrangement example of touch detection electrodes of the door opening operation unit in the refrigerator in the tenth embodiment.

圖12是表示第11實施形態的冰箱中的開門操作部的觸摸偵測電極的配置例的說明圖。 FIG. 12 is an explanatory view showing an arrangement example of touch detection electrodes of the door opening operation unit in the refrigerator in the eleventh embodiment.

圖13是表示第11實施形態的冰箱中的開門操作部的觸摸偵測電極的另一配置例的說明圖。 FIG. 13 is an explanatory view showing another example of the arrangement of the touch detection electrodes of the door opening operation unit in the refrigerator according to the eleventh embodiment.

圖14是表示第12實施形態的冰箱中的開門操作部及開門操作顯示部的正面圖。 Fig. 14 is a front elevational view showing a door opening operation portion and a door opening operation display portion in the refrigerator in the twelfth embodiment.

圖15是表示第15實施形態的冰箱的圖。 Fig. 15 is a view showing the refrigerator in the fifteenth embodiment.

圖16是表示第17實施形態的冰箱的圖。 Fig. 16 is a view showing the refrigerator in the seventeenth embodiment.

圖17是表示第18實施形態的冰箱的圖。 Fig. 17 is a view showing the refrigerator in the eighteenth embodiment.

圖18是表示第16實施形態的冰箱的圖。 Fig. 18 is a view showing the refrigerator in the sixteenth embodiment.

圖19是表示第15實施形態的冰箱的圖。 Fig. 19 is a view showing the refrigerator in the fifteenth embodiment.

圖20是表示第20實施形態的冰箱的圖。 Fig. 20 is a view showing the refrigerator in the twentieth embodiment.

圖21是表示第19實施形態的冰箱的圖。 Fig. 21 is a view showing the refrigerator in the nineteenth embodiment.

圖22是表示第22實施形態的冰箱的圖。 Fig. 22 is a view showing the refrigerator in the twenty second embodiment.

圖23是表示第24實施形態的冰箱的圖。 Fig. 23 is a view showing the refrigerator in the twenty fourth embodiment.

圖24是表示第16實施形態的冰箱的圖。 Fig. 24 is a view showing the refrigerator in the sixteenth embodiment.

圖25(a)、圖25(b)是表示第25實施形態的冰箱的圖。 Fig. 25 (a) and Fig. 25 (b) are views showing the refrigerator of the twenty fifth embodiment.

圖26是表示第26實施形態的冰箱的圖。 Fig. 26 is a view showing the refrigerator in the twenty sixth embodiment.

圖27是表示另一實施形態的冰箱的圖。 Fig. 27 is a view showing a refrigerator according to another embodiment.

圖28是表示另一實施形態的冰箱的圖。 Fig. 28 is a view showing a refrigerator according to another embodiment.

圖29是表示第27實施形態的冰箱的圖。 Fig. 29 is a view showing the refrigerator in the twenty-seventh embodiment.

圖30是第27實施形態的冰箱的開門狀態的立體圖。 Fig. 30 is a perspective view showing a state in which the refrigerator of the twenty-seventh embodiment is opened.

圖31是第27實施形態的冰箱的冷藏室部分的放大立體圖。 Fig. 31 is an enlarged perspective view showing a refrigerator compartment portion of the refrigerator in the twenty-seventh embodiment.

圖32是第27實施形態的冰箱中的開門控制的方塊圖。 Fig. 32 is a block diagram showing the door opening control in the refrigerator in the twenty-seventh embodiment.

圖33是表示並非由使用者手動而是自動打開第27實施形態的冷藏室的左門與右門的情況的流程圖。 Fig. 33 is a flowchart showing a state in which the left and right doors of the refrigerating compartment of the twenty-seventh embodiment are not automatically opened by the user.

圖34是表示第27實施形態的冰箱的例如右門的橫剖面的示意圖。 Fig. 34 is a schematic diagram showing a cross section of, for example, a right door of the refrigerator in the twenty-seventh embodiment.

圖35是第27實施形態的冰箱中的開門控制的方塊圖。 Fig. 35 is a block diagram showing the door opening control in the refrigerator in the twenty-seventh embodiment.

圖36是表示第27實施形態的具備接近感測器的功能的開門操作部的動作例的流程圖。 FIG. 36 is a flowchart showing an operation example of the door opening operation unit having the function of the proximity sensor according to the twenty-seventh embodiment.

圖37是第28實施形態的冰箱的正面圖。 Figure 37 is a front elevational view of the refrigerator in the twenty-eighth embodiment.

圖38是第28實施形態的冰箱的開門狀態的立體圖。 Fig. 38 is a perspective view showing a state in which the refrigerator of the twenty-eighth embodiment is opened.

圖39是第28實施形態的冰箱的冷藏室部分的放大立體圖。 Fig. 39 is an enlarged perspective view showing a refrigerator compartment portion of the refrigerator in the twenty-eighthth embodiment.

圖40是第28實施形態的冰箱中的開門控制的方塊圖。 Fig. 40 is a block diagram showing the door opening control in the refrigerator in the twenty-eighthth embodiment.

圖41(a)-圖41(d)是表示圖37至圖39所示的門的開門操作部作為用於偵測冰箱用戶的人體的人體偵測部件發揮功能的示例的圖。 41(a) to 41(d) are diagrams showing an example in which the door opening operation portion of the door shown in Figs. 37 to 39 functions as a human body detecting member for detecting a human body of the refrigerator user.

圖42是表示第29實施形態的冰箱的正面圖。 Fig. 42 is a front elevational view showing the refrigerator in the twenty-ninth embodiment.

圖43是圖42所示的冰箱的包含人體偵測部件的開門控制的方塊圖。 Figure 43 is a block diagram showing the door opening control of the refrigerator including the human body detecting member shown in Figure 42.

圖44是表示第29實施形態的冰箱的上部的沿著前後方向的剖面圖。 Fig. 44 is a cross-sectional view showing the upper portion of the refrigerator in the twenty-th embodiment in the front-rear direction.

圖45是表示第29實施形態的第1變形例的冰箱的上部的沿著前後方向的剖面圖。 45 is a cross-sectional view of the upper portion of the refrigerator according to the first modification of the twenty-ninth embodiment, taken along the front-rear direction.

圖46是表示第29實施形態的第2變形例的冰箱的上部的沿著前後方向的剖面圖。 Fig. 46 is a cross-sectional view of the upper portion of the refrigerator according to a second modification of the twenty-ninth embodiment, taken along the front-rear direction.

圖47是表示第29實施形態的第3變形例的冰箱的上部的沿著前後方向的剖面圖。 Fig. 47 is a cross-sectional view showing the upper portion of the refrigerator according to a third modification of the twenty-ninth embodiment in the front-rear direction.

圖48是表示第30實施形態的冰箱1的正面圖。 Fig. 48 is a front elevational view showing the refrigerator 1 of the 30th embodiment.

圖49是圖48所示的冰箱的平面圖。 Figure 49 is a plan view of the refrigerator shown in Figure 48.

圖50是圖48所示的冰箱的側面圖。 Figure 50 is a side elevational view of the refrigerator shown in Figure 48.

圖51(a)、圖51(b)表示開門操作部的基板的結構例。 51(a) and 51(b) show examples of the configuration of the substrate of the door opening operation unit.

圖52是表示圖51(b)、圖51(b)所示的開門操作部的基板上所配置的接近感測器與防護電極的圖。 Fig. 52 is a view showing the proximity sensor and the guard electrode disposed on the substrate of the door opening operation portion shown in Figs. 51(b) and 51(b).

圖53是表示開閉操作部的結構例的分解立體圖。 53 is an exploded perspective view showing a configuration example of an opening and closing operation unit.

圖54是表示控制部、開閉操作部與作為開門裝置的開門驅動部等的電性連接的方塊圖。 FIG. 54 is a block diagram showing electrical connections between the control unit, the opening and closing operation unit, and the door opening drive unit as the door opening device.

圖55(a)-圖55(c)是表示左門與右門中的基板的收納結構例的圖。 55(a) to 55(c) are diagrams showing an example of a storage structure of a substrate in a left door and a right door.

圖56是表示第31實施形態的冰箱1的正面圖。 Fig. 56 is a front elevational view showing the refrigerator 1 of the 31st embodiment.

圖57是表示圖56所示的左門21中的包含接近感測器607的開門操作部651附近(或右門22中的包含接近感測器608的開門操作部652附近)的結構例的V1-V1線的剖面圖。 57 is a view showing a configuration example of the vicinity of the door opening operation portion 651 including the proximity sensor 607 in the left door 21 shown in FIG. 56 (or the vicinity of the door opening operation portion 652 including the proximity sensor 608 in the right door 22). Sectional view of the V1 line.

圖58是圖56所示的控制操作部650的V2-V2線的剖面圖。 Fig. 58 is a cross-sectional view taken along line V2-V2 of the control operation unit 650 shown in Fig. 56.

圖59是表示控制部、控制操作部、開門操作部與作為開門裝置的開門驅動部的電性連接的方塊圖。 59 is a block diagram showing an electrical connection between a control unit, a control operation unit, a door opening operation unit, and a door opening drive unit as a door opening device.

圖60(a)-圖60(d)是表示當在圖56所示的左門的接近感測器偵測到用戶手指的接近之後,手指接觸開門操作部的觸摸按鈕的電極時,左門的控制操作部與開門操作部亮燈的情況的示例的圖。 60(a) to 60(d) are diagrams showing the control of the left door when the proximity sensor of the left door shown in FIG. 56 detects the proximity of the user's finger and the finger touches the electrode of the touch button of the door opening operation portion. A diagram of an example of a case where the operation unit and the door opening operation unit are turned on.

圖61是表示第32實施形態的冰箱的正面圖。 Fig. 61 is a front elevational view showing the refrigerator in the 32nd embodiment.

圖62是圖61所示的冰箱的平面圖。 Figure 62 is a plan view of the refrigerator shown in Figure 61.

圖63是圖61所示的冰箱的側面圖。 Figure 63 is a side elevational view of the refrigerator shown in Figure 61.

圖64(a)、圖64(b)表示圖61所示的開門操作部的基板的結構例。 64(a) and 64(b) show examples of the configuration of the substrate of the door opening operation unit shown in Fig. 61.

圖65是表示圖64(a)、圖64(b)所示的開門操作部的基板上所配置的接近感測器與防護電極的圖。 Fig. 65 is a view showing the proximity sensor and the guard electrode disposed on the substrate of the door opening operation unit shown in Figs. 64(a) and 64(b).

圖66是表示開門操作部的結構例的分解立體圖。 Fig. 66 is an exploded perspective view showing a configuration example of the door opening operation portion.

圖67是表示控制部、開門操作部與作為開門裝置的開門驅動部等的電性連接的方塊圖。 Fig. 67 is a block diagram showing an electrical connection between a control unit, a door opening operation unit, and a door opening drive unit as a door opening device.

圖68(a)-圖68(c)是表示左門與右門中的基板的收納結構例的圖。 68(a) to 68(c) are diagrams showing an example of a storage structure of a substrate in a left door and a right door.

圖69是表示第33實施形態的冰箱1的正面圖。 Fig. 69 is a front elevational view showing the refrigerator 1 of the thirty-third embodiment.

圖70是表示圖69所示的ZR-ZR線上的操作偵測部的結構例的剖面圖。 Fig. 70 is a cross-sectional view showing a configuration example of an operation detecting unit on the ZR-ZR line shown in Fig. 69.

圖71是表示控制部、操作偵測部與作為開門裝置的開門驅動部等的電性連接的方塊圖。 Fig. 71 is a block diagram showing electrical connections between a control unit, an operation detecting unit, and a door opening driving unit as a door opening device.

圖72(a)、圖72(b)是表示用戶藉由手掌或手的側部或者肘部等的動作(手勢(gesture)),以預定的特定順序來對接近感測器進行接近操作的示例的圖。 72(a) and 72(b) show the proximity operation of the proximity sensor in a predetermined specific order by the user's action (gesture) such as the side or the elbow of the palm or the hand. An example diagram.

圖73(a)-圖73(d)是表示以另一預定的特定順序來對接近感測器進行接近操作的示例的圖。 73(a)-73(d) are diagrams showing an example of performing a proximity operation on a proximity sensor in another predetermined specific order.

圖74(a)-圖74(d)是表示另一實施形態的圖。 74(a) to 74(d) are diagrams showing another embodiment.

圖75是表示接近感測器偵測手指的觸摸的原理的電路圖。 Fig. 75 is a circuit diagram showing the principle of proximity sensor detecting a touch of a finger.

圖76是表示接近感測器的基本結構的圖。 Fig. 76 is a view showing the basic structure of the proximity sensor.

圖77是對接近感測器中的接近模式與靜電觸摸模式的切換進行說明的圖。 Fig. 77 is a diagram for explaining switching of the proximity mode and the electrostatic touch mode in the proximity sensor.

圖78(a)、圖78(b)是對接近感測器中的接近範圍的變更進行說明的圖。 78(a) and 78(b) are diagrams for explaining a change in the proximity range in the proximity sensor.

以下,基於附圖來詳細說明實施形態。再者,對於相同或類似的構成元件使用相同或類似的符號來進行說明。 Hereinafter, embodiments will be described in detail based on the drawings. In addition, the same or similar constituent elements are used for the same or similar constituent elements for explanation.

[第1實施形態] [First Embodiment]

如圖1、圖2所示,第1實施形態的冰箱1具備作為冰箱本體的箱體(cabinet)11。箱體11自上段起包含冷藏室12、蔬菜室13、可切換冰箱內設定溫度的切換室14、冷凍室15。而且,在切換室14的左側設置有製冰室16。 As shown in FIG. 1 and FIG. 2, the refrigerator 1 of the first embodiment includes a cabinet 11 as a refrigerator main body. The casing 11 includes a refrigerating compartment 12, a vegetable compartment 13, a switching chamber 14 that can switch the set temperature in the refrigerator, and a freezing compartment 15 from the upper stage. Further, an ice making chamber 16 is provided on the left side of the switching chamber 14.

如圖1~圖3所示,為了覆蓋冷藏室12的前表面開口部,左右一對左門21、右門22分別以使左端部、右端部的上下利用鉸鏈(hinge)部呈對開式地開閉的方式而安裝。而且,在蔬菜室13、切換室14、冷凍室15、製冰室16上分別設置有抽拉式的門23、24、25、26。在蔬菜室13的背面,配設有冷藏用蒸發器(未圖示),該冷藏用蒸發器用於冷卻冷藏室12與蔬菜室13。在切換室14及冷凍室15的背面,配設有冷凍用蒸發器(未圖示),該冷凍用蒸發器用於冷卻切換室14、冷凍室15、製冰室16。在蔬菜室13的背面,還配設有控制部56,該控制部56包含用於控制冰箱1的微電腦(micro computer)。 As shown in FIG. 1 to FIG. 3, in order to cover the front surface opening portion of the refrigerator compartment 12, the left and right pair of left door 21 and right door 22 are opened and closed by the hinge portion of the left end portion and the right end portion, respectively. Install it in a way. Further, pull-out doors 23, 24, 25, and 26 are provided in the vegetable compartment 13, the switching compartment 14, the freezing compartment 15, and the ice making compartment 16, respectively. On the back surface of the vegetable compartment 13, an evaporator for refrigeration (not shown) for cooling the refrigerator compartment 12 and the vegetable compartment 13 is disposed. A refrigerating evaporator (not shown) for cooling the switching chamber 14, the freezing compartment 15, and the ice making compartment 16 is disposed on the rear surfaces of the switching chamber 14 and the freezing compartment 15. On the back side of the vegetable compartment 13, a control unit 56 is further provided, and the control unit 56 includes a micro computer for controlling the refrigerator 1.

左門21、右門22均配置成如下結構,即:在前表面開口的扁平的內板的開口部,安裝有著色透明的玻璃製的前表面板21A、22A,且在內部空洞部中配置有真空隔熱材,並在未被真空隔熱材完全填埋的空洞部中,配置有聚胺基甲酸酯(polyurethane)隔熱材(以下亦簡稱作胺基甲酸酯隔熱材)或預先成型的固體隔熱材(例如EPC)。前表面板21A、22A的著色度的濃度為:在受到外光的狀態下,自外部看不到前表面板21A、22A的背側的隔熱材等填充物。並且,前表面板21A、22A的著色度的濃度亦為: 在後述的穿透顯示操作按鈕名、冷卻功能名、冷卻強度等的發光二極體(Light Emitting Diode,LED)顯示燈、穿透顯示溫度值等變化數值的7段(segment)LED顯示裝置的亮燈狀態下,光可透過而能自表面側看到。再者,並不限定於7段LED,亦可為液晶顯示器(Liquid Crystal Display,LCD)或電致發光(Electroluminescence,EL)裝置。 Each of the left door 21 and the right door 22 is configured such that a front plate 21A, 22A made of glass that is colored and transparent is attached to an opening of a flat inner plate that is open at the front surface, and a vacuum is disposed in the inner cavity. A heat insulating material is disposed in a cavity portion that is not completely filled with the vacuum heat insulating material, and a polyurethane heat insulating material (hereinafter also referred to simply as a urethane heat insulating material) or a predetermined Molded solid insulation (eg EPC). The concentration of the chromaticity of the front surface plates 21A and 22A is such that a filler such as a heat insulating material on the back side of the front surface plates 21A and 22A is not visible from the outside in a state where external light is received. Moreover, the concentration of the chromaticity of the front surface plates 21A, 22A is also: A seven-segment LED display device that displays a change in the value of a light-emitting diode (LED), such as a light-emitting diode (LED) display lamp, a cooling function name, a cooling intensity, and the like, which will be described later. In the light state, the light is permeable and can be seen from the surface side. Furthermore, it is not limited to the 7-segment LED, and may be a liquid crystal display (LCD) or an electroluminescence (EL) device.

在左門21的右端部、即在關閉狀態下接近右門22的左端部而相向的敞開側的部分,設置有旋轉分隔體31,該旋轉分隔體31用於在關門狀態下,保持與右門22的左端部、即敞開側的部分的密封(seal)狀態。在該旋轉分隔體31的內部,內置有用於防止結露的防結露加熱器(heater)。 At a right end portion of the left door 21, that is, a portion on the open side facing the left end portion of the right door 22 in the closed state, a rotating partition 31 for holding the right door 22 in the closed state is provided. A sealed state of the left end portion, that is, the portion on the open side. An anti-condensation heater for preventing dew condensation is built in the inside of the rotary separator 31.

在右門22的前表面板22A的背側,設置有靜電電容式的控制操作部50,該靜電電容式的控制操作部50用於藉由來自前表面板22A表面的觸摸操作來操作冰箱。在該控制操作部50中,設置有:用於對冰箱周圍的環境狀態進行檢測的紅外線受光部;返回按鈕(home button);偵測對該返回按鈕的觸摸並穿透顯示操作按鈕名、冷卻功能名、冷卻強度等的LED顯示燈;及穿透顯示溫度值等變化數值的7段LED顯示裝置等。 On the back side of the front surface plate 22A of the right door 22, a capacitance type control operation portion 50 for operating the refrigerator by a touch operation from the surface of the front surface plate 22A is provided. The control operation unit 50 is provided with an infrared light receiving unit for detecting an environmental state around the refrigerator; a home button; detecting a touch on the return button and penetrating the display operation button name, and cooling An LED display lamp such as a function name or a cooling intensity; and a 7-segment LED display device that transmits a change value such as a temperature value.

在左門21的前表面板21A、右門22的前表面板22A的下邊附近的背面側,分別設置有左右橫向細長的開門操作部51、52。並且,在前表面板21A、22A的表面,設置有表示為開門操作部而且顯示開門操作方向的開門操作顯示部51A、52A。此處, 在左門21的開門操作顯示部51A上,設置有朝左的箭頭標記,該朝左的箭頭標記辨識使手指在觸摸的狀態下朝左方向滑動以進行開門操作的情況。在右門22的開門操作顯示部52A上,設置有朝右的箭頭標記,該朝右的箭頭標記辨識使手指在觸摸的狀態下朝右方向滑動以進行開門操作的情況。 On the back side of the front surface plate 21A of the left door 21 and the lower side of the front surface plate 22A of the right door 22, left and right laterally elongated door opening operation portions 51 and 52 are respectively provided. Further, on the surfaces of the front surface plates 21A and 22A, door opening operation display portions 51A and 52A indicating the door opening operation portion and displaying the door opening operation direction are provided. Here, On the door opening operation display portion 51A of the left door 21, a leftward arrow mark is provided, and the leftward arrow mark recognizes a case where the finger is slid in the left direction in a touched state to perform a door opening operation. On the door opening operation display portion 52A of the right door 22, a rightward arrow mark is provided, and the rightward arrow mark recognizes a case where the finger is slid in the right direction in a touched state to perform a door opening operation.

在箱體11的頂板上表面的前端附近的左右兩處,分別在與左門21、右門22各自的上邊的敞開側端部附近對應的位置,分別設置有開門驅動部54、55。該些開門驅動部54、55藉由電磁鐵來朝前方推壓柱塞(plunger)54A、55A,以將左門21、右門22各自的敞開側端部附近的上邊向前方推壓,從而可使各門自動敞開。並且,詳細情況將後述,但若為了打開左門21而使手指在觸摸左門開門操作顯示部51A的右端或右端附近的箭頭標記的狀態下朝左方向滑動,則開門操作部51感測該連續的觸摸並將觸摸偵測信號送往控制部56,若在控制部56中判斷為開門操作指令,則使左門21的開門驅動部54動作,以自動打開左門21。另一方面,若為了打開右門22而使手指在觸摸右門開門操作顯示部52A的左端或左端附近的箭頭標記的狀態下朝右方向滑動,則開門操作部52感測該連續的觸摸並將觸摸偵測信號送往控制部56,若在控制部56中判斷為開門操作指令,則使右門22的開門驅動部55動作,以自動打開右門22。 The door opening drive portions 54, 55 are provided at positions corresponding to the vicinity of the open side end portions of the upper sides of the left door 21 and the right door 22, respectively, at the left and right places near the front end of the top plate surface of the casing 11. The door opening drive units 54 and 55 push the plungers 54A and 55A forward by the electromagnet to push the upper side of the open side end portions of the left door 21 and the right door 22 forward. The doors are automatically opened. In addition, the details will be described later. However, when the left door 21 is opened and the finger is slid in the left direction in the state of the arrow mark near the right end or the right end of the left door opening operation display portion 51A, the door opening operation portion 51 senses the continuous When the control unit 56 determines that the door opening operation command is issued, the door opening drive unit 54 of the left door 21 is operated to automatically open the left door 21. On the other hand, if the finger is slid in the right direction in the state of the arrow mark near the left end or the left end of the right door opening operation display portion 52A in order to open the right door 22, the door opening operation portion 52 senses the continuous touch and touches The detection signal is sent to the control unit 56. When the control unit 56 determines that the door opening operation command is issued, the door opening drive unit 55 of the right door 22 is operated to automatically open the right door 22.

再者,第1實施形態的冰箱中的控制部56所進行的冷卻控制為普通的冷卻控制,並無特別限定,例如壓縮機、操作面 板(panel)、防結露加熱器、製冰室內部的製冰裝置、冷藏室風扇(fan)、冷凍室風扇、除霜加熱器被連接於該控制部56而受到控制。 Further, the cooling control by the control unit 56 in the refrigerator according to the first embodiment is an ordinary cooling control, and is not particularly limited. For example, a compressor and an operation surface are provided. A panel, an anti-condensation heater, an ice making device inside the ice making compartment, a refrigerator fan, a freezer fan, and a defrosting heater are connected to the control unit 56 and controlled.

開門操作顯示部51A、52A上的箭頭標記並不限定於該顯示,只要是若觸摸此處並朝右方向或左方向滑動便可容易地辨識為開門操作的顯示,則標記的形狀或形態並不受限定。 The arrow marks on the door opening operation display portions 51A and 52A are not limited to the display, and may be any shape or form of the mark as long as it is easily recognized as a display operation of the door opening operation by touching the page and sliding in the right direction or the left direction. Not limited.

在左門21、右門22上,以如下方式而設置有把手61、62,即,藉由使手掌朝上地將手指插入分別比開門操作顯示部51A、52A更靠下側的下端面部分並朝跟前側拉動的操作,便可分別獨立地手動打開左門21、右門22。 On the left door 21 and the right door 22, handles 61 and 62 are provided in such a manner that the fingers are inserted upward by the lower end portions of the lower side than the door opening operation display portions 51A and 52A, respectively. With the operation of pulling on the front side, the left door 21 and the right door 22 can be manually opened independently.

接下來,對第1實施形態的冰箱的自動開門動作進行說明。如圖4所示,在開門操作部51、52上,分別以夾著前表面板21A、22A而與開門操作顯示部51A、52A的沿著左右橫向排列有5個的箭頭標記分別相向的方式,而排列設置有靜電電容式觸摸感測器51-1~51-5、靜電電容式觸摸感測器52-1~52-5。該些靜電電容式觸摸感測器51-1~51-5、靜電電容式觸摸感測器52-1~52-5被設定成:分別偵測由用戶的觸摸引起的靜電電容變化,並將觸摸偵測信號發送至控制部56。 Next, an automatic door opening operation of the refrigerator of the first embodiment will be described. As shown in FIG. 4, in the door opening operation portions 51 and 52, the front surface plates 21A and 22A are respectively opposed to the left and right lateral directions of the door opening operation display portions 51A and 52A. The capacitive touch sensors 51-1 to 51-5 and the capacitive touch sensors 52-1 to 52-5 are arranged in series. The capacitive touch sensors 51-1~51-5 and the capacitive touch sensors 52-1~52-5 are set to detect the electrostatic capacitance change caused by the user's touch, respectively, and The touch detection signal is sent to the control unit 56.

因此,當用戶欲打開右門22而在開門操作顯示部52A的部分使手指觸摸左端的箭頭標記,並在觸摸的狀態下使該手指朝右方向滑動,則靜電電容式觸摸感測器52-1~52-5中偵測到靜電電容變化的感測器分別將觸摸偵測信號依照觸摸的順序而發送 至控制部56。因此,控制部56根據圖5的流程圖的邏輯來判斷是否為開門操作,若判斷為正式的開門操作,則向右門的開門驅動部55輸出開門驅動信號,以使右門22自動打開。再者,在左門21的開門操作的情況下,對於使手指針對左門21的開門操作顯示部51A而在觸摸右端或右端附近的箭頭標記的狀態下朝左方向滑動的操作,同樣判斷左門21的開門操作。 Therefore, when the user wants to open the right door 22 and causes the finger to touch the arrow mark on the left end in the portion of the door opening operation display portion 52A, and slides the finger in the right direction in the touch state, the capacitive touch sensor 52-1 The sensor detecting the change of electrostatic capacitance in ~52-5 sends the touch detection signal according to the order of touch To the control unit 56. Therefore, the control unit 56 determines whether or not the door opening operation is based on the logic of the flowchart of FIG. 5, and if it is determined that the door opening operation is normal, the door opening drive unit 55 outputs a door opening drive signal to open the right door 22 automatically. In the case of the door opening operation of the left door 21, the operation of sliding the left door 21 in the state in which the finger is in the left direction in the state of the arrow mark near the right end or the right end with respect to the door opening operation display portion 51A of the left door 21 is also determined. Open the door.

此處的開門判斷的邏輯如下。當左右的各5個感測器中的至少3個感測器在規定時間(例如0.5秒或1秒)內且依照排列順序偵測到觸摸時,判斷為開門操作,從而使相應的門自動打開。此處,對右門22的開門操作進行說明。 The logic for opening the door here is as follows. When at least three of the five sensors on the left and right are detected within a predetermined time (for example, 0.5 seconds or 1 second) and in accordance with the arrangement order, it is determined that the door opening operation is performed, so that the corresponding door is automatically turn on. Here, the door opening operation of the right door 22 will be described.

當觸摸到右門22的開門操作顯示部52A的箭頭標記中的任一個時,開門操作部52側的相應的靜電電容式觸摸感測器(由於通常觸摸左端或左端附近的箭頭標記,因此,此處設為左端的感測器52-1)進行觸摸偵測,並將觸摸偵測信號發送至控制部56。控制部56收到該信號後開始(start)開門操作的判斷處理(步驟(step)S0)。並且,首先開始計時(time count)(步驟S1)。 When any one of the arrow marks of the door opening operation display portion 52A of the right door 22 is touched, the corresponding capacitive touch sensor on the side of the door opening operation portion 52 (since the arrow mark near the left end or the left end is usually touched, therefore, this is The sensor 52-1) set to the left end performs touch detection and transmits a touch detection signal to the control unit 56. The control unit 56 starts the determination process of the door opening operation after receiving the signal (step S0). And, the time count is first started (step S1).

當在時間計完(count up)之前繼而由右鄰、右右鄰的靜電電容式觸摸感測器52-2、52-3進行觸摸偵測並發送偵測信號時,控制部56接收該些信號,並判斷為:被觸摸的感測器是朝右方向連續的3個,作為從左向右的右門22的開門操作方向,為順向的滑動操作。即,在步驟S2中判斷為否(NO),在步驟S3中判斷為是(YES),在步驟S4中判斷為是,在步驟S5中判斷為是。 其結果,控制部56判斷為針對右門22的正式的開門操作,並對右門的開門驅動部55輸出開門驅動指令,使開門驅動部54動作以自動打開右門22(步驟S6)。 When the touch detection is performed by the right-side, right-right adjacent capacitive touch sensors 52-2, 52-3 and the detection signal is transmitted before the time counts up, the control unit 56 receives the detection signals. The signal is judged to be that the touched sensors are three consecutive in the right direction, and are the sliding operation in the forward direction as the door opening operation direction of the right door 22 from left to right. That is, the determination in step S2 is NO (NO), the determination in step S3 is YES, and the determination in step S4 is YES, and the determination in step S5 is YES. As a result, the control unit 56 determines that the door opening drive operation for the right door 22 is output, and outputs the door opening drive command to the door opening drive unit 55 of the right door, and causes the door opening drive unit 54 to operate to automatically open the right door 22 (step S6).

再者,若在中途中止滑動,或者滑動的速度慢,或者滑動的長度短,則無法判斷在固定時間(例如0.5秒或1秒)內有3個以上的箭頭標記順向受到觸摸的情況,因此暫時停止該開門操作的判斷處理,等待下次觸摸偵測(在步驟S2中分支為否並跳轉(jump)至步驟S7而停止(stop)判斷處理)。而且,即使在開門操作顯示部52A上自右端側朝左方向進行滑動操作,右門亦不會打開(在步驟S5中分支為否並跳轉至步驟S7而停止判斷處理)。 Furthermore, if the sliding is stopped in the middle, or the speed of the sliding is slow, or the length of the sliding is short, it cannot be determined that three or more arrow marks are forwardly touched in a fixed time (for example, 0.5 second or one second). Therefore, the determination processing of the door opening operation is temporarily stopped, and the next touch detection is waited for (the branch is NO in step S2 and jumps to step S7 to stop the judgment processing). Further, even if the sliding operation is performed in the left direction from the right end side on the door opening operation display portion 52A, the right door is not opened (the flag is NO in step S5 and the process proceeds to step S7 to stop the determination process).

左門21的開門操作的判斷處理亦同樣。但是,在左門21的情況下,方向與右門22相反,在觸摸開門操作顯示部51A上的右端或右端附近的箭頭標記後朝左方向滑動的情況下判斷為開門操作。因此,即使自左端或左端附近的箭頭標記朝右方向進行滑動操作,左門亦不會打開。 The same is true for the determination process of the door opening operation of the left door 21. However, in the case of the left door 21, the direction is opposite to that of the right door 22, and it is determined that the door opening operation is performed when the arrow mark near the right end or the right end on the touch opening operation display portion 51A is slid in the left direction. Therefore, even if the arrow mark near the left end or the left end slides in the right direction, the left door does not open.

再者,在所述的自動開門控制中,採用控制部56判斷開門操作且使開門驅動部54、55驅動的程序,但亦可將其取代而採用如下程序:在開門操作部51、52側搭載微電腦,靜電電容式觸摸感測器51-1~51-5、靜電電容式觸摸感測器52-1~52-5偵測因用戶的觸摸引起的靜電電容變化並將觸摸偵測信號輸入至該微電腦,當在開門操作部51、52中判斷為在規定的時間內有固定方向的滑動操作時,則最終判斷為有開門操作,並將打開左門或打 開右門的指令信號發送至控制部56,控制部56在收到該開門指令時,使開門驅動部54或開門驅動部55進行開門驅動。 Further, in the automatic door opening control described above, the control unit 56 determines the program for opening the door and driving the door opening drive units 54, 55. Alternatively, instead of using the following program, the door opening operation units 51 and 52 may be used. Equipped with a microcomputer, capacitive touch sensors 51-1~51-5, and capacitive touch sensors 52-1~52-5 detect changes in electrostatic capacitance caused by user's touch and input touch detection signals When the door opening operation units 51 and 52 determine that there is a sliding operation in a fixed direction within a predetermined time, the microcomputer finally determines that there is a door opening operation, and will open the left door or hit the door. The command signal for opening the right door is transmitted to the control unit 56, and when receiving the door opening command, the control unit 56 causes the door opening drive unit 54 or the door opening drive unit 55 to perform the door opening drive.

接下來,使用圖6、圖7,對開門操作部51、52分別向左門21、右門22中的裝入進行說明。再者,以下,雖然對右門22的開門操作部52進行敍述,但左門21的開門操作部51亦相同。 Next, the loading of the door opening operation portions 51 and 52 into the left door 21 and the right door 22 will be described with reference to Figs. 6 and 7 . In the following description, the door opening operation portion 52 of the right door 22 will be described, but the door opening operation portion 51 of the left door 21 is also the same.

首先,開門操作部52採用如下結構,即,在W方向短而L方向長的細長的基板52P上,以沿長度方向L方向並排的方式而排列設置有靜電電容式觸摸感測器52-1~52-5。並且,將該開門操作部52以使該長度方向L方向為左右方向並密接於前表面板22A背面的姿勢,而設置於右門22的下端內部。 First, the door opening operation unit 52 is configured such that a capacitive touch sensor 52-1 is arranged side by side in the longitudinal direction L on the elongated substrate 52P having a short W direction and a long L direction. ~52-5. In addition, the door opening operation portion 52 is provided inside the lower end of the right door 22 in a posture in which the longitudinal direction L direction is the left-right direction and is in close contact with the back surface of the front surface plate 22A.

因此,在右門22的下端部的左端附近,形成有朝下側開口的操作部設置空間64。該操作部設置空間64的左右橫向的寬度比開門操作部52的長度方向L的長度稍長,以使得可將開門操作部52在使該長度方向L為橫向的狀態下自下表面開口部朝上地滑動插入。並且,將開門操作部52保持使該長度方向L與左右方向一致的姿勢,而自該下表面開口部朝上地插入操作部設置空間64內,並使該開門操作部52滑動至到達操作部設置空間64的上端為止且予以固定。並且,在使開門操作部52密接於前表面板22A背面的狀態下利用膠帶(tape)等暫時固定。隨後,向右門22的內部空洞部中注入液狀胺基甲酸酯作為隔熱材22B,並使其發泡、固化,藉此將該開門操作部52固定於操作部設置空間64內。對於左門21的開門操作部51亦依照相同的程序來安裝。 Therefore, in the vicinity of the left end of the lower end portion of the right door 22, an operation portion installation space 64 that opens toward the lower side is formed. The width of the left and right lateral direction of the operation portion installation space 64 is slightly longer than the length of the longitudinal direction L of the door opening operation portion 52, so that the door opening operation portion 52 can be made from the lower surface opening portion in a state where the longitudinal direction L is lateral Slide on the ground to insert. Further, the door opening operation portion 52 is held in a posture in which the longitudinal direction L is aligned with the left-right direction, and is inserted into the operation portion installation space 64 upward from the lower surface opening portion, and the door opening operation portion 52 is slid to reach the operation portion. The upper end of the space 64 is set and fixed. In addition, the door opening operation portion 52 is temporarily fixed by a tape or the like while being in close contact with the back surface of the front surface plate 22A. Then, the liquid urethane is injected into the inner cavity of the right door 22 as the heat insulating material 22B, and is foamed and solidified, whereby the door opening operation portion 52 is fixed in the operation portion installation space 64. The door opening operation portion 51 of the left door 21 is also installed in accordance with the same procedure.

藉由採用此種設置程序,尤其開門操作部51、52以左右橫向T方向長而上下方向W方向短的姿勢,設置並固定於操作部設置空間64內,因此可避免成為下述狀態,即,在長度方向L方向上單端翹起,即使右側的靜電電容式觸摸感測器52-5密接於前表面板22A的背面,左側的靜電電容式觸摸感測器52-1亦不會密接於前表面板22A的背面而在翹起的狀態下被固定,或者相反地,即使左側的靜電電容式觸摸感測器52-1密接於前表面板22A的背面,右側的靜電電容式觸摸感測器52-5亦不會密接於前表面板22A的背面而是在翹起的狀態下被固定,從而可如圖7所示,左右橫排地排列設置的所有靜電電容式觸摸感測器52-1~52-5在同等地密接於前表面板22A背面的狀態下得以確實地固定。 By using such an installation program, the door opening operation portions 51 and 52 are provided in the operation portion installation space 64 in a posture in which the left and right lateral T directions are long and the vertical direction W direction is short. Therefore, it is possible to avoid the following state, that is, The single-ended tilting in the longitudinal direction L direction, even if the right capacitive touch sensor 52-5 is in close contact with the back surface of the front surface plate 22A, the capacitive touch sensor 52-1 on the left side is not closely connected. The back surface of the front surface plate 22A is fixed in a state of being lifted up, or conversely, even if the capacitive touch sensor 52-1 on the left side is in close contact with the back surface of the front surface plate 22A, the capacitive touch feeling on the right side The detector 52-5 is also not closely attached to the back surface of the front surface plate 22A but is fixed in a tilted state, so that all the capacitive touch sensors arranged side by side and left and right can be arranged as shown in FIG. 52-1 to 52-5 are reliably fixed in a state in which they are in close contact with the back surface of the front surface plate 22A.

[其他實施形態] [Other Embodiments]

作為冰箱的最簡單(simple)的門的結構,可在冷藏室的前方配置左開或右開的單開式的1扇門,作為該門的結構,亦可採用如下結構,即:在隔熱性的門本體的前表面安裝著色透明的非導電性的前表面板,並設置控制操作部及開門操作部,所述控制操作部用於進行變更冰箱的冷卻控制內容的操作,所述開門操作部用於操作開門裝置的開門動作。即,亦可採用使1扇門具備圖1~圖3所示的右門22的結構(第2實施形態)。 As the simplest door structure of the refrigerator, a single-open one door that is left-opened or right-opened can be disposed in front of the refrigerator compartment. As the structure of the door, the following structure can also be adopted, that is, in the compartment A front surface of the heat-sensitive door body is provided with a transparent transparent non-conductive front surface plate, and a control operation portion for performing an operation of changing a cooling control content of the refrigerator, and a door opening operation portion for opening the door The operation unit is used to operate the door opening operation of the door opening device. In other words, a configuration in which one door is provided with the right door 22 shown in FIGS. 1 to 3 (second embodiment) may be employed.

而且,控制操作部50、開門操作部51、52並不限於靜電電容式的觸摸感測器,只要是壓敏式感測器、紅外線感測器等不在前表面板21A、22A的表面側形成凹凸並可對用戶的操作進 行感應而進行相應的操作者,則不受限定(第3實施形態)。 Further, the control operation unit 50 and the door opening operation units 51 and 52 are not limited to the capacitive touch sensor, and are not formed on the surface side of the front surface plates 21A and 22A as long as they are pressure sensitive sensors, infrared sensors, and the like. Bump and can be used for user operations The operator who performs the sense of the line is not limited (the third embodiment).

而且,較佳為採用如下設定:控制操作部50與開門操作部51、52針對不同的操作方法來感應操作輸入。例如,可採用如下設定:若為控制操作部50,則感應對相應部位的點觸摸(point touch)以接受一個操作輸入,但在開門操作部51、52的情況下,若不在觸摸相應部位的狀態下滑動固定距離以上,則不辨識為開門操作輸入(第4實施形態)。 Further, it is preferable to adopt a setting in which the control operation unit 50 and the door opening operation units 51 and 52 sense an operation input for different operation methods. For example, a setting may be adopted in which, if the operation unit 50 is controlled, a point touch to the corresponding portion is sensed to accept an operation input, but in the case of the door opening operation portions 51 and 52, if the corresponding portion is not touched In the state where the sliding distance is equal to or greater than the fixed distance, the door opening operation input is not recognized (fourth embodiment).

而且,開門操作部51、52亦可偵測依照規定的順序或沿規定的方向來依序觸摸多個部位的操作,以取代對於用手指來觸摸並滑動的操作的偵測(第5實施形態)。進而,作為另一變更例,開門操作部亦可設置於門的上端部,以取代在門的下端部的設置(第6實施形態)。 Moreover, the door opening operation units 51 and 52 can also detect an operation of sequentially touching a plurality of parts in a predetermined order or in a predetermined direction instead of detecting the operation of touching and sliding with a finger (the fifth embodiment) ). Further, as another modification, the door opening operation portion may be provided at the upper end portion of the door instead of the installation at the lower end portion of the door (sixth embodiment).

進而,作為其他實施形態,可採用如下所述的變更例。如圖8所示,可採用如下設定:在左右的門21、22為對開式的冰箱中,將針對開門操作部51、52的開門操作顯示部51A-1、52A-1設定在前表面板21A、22A表面的距地面為相同高度的位置處,在左門21的開門操作顯示部51A-1中,若用戶用手指自其左端附近觸摸並滑動至右端附近,則可使左門21打開,在右門22的開門操作顯示部52A-1中,若用戶用手指自其左端附近觸摸並滑動至右端附近,則亦可使右門22打開。並且,此時,藉由如下操作,可使左右兩門21、22同時敞開,即:如圖8中的箭頭A1所示,使手指沿單向且連續地自左門21的開門操作顯示部51A-1的左端 附近滑動至右門22的開門操作顯示部52A-1的右端附近(第7實施形態)。 Further, as another embodiment, the following modified examples can be employed. As shown in FIG. 8, the door opening operation display portions 51A-1 and 52A-1 for the door opening operation portions 51 and 52 are set to the front surface plate in the case where the left and right doors 21 and 22 are the split type refrigerators. 21A, 22A is at the same height from the ground. In the door opening operation display portion 51A-1 of the left door 21, if the user touches and slides near the left end with the finger to the vicinity of the right end, the left door 21 can be opened. In the door opening operation display portion 52A-1 of the right door 22, if the user touches and slides near the left end with the finger, the right door 22 can be opened. Further, at this time, the left and right doors 21, 22 can be simultaneously opened by the following operation, that is, the finger is operated in one-way and continuously from the door opening operation display portion 51A of the left door 21 as indicated by an arrow A1 in FIG. Left end of -1 The vicinity is slid to the vicinity of the right end of the door opening operation display portion 52A-1 of the right door 22 (seventh embodiment).

而且,如圖9所示,亦可採用如下設定:在左右的門21、22為對開式的冰箱中,將針對開門操作部51、52的開門操作顯示部51A-2、52A-2設置於各門21、22的前表面板21A、22A的敞開端附近,藉由朝向與各門21、22的敞開側為相反方向的滑動操作,可分別打開各門21、22。此時,相對於左門21,其右端為敞開端,因此開門操作顯示部51A-2顯示自其右端側朝左方向滑動。而且,相對於右門22,其左端為敞開端,因此開門操作顯示部52A-2顯示自其左端側朝右方向滑動。藉由採用此種設定,從而在操作時,用戶使手指朝向藉由開門操作而門的敞開端打開的方向滑動,因此用戶的手指與開始打開的門的敞開端發生干涉的情況少,可進行順利的敞開操作(第8實施形態)。 Further, as shown in FIG. 9, it is also possible to set the door opening operation display portions 51A-2 and 52A-2 for the door opening operation portions 51 and 52 in the case where the left and right doors 21 and 22 are the split type refrigerators. Each of the doors 21, 22 can be opened by sliding operation in the opposite direction to the open side of each of the doors 21, 22 in the vicinity of the open ends of the front surface plates 21A, 22A of the respective doors 21, 22. At this time, since the right end is the open end with respect to the left door 21, the door opening operation display portion 51A-2 is displayed to slide in the left direction from the right end side thereof. Further, with respect to the right door 22, the left end thereof is an open end, and therefore the door opening operation display portion 52A-2 is displayed to slide in the right direction from the left end side thereof. By adopting such a setting, the user slides the finger in the direction in which the open end of the door is opened by the door opening operation during operation, so that the user's finger interferes with the open end of the door that is opened, and the operation can be performed. Smooth opening operation (eighth embodiment).

而且,如圖10(a)-圖10(e)所示,可採用如下設定:無論冰箱門為單開式抑或是對開式的兩扇門,均在該門(此處為門22)的上下左右的四角中的任一角附近,水平地或垂直地或者朝向角而斜向地設置開門操作部52,將開門操作顯示部52A-3亦設置於門22的前表面板22A的與其對應的位置,且當開門操作方向為朝向該門外側的方向時,進行開門動作(第9實施形態)。 Moreover, as shown in FIGS. 10(a) to 10(e), the following settings can be adopted: whether the refrigerator door is a single-open type or a split-type two doors, both of which are at the door (here, the door 22) The door opening operation portion 52 is disposed obliquely horizontally or vertically or toward the corner in the vicinity of any of the four corners of the upper, lower, left, and right sides, and the door opening operation display portion 52A-3 is also provided to the front surface plate 22A of the door 22 corresponding thereto. The position is opened, and when the door opening operation direction is the direction toward the outside of the door, the door opening operation is performed (ninth embodiment).

例如,圖10(a)表示如下設定例:在門22的敞開端側的下端部,沿水平方向設置開門操作部52、開門操作顯示部52A-31,藉由朝向門22的敞開端側而朝右方向進行滑動操作,從 而可開門。在該變更例的情況下,也可將開門操作部52、開門操作顯示部52A-31同樣地設置於門22的敞開端側的上端部。圖10(b)表示如下設定例:在門22的敞開端側的下端,沿垂直方向設置開門操作部52、開門操作顯示部52A-32,藉由朝向門22的下端而自上朝下地進行滑動操作,從而可開門。圖10(c)表示如下設定例:在門22的敞開端側的上端,沿垂直方向設置開門操作部52、開門操作顯示部52A-33,藉由朝向門22的上端而自下朝上地進行滑動操作,從而可開門。圖10(d)表示如下設定例:在門22的旋轉鉸鏈端側的下端,沿垂直方向設置開門操作部52、開門操作顯示部52A-34,藉由朝向門22的下端而自上朝下地進行滑動操作,從而可開門。在該變更例的情況下,亦可採用如下設定:將開門操作部52、開門操作顯示部52A-31設置於門22的旋轉鉸鏈端側的上端部,藉由自下朝上地進行滑動操作來開門。進而,圖10(e)表示如下設定例:在門22的四角中的一角且為敞開端側的下角部,沿斜對角線方向設置開門操作部52、開門操作顯示部52A-35,藉由朝向門22的下角而自斜上朝斜下地進行滑動操作,從而可開門。在該變更例的情況下,亦可採用如下設定:將開門操作部52、開門操作顯示部52A-35設置於門22的四角中的其他三個角中的任一角,朝向各角而自斜下朝上或自斜上朝下地進行滑動操作,從而可開門。 For example, Fig. 10(a) shows a setting example in which the door opening operation portion 52 and the door opening operation display portion 52A-31 are provided in the horizontal direction at the lower end portion of the open end side of the door 22, by facing the open end side of the door 22. Slide in the right direction, from And can open the door. In the case of this modification, the door opening operation portion 52 and the door opening operation display portion 52A-31 may be similarly provided on the upper end portion of the door 22 on the open end side. Fig. 10 (b) shows a setting example in which the door opening operation portion 52 and the door opening operation display portion 52A-32 are provided in the vertical direction at the lower end of the open end side of the door 22, and are carried out from the top to the bottom toward the lower end of the door 22. Slide the door to open the door. Fig. 10 (c) shows a setting example in which the door opening operation portion 52 and the door opening operation display portion 52A-33 are provided in the vertical direction at the upper end of the open end side of the door 22, and the bottom door is directed upward from the upper end. Slide the door to open the door. (d) of FIG. 10 shows a setting example in which the door opening operation portion 52 and the door opening operation display portion 52A-34 are provided in the vertical direction at the lower end of the rotary hinge end side of the door 22, and the door opening portion 22 faces the lower end of the door 22 from the top to the bottom. Slide the door to open the door. In the case of this modification, the door opening operation portion 52 and the door opening operation display portion 52A-31 may be provided at the upper end portion of the rotary hinge end side of the door 22, and the sliding operation may be performed from the bottom up. Come open the door. Further, Fig. 10(e) shows a setting example in which a corner portion of the four corners of the door 22 is a lower corner portion on the open end side, and the door opening operation portion 52 and the door opening operation display portion 52A-35 are provided in the oblique diagonal direction. The sliding operation is performed from the obliquely upward direction toward the lower corner of the door 22, so that the door can be opened. In the case of this modification, the door opening operation unit 52 and the door opening operation display unit 52A-35 may be provided at any one of the other three corners of the four corners of the door 22, and the angles are inclined toward the respective corners. Slide the door from bottom to top or from top to bottom to open the door.

而且,如圖11所示,可採用如下結構:無論冰箱門是單開式抑或是對開的兩扇門,對於在該門22的前表面板22A的背 面側設置的開門操作部52中所設的靜電電容觸摸感測器52-1~52-5,在與滑動操作方向A2不同的方向A3上相鄰的感測器彼此均部分重疊。藉由該感測器的重疊結構,具有如下效果,即:在滑動操作時不會造成觸摸不充分,即使相鄰的感測器彼此被同時觸摸,靜電電容的變化亦只會在面積較大的感測器一側變大,從而不會同時偵測(第10實施形態)。 Moreover, as shown in FIG. 11, the following structure may be employed: whether the refrigerator door is a single-open type or a two-way door, for the back of the front surface plate 22A of the door 22 The electrostatic capacitance touch sensors 52-1 to 52-5 provided in the door opening operation portion 52 provided on the surface side partially overlap each other in the direction A3 different from the sliding operation direction A2. With the overlapping structure of the sensor, there is an effect that the sliding operation does not cause insufficient touch, and even if adjacent sensors are simultaneously touched each other, the change of the electrostatic capacitance is only larger in area. The sensor side is enlarged, so that it is not detected at the same time (the tenth embodiment).

而且,如圖12、圖13所示,可採用如下結構:無論冰箱門是單開抑或是對開式的兩扇門,裝入該門(此處亦為門22)中的開門操作部52均是藉由滑動操作來偵測開門操作,多個滑動偵測用觸摸感測器呈圓環狀或矩陣(matrix)狀地配置在上下、左右,且所述多個電極針對描繪固定圖案等的滑動操作來偵測開門操作(第11實施形態)。 Further, as shown in FIG. 12 and FIG. 13, the following structure may be adopted: regardless of whether the refrigerator door is a single opening or a split type, the door opening operation portion 52 incorporated in the door (also referred to herein as the door 22) is The sliding operation is detected by a sliding operation, and the plurality of sliding detection touch sensors are arranged in an annular shape or a matrix shape in the upper and lower sides, the left and right sides, and the plurality of electrodes are directed to a fixed pattern or the like. The sliding operation detects the door opening operation (the eleventh embodiment).

圖12的示例中,將裝入門22內的開門操作部52中的多個滑動偵測用觸摸感測器52-1~52-8呈圓環狀地配置,對於此種開門操作部52,當以描繪圓的方式來連續觸摸3個以上的相鄰的觸摸感測器時,進行開門動作。因此,無論是箭頭A4~A6中的哪個滑動操作,抑或是與該些滑動操作為反方向的滑動操作,均可進行開門動作。而且,圖13的示例中,將裝入門22內的開門操作部52中的多個滑動偵測用的電極5211~5244呈矩陣狀地配置在上下左右,對於此種開門操作部52,當如箭頭A7~A13所示般朝上方向、下方向或斜上方向、斜下方向連續觸摸3個以上的相鄰的電極時,進行開門動作。 In the example of FIG. 12, the plurality of slide detecting touch sensors 52-1 to 52-8 in the door opening operation portion 52 incorporated in the door 22 are arranged in a ring shape, and for such a door opening operation portion 52, When three or more adjacent touch sensors are continuously touched in a manner of drawing a circle, a door opening operation is performed. Therefore, regardless of which of the arrows A4 to A6 is sliding, or whether the sliding operations are in the opposite directions, the door opening operation can be performed. Further, in the example of FIG. 13, the plurality of slide detecting electrodes 5211 to 5244 in the door opening operation portion 52 incorporated in the door 22 are arranged in a matrix on the up, down, left, and right sides, and for such a door opening operation portion 52, When three or more adjacent electrodes are continuously touched in the upward direction, the downward direction, or the obliquely upward direction and the obliquely downward direction as indicated by the arrows A7 to A13, the door opening operation is performed.

進而,如圖14所示,採用如下結構:無論冰箱門是單開抑或是對開式的兩扇門(此處示出的是對開式),該門21、22的開門操作部51、52均偵測基於朝向規定的單向的滑動操作的開門操作,對於左門21,在自其旋轉鉸鏈側朝向敞開端側而自左朝右地滑動時進行開門偵測,對於右門22,亦在自其旋轉鉸鏈側朝向敞開端側而相反地自右朝左地滑動時進行開門偵測。此時,開門操作顯示部51A、52A分別形成有朝向敞開端的箭頭標記,以分別表示滑動操作方向(第12實施形態)。就基於朝向其敞開端的滑動操作的開門操作而言,尤其是用戶通常自冰箱的外側來到冰箱的中心部來進行開門操作,其動作路線方向與滑動操作方向一致,具有容易進行開門操作的效果。 Further, as shown in FIG. 14, a structure is adopted in which the door opening operation portions 51, 52 of the doors 21, 22 are both regardless of whether the refrigerator door is a single opening or a split type two doors (shown here as a split type). Detecting a door opening operation based on a unidirectional sliding operation toward a prescribed one, and performing a door opening detection for the left door 21 when sliding from left to right from the side of the rotating hinge toward the open end side, and also for the right door 22 Door opening detection is performed when the rotary hinge side is slid toward the open end side and vice versa. At this time, the door opening operation display portions 51A and 52A are respectively formed with arrow marks toward the open end to indicate the slide operation direction (the twelfth embodiment). In the case of the door opening operation based on the sliding operation toward the open end thereof, in particular, the user usually comes to the center of the refrigerator from the outside of the refrigerator to perform the door opening operation, and the action route direction is consistent with the sliding operation direction, and has an effect of facilitating the door opening operation. .

進而作為其他的變更例,可採用如下結構。亦可在門上設置對人站在冰箱門前的情況進行偵測的人感偵測部件(例如紅外線感測器、辨識人的相機(camera)等),在該人感偵測部件偵測到人之後,控制部進行將開門操作設為有效(active)的控制。藉此,可防止因水或靜電等導致隨意打開冰箱門(第13實施形態)。 Further, as another modified example, the following configuration can be employed. A human sensing component (such as an infrared sensor, a camera, etc.) that detects a person standing in front of the refrigerator door may be disposed on the door, and the human sensing component detects After the person, the control unit performs control to set the door opening operation to be active. Thereby, it is possible to prevent the refrigerator door from being opened arbitrarily due to water, static electricity, or the like (the thirteenth embodiment).

進而,亦可並非在冷藏室12之前的旋轉打開式門21、22上,而是在蔬菜室13或切換室14等的抽拉式門23、24等上設置冷藏室門21、22的開門操作部51、52(第14實施形態)。再者,此時,電氣配線將沿著抽拉式門的滑軌(slide rail)而與控制部56連接。 Further, instead of the rotary opening doors 21 and 22 before the refrigerating compartment 12, the opening of the refrigerating compartment doors 21, 22 may be provided on the drawing doors 23, 24 and the like of the vegetable compartment 13 or the switching compartment 14 or the like. Operating units 51 and 52 (fourteenth embodiment). Furthermore, at this time, the electric wiring is connected to the control unit 56 along the slide rail of the pull-out door.

進而,實施形態的冰箱1亦可如以下依序說明般構成。 Further, the refrigerator 1 of the embodiment may be configured as described below.

[第15實施形態] [Fifteenth embodiment]

如圖15所示,控制操作部(亦稱作控制操作基板)50可自形成於門端蓋(cap)上的插入口50V沿G方向插入並收納至收納部50R內,所述門端蓋為右門22的縱向的側面部且構成對門前表面板進行支持的門的左右上下側面。開門操作部(亦稱作觸摸開啟用開關基板)52可自右門22的縱向的側面部的插入口52V沿G方向插入並收納至收納部52R內。而且,開門操作部(觸摸開啟用開關基板)51可自左門21的縱向的側面部的插入口51V沿H方向插入並收納至收納部51R內。 As shown in FIG. 15, the control operation portion (also referred to as a control operation substrate) 50 can be inserted and housed in the G direction from the insertion port 50V formed in the door cap to the housing portion 50R, the door end cover It is a longitudinal side surface part of the right door 22 and constitutes the left and right upper and lower side surfaces of the door which supports the front surface board of a door. The door opening operation portion (also referred to as a touch-opening switch substrate) 52 can be inserted into the storage portion 52R in the G direction from the insertion port 52V of the side surface portion of the right door 22 in the longitudinal direction. Further, the door opening operation portion (touch opening switch substrate) 51 can be inserted into the storage portion 51R in the H direction from the insertion port 51V of the side surface portion of the left door 21 in the longitudinal direction.

如圖15所示,把手(手把)61、62分別配置在左門21的下表面部(下邊)與右門22的下表面部(下邊),把手61、62與開門操作部51、52分別配置在左門21下側角部的位置與右門22下側角部的位置且配置在門的不同的邊上。而且,開門操作部51、52與把手61、62亦可位於在上下方向上不同的位置。 As shown in Fig. 15, the handles (handles) 61, 62 are respectively disposed on the lower surface portion (lower side) of the left door 21 and the lower surface portion (lower side) of the right door 22, and the handles 61, 62 and the door opening operation portions 51, 52 are respectively disposed. The position of the lower corner of the left door 21 and the position of the lower corner of the right door 22 are disposed on different sides of the door. Further, the door opening operation portions 51, 52 and the handles 61, 62 may be located at different positions in the up and down direction.

而且,所述右門22如後述的圖19般,例如右門22可包含作為玻璃板的前表面板22A、內板22K及門端蓋72,並在門端蓋72上設置插入口50V。並且,可以與插入口50V連續地自門端蓋72朝前表面板22A的方向延伸的方式來設置收納部50R,並將基板插入該收納部50R內。 Further, as shown in FIG. 19 to be described later, the right door 22 may include, for example, a front surface plate 22A as a glass plate, an inner plate 22K, and a door end cover 72, and an insertion port 50V is provided in the door end cover 72. Further, the accommodating portion 50R can be provided so as to continuously extend from the door end cover 72 toward the front surface plate 22A with the insertion port 50V, and the substrate can be inserted into the accommodating portion 50R.

再者,較佳為,收納部50R外側的前表面板22A、內板22K與門端蓋72之間的空間利用胺基甲酸酯等發泡隔熱材或真空隔熱材來填埋以進行隔熱。 Further, it is preferable that the space between the front surface plate 22A, the inner plate 22K, and the door end cover 72 on the outer side of the accommodating portion 50R is filled with a foam heat insulating material such as urethane or a vacuum heat insulating material. Insulate.

而且,插入的控制操作部50或開門操作部51亦可在插入後,藉由自後方按壓至前表面板22A的彈性部件來密接於前表面板22A,但在橫寬長的基板的情況下(開門操作部51等),亦可直接利用黏著材等而黏著於前表面板22A的背面。如此,可提高操作靈敏度。 Further, the inserted control operation portion 50 or the door opening operation portion 51 may be in close contact with the front surface plate 22A by the elastic member pressed from the rear to the front surface plate 22A after the insertion, but in the case of the horizontally long substrate (the door opening operation portion 51 and the like) may be adhered to the back surface of the front surface plate 22A by directly using an adhesive or the like. In this way, the operational sensitivity can be improved.

表示開門操作部51、52的位置的箭頭標記即開門操作顯示部51A、52A可使用LED51M、52M。而且,作為箭頭標記,既可為直接印刷於玻璃上的箭頭標記,亦可將印刷於膜(film)上的箭頭標記設置於玻璃的背面並使其在光下可見。 LEDs 51M and 52M can be used as the door opening operation display portions 51A and 52A indicating the positions of the door opening operation portions 51 and 52. Further, as an arrow mark, an arrow mark printed directly on the glass may be used, or an arrow mark printed on a film may be placed on the back surface of the glass to make it visible under light.

用於打開圖15所示的左門21與右門22的開門操作部51、52使用靜電開關。作為旋轉門的左門21與右門22中,靜電開關可使用電氣配線而電性連接至箱體11側的控制部,因此,由於是溫差相對較小的冷藏室的旋轉門,因而可使用靜電開關來作為開門操作部51、52。靜電開關不耐濕氣,因此用於溫差小的部分。 The door opening operation portions 51, 52 for opening the left door 21 and the right door 22 shown in Fig. 15 use an electrostatic switch. In the left door 21 and the right door 22 as the revolving door, the electrostatic switch can be electrically connected to the control portion on the casing 11 side by using electric wiring, and therefore, since it is a revolving door of a refrigerating chamber having a relatively small temperature difference, an electrostatic switch can be used. The door opening operation units 51 and 52 are used. The electrostatic switch is not resistant to moisture and is therefore used for parts with a small temperature difference.

與此相對,用於抽拉門、例如用於打開冷凍室15的抽拉門25的開門操作部71或者用於打開抽拉門23的開門操作部77使用霍爾(Hall)積體電路(Integrated circuit,IC)的開關。抽拉門採用可自箱體11(冰箱本體)抽出並拆卸的結構,因此無法使用電氣配線來連接開門操作部77與箱體11側的控制部。因此,例如作為開門操作部71、77,在抽拉門上配置磁體(magnet),當推動抽拉門時,磁體的位置發生變化,霍爾積體電路的開關能以 非接觸的方式檢測到該磁體的位置發生了變化。根據來自該霍爾積體電路的表示磁體位置發生了變化的信號,控制部使推壓抽拉門的推壓部件進行操作,從而可打開抽拉門。 On the other hand, the door opening operation portion 71 for pulling the door, for example, the drawing door 25 for opening the freezing compartment 15, or the door opening operation portion 77 for opening the drawing door 23 uses a Hall integrated circuit ( Integrated circuit, IC) switch. Since the drawing door is configured to be extracted and detached from the casing 11 (fridge body), the door opening operation portion 77 and the control portion on the casing 11 side cannot be connected by electric wiring. Therefore, for example, as the door opening operation portions 71, 77, a magnet is disposed on the drawing door, and when the drawing door is pushed, the position of the magnet changes, and the switch of the Hall integrated circuit can be The position of the magnet was detected in a non-contact manner. Based on the signal from the Hall integrated circuit indicating that the position of the magnet has changed, the control unit operates the pressing member that presses the drawing door to open the drawing door.

圖19表示圖15所示的右門22的水平剖面。例如右門22具有作為玻璃板的前表面板22A、內板22K、加強板70及門端蓋72與開門操作部52的基板74。在該右門22的內部,配置有隔熱用的胺基甲酸酯構件或者20mm厚度的真空隔熱材73。基板74與玻璃板22G的間隙為零。門端蓋72覆蓋作為玻璃板的前表面板22A的端部。作為玻璃板的前表面板22A為強化玻璃,但若在玻璃板的端部為露出的狀態的情況下,為了保護玻璃板露出的端部,在玻璃板露出的端部設置C面倒角(cut)。 Fig. 19 shows a horizontal cross section of the right door 22 shown in Fig. 15. For example, the right door 22 has a front surface plate 22A, an inner plate 22K, a reinforcing plate 70, a door end cover 72, and a substrate 74 that opens the door operating portion 52 as a glass plate. Inside the right door 22, a urethane member for heat insulation or a vacuum heat insulating material 73 having a thickness of 20 mm is disposed. The gap between the substrate 74 and the glass plate 22G is zero. The door end cover 72 covers the end portion of the front surface plate 22A as a glass plate. The front surface plate 22A of the glass plate is tempered glass. However, when the end portion of the glass plate is exposed, in order to protect the exposed end portion of the glass plate, a C-face chamfer is provided at the end portion where the glass plate is exposed. ).

藉此,由於是操作開門操作部52來使門自動敞開,因此前表面板22A的端部有可能接觸到緊挨著冰箱配置的其他廚房(kitchen)傢具或牆壁,但可防止端面被劃傷。而且,亦可在前表面板22A的端部,設置用於防止接觸的藉由覆蓋端部來進行保護的防止部件。而且,開門操作部52的基板74以相對於前表面板22A的內表面無間隙的方式而配置。再者,雖為左右對稱形狀,但左門21亦為相同的結構。而且,左右的開門操作部52的基板的大小亦可不同。例如,可使大門側的基板大於小門的基板。 Thereby, since the door opening operation portion 52 is operated to automatically open the door, the end portion of the front surface plate 22A may come into contact with other kitchen furniture or walls next to the refrigerator configuration, but the end surface may be prevented from being scratched. . Further, at the end portion of the front surface plate 22A, a preventing member for preventing contact by covering the end portion may be provided. Further, the substrate 74 of the door opening operation portion 52 is disposed so as not to have a gap with respect to the inner surface of the front surface plate 22A. Further, although it is a bilaterally symmetrical shape, the left door 21 has the same structure. Further, the sizes of the substrates of the left and right door opening operation portions 52 may be different. For example, the substrate on the gate side can be made larger than the substrate on the gate.

[第16實施形態] [Sixth embodiment]

如圖18所示,在左門21內側的肉碟頂板的下端線的位置LL之下,配置開門操作部51。即,圖24表示冰箱本體的縱向 剖面。如圖24所示,在箱體11內,來自冷卻器的冷氣所通過的冷氣導管(duct)位於背面,並自導管朝向門側而設有噴出口,如圖24般,冷氣沿箭頭方向流動。 As shown in FIG. 18, the door opening operation portion 51 is disposed below the position LL of the lower end line of the meat dish top plate inside the left door 21. That is, Fig. 24 shows the longitudinal direction of the refrigerator body section. As shown in Fig. 24, in the casing 11, a cold air duct through which the cold air from the cooler passes is located on the back side, and a discharge port is provided from the duct toward the door side, as shown in Fig. 24, cold air flows in the direction of the arrow. .

在箱體11中,配置有肉碟99T,且在肉碟99T的後側設置有噴出口。在左門21中,在肉碟頂板的下端線的位置LL之下,配置開門操作部51。藉此,通過肉碟99T的冷氣因構成肉碟前表面的前壁等防風部件,而不會到達左門21內的開門操作部51。因而,冷氣不會到達左門21內的開門操作部51(52),因此不會引起因開門操作部51(52)受到冷卻而造成的結露現象。 In the casing 11, a meat dish 99T is disposed, and a discharge port is provided on the rear side of the meat dish 99T. In the left door 21, the door opening operation portion 51 is disposed below the position LL of the lower end line of the meat dish top plate. As a result, the cold air passing through the meat dish 99T does not reach the door opening operation portion 51 in the left door 21 because it constitutes a windproof member such as a front wall of the front surface of the meat dish. Therefore, the cold air does not reach the door opening operation portion 51 (52) in the left door 21, so that the condensation phenomenon caused by the cooling of the door opening operation portion 51 (52) is not caused.

如圖24所示,在收納格(pocket)框的上端位於肉碟99T的上端之上的情況下,冷氣不會吹到門背面。藉此,可防止冷氣直接吹到如下部分,該部分是為了收容開門操作部51(52)而使開門操作部51(52)的部分隔熱材薄,因而變得容易結露。因而,不會因結露進行動作而將信號送往控制部,可防止開門操作部51不經意地動作而左門21隨意打開的情況。圖18所示的右門22的開門操作部52亦同樣如此。 As shown in Fig. 24, in the case where the upper end of the pocket is located above the upper end of the meat dish 99T, cold air is not blown to the back of the door. Thereby, it is possible to prevent the cold air from being directly blown to a portion in which the portion of the door opening operation portion 51 (52) is made thinner in order to accommodate the door opening operation portion 51 (52), and thus it is easy to dew. Therefore, the signal is sent to the control unit without causing the condensation to operate, and the door opening operation unit 51 can be prevented from being inadvertently operated and the left door 21 can be freely opened. The same applies to the door opening operation portion 52 of the right door 22 shown in Fig. 18 .

而且,肉碟99T亦可被用作微凍(chilled)室,具有門與抽出容器,可朝前方進行抽出操作。作為該微凍室,既可包含可由收容抽出容器且經加強的收納盒與門來密閉的密閉空間,亦可設為利用作為減壓部件的真空泵(pump)來對該密閉收納空間內部的空間進行減壓的結構。藉此,可防止來自肉碟99T且收納盒的背面所設的冷氣噴出口的冷氣直接到達門,並且可藉由密閉 空間的經減壓的隔熱層來對噴出口的冰冷的溫度段進行隔熱,從而可防止導熱。此時,可設置成利用收納盒來覆蓋噴出口。而且,亦可藉由作為風量調整部件的風門(damper)來控制來自該密閉收納部的背面所設的噴出口的冷氣,為了防止結露,可以下述方式來進行控制,即:當由測定冰箱內溫度的溫度感測器偵測到溫度已變低時,封閉風門,以使冷氣難以吹到門。 Moreover, the meat dish 99T can also be used as a chilled chamber having a door and a withdrawal container that can be pulled out toward the front. The micro-freezing chamber may include a sealed space that can be sealed by a reinforced storage box and a door that accommodates the extraction container, or a vacuum pump as a pressure-reducing member to space the sealed storage space. The structure for decompression. Thereby, cold air from the meat dish 99T and the cold air ejection port provided on the back surface of the storage box can be prevented from directly reaching the door, and can be sealed by The reduced pressure insulation of the space insulates the icy temperature section of the spout to prevent heat transfer. At this time, it can be set to cover the discharge port by the storage case. Further, the cold air from the discharge port provided on the back surface of the sealed storage portion can be controlled by a damper as an air volume adjusting member, and in order to prevent dew condensation, it can be controlled in such a manner as to be determined by the measuring refrigerator. When the temperature sensor of the internal temperature detects that the temperature has become low, the damper is closed to make it difficult for the air to blow to the door.

進而,可在具備開門操作部52的基板的後方,將配置於門內部的真空隔熱材配置在基板與配置於肉碟99T之後的噴出口之間而進行隔熱,以使基板不會結露。而且,該基板被收納在門內部所形成的具備空氣層的樹脂製的收納部中,此時尤其容易結露,但藉由具備真空隔熱材以對冰箱內的冷熱進行隔熱,而可防止結露,從而可防止門被意外敞開時的偵測。而且,藉由在該收納部周圍配置導熱優異的金屬構件,亦可使外部空氣的熱傳至收納部來進行加熱,藉此防止結露。 Further, the vacuum heat insulating material placed inside the door may be disposed between the substrate and the discharge port disposed after the meat dish 99T behind the substrate having the door opening operation portion 52 to be thermally insulated so that the substrate does not condense. . Further, the substrate is housed in a resin-made housing portion having an air layer formed inside the door. In this case, condensation is particularly likely to occur. However, by providing a vacuum heat insulating material to prevent heat and cold in the refrigerator, it is possible to prevent heat. Condensation prevents detection when the door is accidentally opened. Further, by disposing a metal member having excellent heat conductivity around the accommodating portion, heat of the outside air can be transmitted to the accommodating portion to be heated, thereby preventing dew condensation.

進而,亦可具備縱向分隔部,於該縱向分隔部的內部收納熱源,所述縱向分隔部配置於右門與左門之間,且與單個門的開閉動作聯動地開閉。並且,藉由將該基板或收納部配置於冰箱的熱源附近,從而可使熱傳至基板或收納部,從而可進一步防止結露。該熱源可與縱向分隔部一同沿上下方向延伸,提高基板或收納部的位置的加熱器密度等,從而增加導熱量。該加熱器密度亦可配置成:將加熱器線雙重地配置或者彎折地配置,或者使導熱性良好的金屬(例如鋁)自加熱器朝基板側延伸,以使熱在縱 向分隔部內傳至基板側。 Furthermore, a longitudinal partition may be provided, and a heat source may be housed inside the longitudinal partition, and the longitudinal partition may be disposed between the right door and the left door, and opened and closed in conjunction with the opening and closing operation of the single door. Further, by disposing the substrate or the accommodating portion in the vicinity of the heat source of the refrigerator, heat can be transmitted to the substrate or the accommodating portion, and dew condensation can be further prevented. The heat source can extend in the vertical direction together with the longitudinal partition portion, and the heater density or the like at the position of the substrate or the accommodating portion can be increased, thereby increasing the amount of heat conduction. The heater density may be arranged such that the heater wires are arranged in a double arrangement or bent, or a metal having good thermal conductivity (for example, aluminum) is extended from the heater toward the substrate side so that the heat is longitudinal. Passed inside the partition to the substrate side.

而且,如圖18所示,藉由在箱體11內的與噴出口79R的位置不同的位置安裝開門操作部51(52),可使來自噴出口79R的冷氣不會到達左門21內的開門操作部51(52)。因而,冷氣不會到達左門21內的開門操作部51(52),因此不會引起因開門操作部51(52)受到冷卻而造成的結露現象,不會因該結露進行動作而將信號送往控制部,可防止開門操作部51(52)不經意地動作而隨意打開左門21(右門22)的情況。 Further, as shown in FIG. 18, by installing the door opening operation portion 51 (52) at a position different from the position of the discharge port 79R in the casing 11, the cold air from the discharge port 79R can be prevented from reaching the door opening in the left door 21. Operation unit 51 (52). Therefore, since the cold air does not reach the door opening operation portion 51 (52) in the left door 21, the condensation phenomenon caused by the cooling of the door opening operation portion 51 (52) is not caused, and the signal is not sent to the condensation operation. The control unit can prevent the door opening operation unit 51 (52) from inadvertently opening the left door 21 (the right door 22).

[第17實施形態] [17th embodiment]

如圖16所示,控制操作部50與開門操作部51亦可在左門21中配置於1片基板99上。開門操作部51(52)的偵測部與偵測信號處理部可包含1片基板99。偵測部與偵測信號處理部一起收納於收納部50R中。微電腦MC可配置於相同的基板上。 As shown in FIG. 16, the control operation unit 50 and the door opening operation unit 51 may be disposed on the single substrate 99 in the left door 21. The detecting unit and the detection signal processing unit of the door opening operation unit 51 (52) may include one substrate 99. The detection unit is housed in the storage unit 50R together with the detection signal processing unit. The microcomputer MC can be configured on the same substrate.

控制操作部50與開門操作部52可在右門22中配置於不同的基板上。亦可將控制操作部50與微電腦MC配置於1片基板99A上,而將開門操作部52配置於不同的基板的99B上。藉此,藉由將有可能引起雜訊(noise)的MC設為不同的基板,從而可防止開門操作部52誤偵測並隨意打開門的誤動作。而且,在使收納部50R具有分別收納基板99A與基板99B的、劃分而成的不同的收納部的情況下,只要將基板99B的電氣信號線連接於其他部位的收納部(例如收納有基板99A的收納部)的控制部件(MC)即可。尤其,在自其他部位的收納部將接續連接器(connecror) 預先延伸至基板99B的收納部,並將基板99B收納至收納部中時,只要將基板99B的接續線與接續連接器予以連接,便可容易地進行門的裝配製造。 The control operation unit 50 and the door opening operation unit 52 can be disposed on different substrates in the right door 22. The control operation unit 50 and the microcomputer MC may be disposed on one substrate 99A, and the opening operation portion 52 may be disposed on 99B of a different substrate. Thereby, by setting the MC which may cause noise to be different substrates, it is possible to prevent the door opening operation portion 52 from erroneously detecting and arbitrarily opening the door. When the accommodating portion 50R has a accommodating portion that is different in the partitioning between the substrate 99A and the substrate 99B, the electrical signal line of the substrate 99B is connected to the accommodating portion of the other portion (for example, the substrate 99A is accommodated). The control unit (MC) of the storage unit) may be used. In particular, the connector (connecror) will be connected to the housing from other parts. When the storage portion of the substrate 99B is extended in advance and the substrate 99B is housed in the storage portion, the connection of the door can be easily performed by connecting the connection line of the substrate 99B to the connection connector.

再者,微電腦MC既可配置於相同的基板99B上,亦可配置於配置在其他位置的其他基板99C上。並且,基板99既可為縱長形狀亦可為橫長形狀。 Furthermore, the microcomputer MC may be disposed on the same substrate 99B or on another substrate 99C disposed at another position. Further, the substrate 99 may have a vertically long shape or a horizontally long shape.

如圖18所示,控制操作部50與開門操作部51、52未直接利用導線來連接。即,控制操作部50與開門操作部51、52使用不同的電氣配線LA、LB,分別經由控制部56的電源基板而連接。之所以如此,是為了確實地防止自控制操作部50產生的雜訊不經意地引起開門操作部51、52的門開閉動作。 As shown in FIG. 18, the control operation unit 50 and the door opening operation units 51 and 52 are not directly connected by wires. In other words, the control operation unit 50 and the door opening operation units 51 and 52 use different electrical wirings LA and LB, and are connected via the power supply board of the control unit 56, respectively. The reason for this is to reliably prevent the door opening and closing operations of the door opening operation portions 51 and 52 from being inadvertently caused by the noise generated from the control operation unit 50.

如圖15所示,抽拉門23、24、25、26的把手(手把)可配置於各抽拉門的23、24、25、26的左側面部或右側面部。把手(手把)未配置於抽拉門的前表面部,例如僅將抽拉門23的開門操作部77與抽拉門25的開門操作部71分別配置於前表面部。藉此,於抽拉門的前表面部無把手(手把)存在,因而外觀變佳。 As shown in Fig. 15, the handles (handles) of the drawing doors 23, 24, 25, 26 can be disposed on the left side face or the right side face of the drawing doors 23, 24, 25, 26. The handle (handle) is not disposed on the front surface portion of the drawing door, and for example, only the door opening operation portion 77 of the drawing door 23 and the door opening operation portion 71 of the drawing door 25 are disposed on the front surface portion, respectively. Thereby, there is no handle (handle) on the front surface portion of the drawing door, and thus the appearance is improved.

[第18實施形態] [18th embodiment]

如圖17所示,右門22中,控制操作部50與開門操作部52的配置位置在左右橫向而不同。即,控制操作部50位於右門22的靠右側面部的位置,開門操作部52位於右門22的靠右側面部的位置。藉此,控制操作部50未配置於開門操作部52的上側,因此,例如即使因使用者用濕潤的手觸碰而有水自控制操作 部50滴落,該水亦不會滴到下部的開門操作部52上。而且,控制操作部50的收納部與開門操作部52的收納部之間的距離Wb比控制操作部50與開門操作部52之間的距離Wa小,距離Wb為必須隔開最低限度的距離。 As shown in FIG. 17, in the right door 22, the arrangement position of the control operation unit 50 and the door opening operation unit 52 is different in the horizontal direction. That is, the control operation unit 50 is located at the position on the right side surface of the right door 22, and the door opening operation unit 52 is located at the position on the right side surface of the right door 22. Thereby, the control operation unit 50 is not disposed on the upper side of the door opening operation portion 52, and therefore, for example, even if the user touches with a wet hand, there is a water self-control operation. The portion 50 is dropped, and the water does not drip onto the lower door opening operation portion 52. Further, the distance Wb between the storage portion of the control operation portion 50 and the storage portion of the door opening operation portion 52 is smaller than the distance Wa between the control operation portion 50 and the door opening operation portion 52, and the distance Wb is required to be spaced apart by a minimum distance.

而且,控制操作部50中,對開門操作部52的基板進行收納的收納部亦可以沿上下方向錯開而在左右方向上重合的方式,重疊(lap)地配置。控制操作部50中,開門操作部52的基板亦可以在左右方向上重合的方式而配置。若各個基板上的靜電電容式的開關SA與開門操作顯示部52A不重合,則水不會自配置在上方的靜電電容式的開關SA滴落至配置在下方的開門操作部52A。並且,藉由使收納部或基板重疊,可於門中以小的面積而在左右方向上重合地配置,藉此,布局(layout)的自由度增加。再者,在左右方向上重合地配置各個基板的形態亦可適用於將基板配置在相同的收納部內的情況。 In addition, in the control operation unit 50, the storage unit that accommodates the substrate of the door opening operation unit 52 may be arranged in a lap so as to be vertically displaced and overlapped in the left-right direction. In the control operation unit 50, the substrates of the door opening operation unit 52 may be arranged so as to overlap each other in the left-right direction. When the capacitance type switch SA on each of the substrates does not overlap with the door opening operation display portion 52A, the water does not drip from the electrostatic capacitance type switch SA disposed above to the lower door opening operation portion 52A. Further, by overlapping the accommodating portion or the substrate, it is possible to overlap the door in a left-right direction with a small area, whereby the degree of freedom of layout increases. In addition, the form in which the respective substrates are arranged in the left-right direction may be applied to the case where the substrates are placed in the same housing portion.

亦可使開門操作部51、52的電極與控制操作部50的電極相比,在使用者進行操作時的檢測靈敏度不同。例如,藉由使開門操作部51、52的電極的檢測靈敏度比控制操作部50的電極大,可使開門操作部51、52的操作靈敏度良好。對於開門操作部51、52的電極,既可使控制操作部50的電極的容量與開門操作部51、52不同,亦可藉由變更電極的面積而使它們不同。開門操作部51、52的電極亦可僅包含一個電極而非配置多個。 The electrodes of the door opening operation portions 51 and 52 may have different detection sensitivities when operated by the user than the electrodes of the control operation unit 50. For example, by making the detection sensitivity of the electrodes of the door opening operation portions 51 and 52 larger than the electrodes of the control operation unit 50, the operation sensitivity of the door opening operation portions 51 and 52 can be improved. The electrodes of the operation operating portions 51 and 52 can be different from the opening operation portions 51 and 52 of the electrodes of the control operation unit 50, and can be made different by changing the area of the electrodes. The electrodes of the door opening operation portions 51 and 52 may include only one electrode instead of a plurality of electrodes.

針對控制操作部50的操作與針對開門操作部51、52的 操作採用了不同的操作方法,作為不同的操作方法,於控制操作部50中,例如進行0.5秒的長按操作,而於開門操作部51、52中,例如進行1秒的長按操作,藉此來進行操作的偵測。 For the operation of the control operation portion 50 and for the door opening operation portions 51, 52 The operation is performed by a different operation method. For example, a long press operation of 0.5 seconds is performed in the control operation unit 50, and a long press operation of 1 second is performed in the door opening operation units 51 and 52, for example. This is to detect the operation.

[第19實施形態] [19th embodiment]

如圖21所示,控制操作部50的LED全部熄燈,當按下控制操作部50的某處開關時,控制操作部50的多個LED或所有LED亮燈。並且,可採用如下結構,即,在亮燈期間,針對開門操作部51、52的開關而具有即使偵測到操作亦設為無效的控制,不接受使用者的操作而將開門操作設為無效(亦可設為有效而可進行操作)。在亮燈期間,開門操作部51、52的LED關閉(OFF)而不亮燈。與此相反,在控制操作部50的LED全部熄燈的期間,開門操作部51、52的開關為有效而可進行操作(亦可設為無效而無法進行操作)。在控制操作部50的LED全部熄燈的期間,間開門操作部51、52的LED打開(ON)而亮燈。 As shown in FIG. 21, all of the LEDs of the control operation unit 50 are turned off, and when a certain switch of the control operation unit 50 is pressed, the plurality of LEDs or all of the LEDs of the control operation unit 50 are turned on. Further, it is possible to adopt a configuration in which, during the lighting period, the switch for the door opening operation portions 51, 52 is controlled to be invalid even if the operation is detected, and the door opening operation is invalidated without accepting the user's operation. (It can also be set to be effective and can be operated). During the lighting period, the LEDs of the door opening operating portions 51, 52 are turned off (OFF) without lighting. On the other hand, while the LEDs of the control operation unit 50 are all turned off, the switches of the door opening operation units 51 and 52 are effective and can be operated (may be invalid and cannot be operated). While the LEDs of the control operation unit 50 are all turned off, the LEDs of the door opening operation units 51 and 52 are turned on (ON) to be turned on.

如上所述,藉由採用控制開關有效而將間開門操作部51、52設為無效的結構,具有如下效果,即:防止在用手指按壓控制操作部50時肘部意外碰到間開門操作部51、52而門意外敞開的情況。 As described above, the configuration in which the door opening operation portions 51 and 52 are disabled by using the control switch is effective, and has an effect of preventing the elbow portion from accidentally hitting the door opening operation portion when the control operation portion 50 is pressed with a finger. 51, 52 and the door was unexpectedly opened.

而且,對於控制開關的LED亮燈而使間開門操作部51、52的LED熄燈的結構而言,若同時亮燈,則例如有時會驅使兒童同時按壓控制操作部50與間開門操作部51、52,從而導致門被敞開,但藉由採用該結構可解決此問題。 Further, when the LEDs of the control switch are turned on and the LEDs of the door opening operation portions 51 and 52 are turned off, if the lights are simultaneously turned on, for example, the child may be driven to simultaneously press the control operation portion 50 and the door opening operation portion 51. , 52, thereby causing the door to be opened, but this problem can be solved by adopting the structure.

再者,即使在控制操作部50與開門操作部51、52均有效而同時偵測到被按壓的情況下,亦可利用顯示或語音等來告知開門操作部51、52被操作的情況,藉此可喚起注意。 In addition, even when both the control operation unit 50 and the door opening operation units 51 and 52 are effective and are detected to be pressed at the same time, it is possible to notify the operation of the door opening operation units 51 and 52 by display, voice, or the like. This can evoke attention.

如圖17所示,控制操作部50的形狀不同的開關SA與開關SB可將規定時間、相同的操作靈敏度設為相同並以相同的動作方法來閉合。相同操作方式的開關SA與開關SB位於基板的一面。而且,間開門操作部51、52亦可採用與開關SA相同的操作方式,藉由採用該結構,可用於各實施形態。 As shown in FIG. 17, the switch SA and the switch SB which have different shapes of the control operation unit 50 can be closed by the same operation method with the same operation time and the same operation sensitivity. The switch SA and the switch SB of the same operation mode are located on one side of the substrate. Further, the door opening operation portions 51 and 52 can also be operated in the same manner as the switch SA, and this configuration can be used in each embodiment.

如圖18所示,控制操作部50的電氣配線LA的線束、開門操作部51、52的電氣配線LB的線束與加熱器線並不匯集在一起。即,可在門內分別隔開地配置,並在穿過箱體的門鉸鏈部位接近。並且,交流(alternating current,AC)線與直流(direct current,DC)線可獨立捆束。藉此來防止雜訊。 As shown in FIG. 18, the harness of the electric harness LA of the control operation part 50, the harness of the electric wiring LB of the door opening operation parts 51 and 52, and the heater wire are not aggregated. That is, they can be arranged separately in the door and approached at the hinge portion of the door passing through the casing. Moreover, an alternating current (AC) line and a direct current (DC) line can be bundled independently. This is to prevent noise.

如圖15所示,例如,右門22的圖19所示的作為玻璃板的前表面板22A為強化玻璃,但亦可追加加強板70,並且配置防飛散膜。為了保護前表面板22A的端部,以覆蓋前表面板22A的端部的方式而配置有門端蓋72。 As shown in Fig. 15, for example, the front surface plate 22A as a glass plate shown in Fig. 19 of the right door 22 is tempered glass, but the reinforcing plate 70 may be added and a scattering preventing film may be disposed. In order to protect the end portion of the front surface plate 22A, a door end cover 72 is disposed to cover the end portion of the front surface plate 22A.

然而,與圖19不同,在門端蓋未覆蓋前表面板22A的端部而玻璃板22G的端部處於露出狀態的情況下,可在玻璃板22G的端部形成作為倒角面的C面倒角或R面。作為玻璃板的前表面板22A為強化玻璃,但若在玻璃板的端部處於露出狀態的情況下,為了保護玻璃板的端部而在玻璃板上設置C面倒角,藉此即 使在因設置有開閉門操作部而門被意外敞開的情況下,亦可防止端部碰到某處而碰壞。再者,雖為左右對稱形狀,但左門21亦為同樣的結構。 However, unlike FIG. 19, in the case where the door end cover does not cover the end portion of the front surface plate 22A and the end portion of the glass plate 22G is in an exposed state, the C surface which is a chamfered surface can be formed at the end portion of the glass plate 22G. Corner or R face. The front surface plate 22A as the glass plate is tempered glass. However, when the end portion of the glass plate is exposed, a C-face chamfer is provided on the glass plate to protect the end portion of the glass plate. When the door is accidentally opened by providing the opening and closing door operation portion, it is possible to prevent the end portion from hitting a certain place and being damaged. Further, although it is a bilaterally symmetrical shape, the left door 21 has the same structure.

圖17所示的開門操作部51、52必須防止故障。因此,如圖19所示,配置有真空隔熱材73,該真空隔熱材78的隔熱厚度為20mm以上,並利用縱向分隔部而配置,因此不會在真空隔熱材78上形成露。加熱器(未圖示)被配置於開門操作部51、52附近,且在開門操作部51、52的背面配置有真空隔熱材78。藉此,避免開門操作部51、52因來自低溫部的影響而結露。 The door opening operation portions 51, 52 shown in Fig. 17 must be prevented from malfunction. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 19, the vacuum heat insulating material 73 is disposed, and the vacuum heat insulating material 78 has a heat insulating thickness of 20 mm or more and is disposed by the vertical partition portion, so that the vacuum heat insulating material 78 is not formed on the vacuum heat insulating material 78. . A heater (not shown) is disposed in the vicinity of the door opening operation portions 51 and 52, and a vacuum heat insulating material 78 is disposed on the back surface of the door opening operation portions 51 and 52. Thereby, the door opening operation portions 51 and 52 are prevented from dew condensation due to the influence from the low temperature portion.

圖17所示的控制操作部50的開關SA、SB具有調整操作靈敏度的功能,且具有變更靈敏度或規定時間的設定部件。藉此,藉由使用設定部件,可將操作開關SA、SB或51A、51B時的操作靈敏度設定得不同。 The switches SA and SB of the control operation unit 50 shown in FIG. 17 have a function of adjusting the operation sensitivity, and have setting means for changing the sensitivity or the predetermined time. Thereby, the operational sensitivity at the time of operating the switches SA, SB or 51A, 51B can be set different by using the setting member.

[第20實施形態] [Twentyth embodiment]

圖20是表示圖15所示的例如抽拉門23、25的平面圖。圖15所示的例如抽拉門23、25分別具有開門操作部77、71。開門操作部77、71的基板82若以自抽拉門23、25的上表面部朝下插入並收納至收納部81中的方式構成,則不會在抽拉門23、25的前表面部產生間隙,因而美觀,且抽拉門23、25的前表面部的玻璃面的外觀佳。 Fig. 20 is a plan view showing, for example, the drawing doors 23, 25 shown in Fig. 15. For example, the drawing doors 23 and 25 shown in Fig. 15 have door opening operation portions 77 and 71, respectively. When the substrate 82 of the door opening operation portions 77 and 71 is configured to be inserted downward from the upper surface portion of the drawing doors 23 and 25 and housed in the accommodating portion 81, the front surface portion of the drawing doors 23 and 25 is not provided. The gap is generated and thus beautiful, and the appearance of the glass surface of the front surface portion of the drawing doors 23, 25 is good.

圖20所示的開門操作部77、71具有基板82及電池83、與用於將基板82按壓至前表面部的內表面的彈性部件84,電池 83對開門操作部77、71進行電源供給。如此,與沿著金屬軌道(rail)將下述的電氣配線導引至門的情況相比,可防止雜訊進入開門操作部77、71而門隨意敞開的情況。 The door opening operation portions 77 and 71 shown in Fig. 20 have a base plate 82 and a battery 83, and an elastic member 84 for pressing the substrate 82 to the inner surface of the front surface portion, the battery 83 power is supplied to the door opening operation units 77 and 71. As described above, it is possible to prevent the noise from entering the door opening operation portions 77 and 71 and the door being freely opened as compared with the case where the following electric wires are guided to the door along the metal rail.

在取代圖20所示的電池83而為使用電氣配線自別處獲取電源的電源式的情況下,可採用如下結構:沿著金屬軌道將電氣配線導引至門,並根據門的開閉動作來可動且可變形地配置最大抽出時的距離量的配線長度。 When the battery 83 shown in FIG. 20 is used instead of the power supply type in which electric power is taken from another place, the electric wiring may be guided to the door along the metal rail, and may be moved according to the opening and closing operation of the door. The wiring length of the distance amount at the time of maximum extraction is distorably arranged.

此時,雜訊有可能沿著導引抽拉門的金屬軌道而附加於電氣配線,因此可設置用於去除雜訊的雜訊去除部件即雜訊濾波器(noise filter),所述雜訊進入開門操作部77、71,或者自開門操作部77、71進入指示敞開操作的微電腦。而且,亦可在沿著金屬軌道而配置的電氣配線的周圍設置絕緣部件(雜訊去除部件),以使其不與金屬直接接觸,藉此來去除雜訊(第21實施形態) At this time, the noise may be added to the electric wiring along the metal track guiding the drawing door, so a noise filter for removing noise, that is, a noise filter, which is a noise filter, may be provided. The door opening operation portions 77, 71 are entered, or the microcomputers for instructing the opening operation are entered from the door opening operation portions 77, 71. Further, an insulating member (noise removing member) may be provided around the electric wiring arranged along the metal rail so as not to be in direct contact with the metal, thereby removing noise (the twenty-first embodiment).

如圖16所示,具有玻璃板的抽拉門23、24、25、26中的例如抽拉門25,在抽拉門25的玻璃製的前表面部以外的部位且為不同原材料的門端蓋(例如樹脂製)上,具備按壓按鈕95。藉由按壓該樹脂製的按壓按鈕95,可打開抽拉門25。 As shown in Fig. 16, for example, in the drawing doors 23, 24, 25, 26 having glass plates, for example, the drawing door 25 is at a portion other than the front surface portion of the glass of the drawing door 25 and is a door end of a different material. A lid (for example, made of resin) is provided with a push button 95. The drawing door 25 can be opened by pressing the push button 95 made of resin.

[第22實施形態] [Twenty-second embodiment]

圖22是表示抽拉門23(24、25、26)與冰箱的箱體11的水平剖面圖,在抽拉門23(24、25、26)與冰箱的箱體11之間,配置有按壓構件120。按壓構件120在抽拉門23(24、25、26)與冰箱的箱體11之間設定有間隙DH。藉由使用者克服按壓構件 120的力而朝箭頭所示的按壓方向按壓抽拉門23(24、25、26),從而非接觸的距離感測器130的發送部131接近接收部132。藉此,距離感測器130對距離進行偵測,當該偵測的距離小於預定的距離時,開門操作部77(71)向控制部發出指令,可藉由推出部件來打開抽拉門。 Fig. 22 is a horizontal sectional view showing the drawer door 23 (24, 25, 26) and the casing 11 of the refrigerator, and is disposed between the drawer door 23 (24, 25, 26) and the casing 11 of the refrigerator. Member 120. The pressing member 120 is provided with a gap DH between the drawing door 23 (24, 25, 26) and the casing 11 of the refrigerator. Overcoming the pressing member by the user The force of 120 presses the drawing door 23 (24, 25, 26) in the pressing direction indicated by the arrow, so that the transmitting portion 131 of the non-contact distance sensor 130 approaches the receiving portion 132. Thereby, the distance sensor 130 detects the distance. When the detected distance is less than the predetermined distance, the door opening operation portion 77 (71) issues an instruction to the control portion to open the drawing door by pushing out the member.

如圖17所示,用於打開抽拉門23、24、25、26的開門操作部102、102、103、104亦可配置於例如左門22。開門操作部102、102、103、104是配合抽拉門23、24、25、26的配置形狀來設計。藉此,使用者可在視覺上容易掌握,無須改換姿勢便可容易地打開所需的抽拉門。 As shown in FIG. 17, the door opening operation portions 102, 102, 103, 104 for opening the drawing doors 23, 24, 25, 26 may be disposed, for example, on the left door 22. The door opening operation portions 102, 102, 103, and 104 are designed to match the arrangement shapes of the drawing doors 23, 24, 25, and 26. Thereby, the user can easily grasp it visually, and can easily open the required drawing door without changing the posture.

左門21、右門22、抽拉門23、24、25、26在他們的前表面部全部未設置把手(拉手),從而可形成為全平面(all flat)。 The left door 21, the right door 22, and the drawing doors 23, 24, 25, 26 are all provided with no handles (handles) on their front surface portions, so that they can be formed in an all flat.

[第23實施形態] [23rd embodiment]

如圖15所示,對於抽拉門23、24、25、26之間的間隙X、Y,為間隙X>間隙Y。即,具有開門操作部77的抽拉門23與具有開門操作部71的抽拉門25的間隙Y與無開門操作部的抽拉門24、26的間隙X相比,設定得較小。即,具有把手140而無開門操作部的抽拉門24、26的間隙X比具有開門操作部77的抽拉門23與具有開門操作部71的抽拉門25的間隙Y形成得大,以供手放入。再者,具有開門操作部77的抽拉門23與具有開門操作部71的抽拉門25只要在抽拉門的左右側面部設置把手即可。此時,該把手可藉由在支持玻璃板的端蓋上設置凹部而形成。 As shown in FIG. 15, for the gaps X and Y between the drawing doors 23, 24, 25, and 26, the gap X>the gap Y is shown. In other words, the gap Y between the drawing door 23 having the door opening operation portion 77 and the drawing door 25 having the door opening operation portion 71 is set smaller than the gap X between the drawing doors 24 and 26 having no door opening operation portion. That is, the gap X of the drawing doors 24 and 26 having the handle 140 without the door opening operation portion is formed larger than the gap Y between the drawing door 23 having the door opening operation portion 77 and the drawing door 25 having the door opening operation portion 71, so that Put it in by hand. Further, the drawing door 23 having the door opening operation portion 77 and the drawing door 25 having the door opening operation portion 71 may be provided with a handle on the left and right side surface portions of the drawing door. At this time, the handle can be formed by providing a recess on the end cover of the supporting glass plate.

為了開閉具有玻璃板的抽拉門,作為圖22所示的對門的位移量進行偵測的部件,使用非接觸的距離感測器130,因此稍稍朝箭頭方向推動具有玻璃板的抽拉門,便可打開抽拉門。 In order to open and close the drawing door having the glass plate, as the member for detecting the displacement amount of the door shown in FIG. 22, the non-contact distance sensor 130 is used, so that the drawing door with the glass plate is pushed slightly in the direction of the arrow. The sliding door can be opened.

如圖16所示,控制操作部50亦可配置於左門22與右門22中的一者或兩者中。 As shown in FIG. 16, the control operation unit 50 may be disposed in one or both of the left door 22 and the right door 22.

[第24實施形態] [24th embodiment]

如圖23所示,在左門22與右門22的玻璃板(前表面板22A、22A)的上部,配置有門的框架(frame)且作為裝飾部的端蓋150。該端蓋150具有朝外部(上方)突出地設置的突起151,該突起151碰撞至推出部件160的按壓構件162。突起151被設置在自作為玻璃板的前表面板21A、22A隔離的位置,當推出部件160的按壓構件162按壓突起151而欲打開左門21或右門22時,前表面板21A、22A不受力的影響。在端蓋150的內部,形成有加強肋162、163、164、165,玻璃板(前表面板21A、22A)被嵌入加強肋162、163中,在加強肋163、164中固定有剖面字型的加強板169。在加強肋165上配置有內板170。在作為玻璃板的前表面板21A(22A)與內板170之間,嵌入有胺基甲酸酯以進行加強。 As shown in FIG. 23, in the upper part of the glass plates (front surface plates 22A and 22A) of the left door 22 and the right door 22, the frame of a door is provided, and the end cover 150 as a decoration part is arrange|positioned. The end cover 150 has a protrusion 151 that is protruded toward the outside (upward), and the protrusion 151 collides with the pressing member 162 of the pushing member 160. The protrusion 151 is disposed at a position separated from the front surface plates 21A, 22A as the glass sheets, and when the pressing member 162 of the pushing member 160 presses the protrusion 151 to open the left door 21 or the right door 22, the front surface plates 21A, 22A are not subjected to force. Impact. Inside the end cap 150, reinforcing ribs 162, 163, 164, 165 are formed, and glass sheets (front surface plates 21A, 22A) are embedded in the reinforcing ribs 162, 163, and profiles are fixed in the reinforcing ribs 163, 164 Font-shaped reinforcing plate 169. An inner plate 170 is disposed on the reinforcing rib 165. Between the front surface plate 21A (22A) as a glass plate and the inner plate 170, a urethane is embedded for reinforcement.

所述的各實施形態並不限於各圖所示的具有對開式門的冰箱,亦可適用於單開式門的冰箱。 Each of the above-described embodiments is not limited to the refrigerator having the split door shown in each drawing, and may be applied to a single-door refrigerator.

[第25實施形態] [25th embodiment]

圖25(a)表示冰箱的例如抽拉門25的平面,在抽拉門 25的兩側具有建築物的牆壁200。在抽拉門25左右的側面部25S上,設置有凹狀的把手201。圖25(b)中,在抽拉門25左右的側面部上,設置有凹狀的把手202,但左右的側面部成為朝前側傾斜的傾斜面25G。藉此,即使在左右存在建築物的牆壁200,由於形成有傾斜面25G,因此亦可形成間隙,從而使用者可將手指輕易地放入把手202中。再者,此時,把手202亦可採用如圖的右側所示般容易握持的形狀。 Figure 25 (a) shows the plane of the refrigerator, for example, the drawing door 25, at the drawing door The sides of the 25 have walls 200 of the building. A concave handle 201 is provided on the side surface portion 25S of the left and right sides of the drawing door 25. In FIG. 25(b), the left side surface portion of the drawing door 25 is provided with a concave handle 202, but the left and right side surface portions are inclined surfaces 25G which are inclined toward the front side. Thereby, even if the wall 200 of the building exists on the right and left, since the inclined surface 25G is formed, a gap can be formed, so that the user can easily put the finger into the handle 202. Furthermore, at this time, the handle 202 can also be in a shape that is easy to hold as shown on the right side of the figure.

[第26實施形態] [26th embodiment]

圖26表示抽拉門210、220、230的示例,在抽拉門220的上表面部,設置有凹狀的把手240。在抽拉門230的前表面部設置有開門操作部77。因在抽拉門230的前表面部設置有開門操作部77,所以前表面部的前表面可設為玻璃面。抽拉門230與抽拉門220的間隙C可比抽拉門210與抽拉門220的間隙B小,外觀變佳。 FIG. 26 shows an example of the drawing doors 210, 220, 230, and a concave handle 240 is provided on the upper surface portion of the drawing door 220. A door opening operation portion 77 is provided at a front surface portion of the drawing door 230. Since the door opening operation portion 77 is provided on the front surface portion of the drawing door 230, the front surface of the front surface portion can be a glass surface. The gap C between the drawing door 230 and the drawing door 220 can be smaller than the gap B between the drawing door 210 and the drawing door 220, and the appearance is improved.

而且可設為:並非在使用者例如使手接觸圖15所示的觸摸開關式的開門操作部51或開門操作部52時,而是在使手指離開時,打開左門21或右門22。而且,亦可設為:使用者在使手指觸摸接觸開門操作部51或開門操作部52後經過預定的規定時間時,左門21或右門22打開。 Further, it is possible to open the left door 21 or the right door 22 when the user touches the door opening operation portion 51 or the door opening operation portion 52 shown in FIG. 15 instead of the hand, for example. Further, the user may open the left door 21 or the right door 22 when the user has passed a predetermined predetermined time after the finger touches the door opening operation portion 51 or the door opening operation portion 52.

即,控制部以在與使用者按壓開門操作部51時不同的時機指示門敞開的方式進行控制,既可對並非使用者按壓開門操作部51時而是離開時進行偵測以指示門敞開,亦可在自按壓開門 操作部51時經過規定時間後指示門敞開。而且,亦可在自離開開門操作部51時經過規定時間後指示門敞開。 In other words, the control unit controls the door to be opened at a timing different from the time when the user presses the door opening operation unit 51, and can detect when the user does not press the door opening operation unit 51 but leaves the operation unit to indicate that the door is open. Can also open the door at self-pressing When the operation unit 51 passes a predetermined time, the door is instructed to open. Further, it is also possible to instruct the door to open after a predetermined time elapses from the time of leaving the door opening operation portion 51.

所述情況亦是進行如下所述的控制,即,控制部在進行開門控制時,在觸摸感測器偵測到觸摸操作之後、未再偵測到觸摸操作後,進行開門控制,亦是如下所述的結構,即,在進行開門控制時,在觸摸感測器偵測到觸摸操作後經過規定時間後(例如為1秒以內,較佳為0.3秒),進行開門控制。 The control is also performed as follows: when the control unit performs the door opening control, after the touch sensor detects the touch operation and does not detect the touch operation again, the door opening control is performed as follows. The above-described structure, that is, when the door opening control is performed, after the predetermined time has elapsed after the touch sensor detects the touch operation (for example, within 1 second, preferably 0.3 seconds), the door opening control is performed.

藉此,與使用者用手指觸摸開門操作部51或開門操作部52時立即打開左門21或右門22的情況相比,可抑制觸摸開門操作部51或開門操作部52的手碰到打開的左門21或右門22。 Thereby, compared with the case where the user opens the left door 21 or the right door 22 when the door opening operation portion 51 or the door opening operation portion 52 is touched with a finger, it is possible to suppress the hand touching the door opening operation portion 51 or the door opening operation portion 52 from hitting the open left door. 21 or right door 22.

尤其,在使用者用手指長按開門操作部51或開門操作部52的情況下,觸摸開門操作部51或開門操作部52的手會碰到打開的左門21或右門22,但如上所述,在使用者使手指觸摸開門操作部51或開門操作部52之後經過預定的規定時間時,左門21或右門22才打開,藉此可防止進行觸摸的手碰到打開的左門21或右門22。 In particular, when the user presses the door opening operation portion 51 or the door opening operation portion 52 with a finger, the hand touching the door opening operation portion 51 or the door opening operation portion 52 may hit the opened left door 21 or the right door 22, but as described above, When the user makes a predetermined predetermined time after the user touches the door opening operation portion 51 or the door opening operation portion 52, the left door 21 or the right door 22 is opened, whereby the touched hand can be prevented from hitting the opened left door 21 or the right door 22.

而且,對於如上所述的門的結構,詳細而言,亦可為如下所述的結構。 Further, the structure of the door as described above may be, in detail, a structure as described below.

圖27是對圖1所示的冰箱1的冷藏室12的對開式門的僅其中一個門進行分解表示的分解立體圖的略圖。構成圖1所示的冰箱1的冷藏室12的對開式門的左門21與右門22、及蔬菜室13、製冰室16、上部冷凍室14及冷凍室15各自的抽拉式門23~ 25的結構基本上與圖27所示的門相同,以門103b為代表來說明結構例。 Fig. 27 is an enlarged perspective view showing an exploded view of only one of the doors of the retractable door of the refrigerating compartment 12 of the refrigerator 1 shown in Fig. 1. The left door 21 and the right door 22 of the split door of the refrigerating compartment 12 of the refrigerator 1 shown in Fig. 1 and the drawer door 23 of each of the vegetable compartment 13, the ice making compartment 16, the upper freezing compartment 14, and the freezing compartment 15 are arranged. The structure of 25 is basically the same as that of the door shown in Fig. 27, and the structure example is explained by the door 103b.

圖27所示的冷藏室12的門103b具有以整面覆蓋該門103b的前表面的方式而設置的外表面的玻璃板121。在圖27中,設有玻璃板121的一側為門103b的前表面側,與玻璃板121為相反側的後方為朝向冷藏室12內部的門103b的後側。 The door 103b of the refrigerating compartment 12 shown in Fig. 27 has a glass plate 121 having an outer surface provided to cover the front surface of the door 103b over its entire surface. In FIG. 27, the side on which the glass plate 121 is provided is the front surface side of the door 103b, and the rear side opposite to the glass plate 121 is the rear side of the door 103b which faces the inside of the refrigerator compartment 12.

在玻璃板121的上下左右的外周部,分別設置有上側門端蓋134、下側門端蓋133、左側門端蓋135及右側門端蓋137。該些上下左右4個門端蓋自上下左右的外側來保持並固定玻璃板121的上下左右的側面。該些上側門端蓋134、下側門端蓋133、左側門端蓋135及右側門端蓋137固定於玻璃板121的4邊部分,並且作為對玻璃板121的4邊部分實施裝飾的裝飾部而發揮功能。 An upper door end cover 134, a lower side door end cover 133, a left side door end cover 135, and a right side door end cover 137 are provided on the upper and lower left and right outer peripheral portions of the glass plate 121, respectively. The upper, lower, left, and right door end covers hold and fix the upper, lower, left, and right side faces of the glass plate 121 from the upper, lower, left, and right sides. The upper side door end cover 134, the lower side door end cover 133, the left side door end cover 135, and the right side door end cover 137 are fixed to the four side portions of the glass plate 121, and serve as a decorative portion for decorating the four side portions of the glass plate 121. And play the function.

如圖27所示,在玻璃板121的內側,將構成門的內板的門內側結構體125安裝於門端蓋,藉此,整體且一體地裝配門103b。在該門內側結構體125的內側且為朝向冷藏室12內部的內側,設置有對門與箱體進行密封的矩形狀的密封部件即墊圈(gasket)127。並且,在玻璃板121、門端蓋與門內側結構體125之間的空間內填充包含發泡胺基甲酸酯等的發泡隔熱材,從而提高隔熱性能,並且將發泡隔熱材黏著於玻璃板121的內表面以固接玻璃板121,從而固定玻璃板121以免其脫落或翹曲。亦可在玻璃板121上塗佈塗料,並在其背側設置防止玻璃破裂後飛散的防飛散薄片,並設置防止該防飛散薄片與胺基甲酸酯接觸的保護構 件。 As shown in Fig. 27, the door inner structure 125 constituting the inner panel of the door is attached to the door end cover on the inner side of the glass plate 121, whereby the door 103b is integrally and integrally assembled. A gasket 127, which is a rectangular sealing member that seals the door from the casing, is provided inside the door inner structure 125 and inside the refrigerator compartment 12. Further, a space containing a foaming urethane or the like is filled in a space between the glass plate 121, the door end cover, and the door inner structure 125, thereby improving heat insulating performance and foaming heat insulation. The material is adhered to the inner surface of the glass plate 121 to fix the glass plate 121, thereby fixing the glass plate 121 from falling off or warping. It is also possible to apply a coating on the glass plate 121, and on its back side, a scattering preventing sheet which prevents the glass from being broken after being broken, and a protective structure for preventing the anti-scattering sheet from contacting the urethane. Pieces.

接下來,參照圖28來說明具有靜電電容型開關的基板與門的關係性的結構例。 Next, a configuration example of the relationship between the substrate having the capacitance type switch and the door will be described with reference to FIG. 28.

圖28是具有構成如前所述的控制操作部50或開門操作部51、52的靜電電容型開關(與開關SA、SB、51A、52A等相應)的門(門21、22等)的橫剖面圖的示意圖。 Fig. 28 is a cross-sectional view of a door (doors 21, 22, etc.) having a capacitance type switch (corresponding to switches SA, SB, 51A, 52A, etc.) constituting the control operation portion 50 or the door opening operation portions 51, 52 as described above. Schematic diagram of the section view.

圖28所示的左側門端蓋135是沿門103b的上下方向(圖28的紙面垂直方向)設置的左側的裝飾部,右側門端蓋137是沿門103b的上下方向設置的右側的裝飾部。門103b的上下方向為圖27所示的Z方向。 The left door end cover 135 shown in Fig. 28 is a left side decorative portion provided in the vertical direction of the door 103b (the paper surface vertical direction of Fig. 28), and the right side door end cover 137 is a right side decorative portion provided along the vertical direction of the door 103b. . The vertical direction of the door 103b is the Z direction shown in FIG.

如圖28所示,玻璃板121的一端部(左端部)155是未被左側門端蓋135全面覆蓋,而呈自左側門端蓋135露出的狀態的大致露出狀態的端部。與此相對,玻璃板121的另一端部(右端部)121f是由內含部137a予以覆蓋,從而不露出的端部。 As shown in FIG. 28, one end portion (left end portion) 155 of the glass plate 121 is an end portion that is substantially exposed in the state in which the left door end cover 135 is not completely covered, and is exposed from the left door end cover 135. On the other hand, the other end portion (right end portion) 121f of the glass plate 121 is an end portion which is covered by the inner portion 137a so as not to be exposed.

在玻璃板121的一端部155的側面152的前側部分,形成有R面156,並非呈直角形狀。該R面156為例如1/4圓周形狀的R面。例如,R面156可藉由將一端部155的一部分切除後進行研磨來使其帶有圓弧而形成,該R面156是沿Z方向連續地形成。 The R surface 156 is formed on the front side portion of the side surface 152 of the one end portion 155 of the glass plate 121, and is not formed in a right angle shape. The R surface 156 is, for example, an R surface of a quarter circumference. For example, the R surface 156 can be formed by cutting a part of the one end portion 155 and grinding it to have an arc, and the R surface 156 is continuously formed in the Z direction.

如圖28所示,與左側門端蓋135的側面153相比,玻璃板121的一端部155的側面152未突出至外側。藉此,玻璃板121的側面152未自左側門端蓋135的側面153突出,因此可保護 玻璃板121的側面152。 As shown in FIG. 28, the side surface 152 of the one end portion 155 of the glass plate 121 does not protrude to the outside as compared with the side surface 153 of the left door end cover 135. Thereby, the side surface 152 of the glass plate 121 does not protrude from the side surface 153 of the left door end cover 135, thereby protecting Side 152 of glass plate 121.

如圖28所示,在左側門端蓋135的側面153上,設置有基板插入部154。該基板插入部154為貫穿孔,是為了自左側門端蓋135的外側將基板110插入收納構件105的內部而設置。基板110搭載有靜電電容型開關101與通信部件106,該通信部件106將冰箱的資訊通信至外部,或者自外部接收其他資訊。收納構件105被分別固定於玻璃板121的內表面121M與左側門端蓋135的內表面135M。該收納構件105是構成可收納基板110的收納部的構件。並且,可構成為:在基板插入部154上設置蓋,藉由以蓋來關閉,從而密閉收納部。 As shown in FIG. 28, a substrate insertion portion 154 is provided on the side surface 153 of the left door end cover 135. The board insertion portion 154 is a through hole for inserting the board 110 into the inside of the housing member 105 from the outside of the left door end cover 135. The substrate 110 is mounted with a capacitance type switch 101 and a communication unit 106 that communicates information of the refrigerator to the outside or receives other information from the outside. The housing member 105 is fixed to the inner surface 121M of the glass plate 121 and the inner surface 135M of the left door end cover 135, respectively. The storage member 105 is a member that constitutes a housing portion in which the substrate 110 can be housed. Further, a cover may be provided on the substrate insertion portion 154, and the cover may be closed by a lid to seal the storage portion.

如前所述,藉由在該收納部的周圍設置導熱性良好的鋁等金屬,或者在內部配置加強用的金屬65,可防止結露。 As described above, by providing a metal such as aluminum having good thermal conductivity around the accommodating portion or disposing the metal 65 for reinforcement therein, dew condensation can be prevented.

基板110使用彈簧之類的彈性部件103,自收納構件105側按壓至玻璃板121的內表面121M,藉此相對於內表面121M而密接地保持。基板110被固定在左側門端蓋135的與支持部P2不同的位置P1。藉此,具有靜電電容型開關101的基板110可避開左側門端蓋135的支持部P2而密接地固定於玻璃板121的內表面121M。因此,靜電電容型開關101可不空開間隙地按壓配置於玻璃板121的內表面121M,因此使用者可自玻璃板121的表面確實地進行靜電電容型開關101的開關操作。 The substrate 110 is pressed from the side of the housing member 105 to the inner surface 121M of the glass plate 121 by using the elastic member 103 such as a spring, thereby being closely held to the inner surface 121M. The substrate 110 is fixed to a position P1 of the left door end cover 135 different from the support portion P2. Thereby, the substrate 110 having the capacitance type switch 101 can be fixed to the inner surface 121M of the glass plate 121 in close contact with the support portion P2 of the left door end cover 135. Therefore, since the capacitance type switch 101 can be pressed and disposed on the inner surface 121M of the glass plate 121 without a gap, the user can surely perform the switching operation of the capacitance type switch 101 from the surface of the glass plate 121.

而且,作為將靜電電容型開關101不空開間隙地按壓至玻璃板121的內表面121M的方法,亦可並非設置彈性部件而是設 置使基板110自後方朝前方移動的引導(guide)部件,例如以朝向基板插入方向變窄的方式來對收納部設置傾斜,或者將基板110上所設的突起插入收納部上所設的引導槽以進行引導,藉此來進行按壓。 Further, as a method of pressing the capacitance type switch 101 to the inner surface 121M of the glass plate 121 without a gap, the elastic member may be provided instead of the elastic member. The guide member that moves the substrate 110 from the rear toward the front is inclined to the storage portion so as to be narrowed toward the insertion direction of the substrate, or the projection provided on the substrate 110 is inserted into the guide portion. The slot is guided to thereby press.

而且,基板亦可為配置於支持基板的支持容器中的結構,可在該支持容器內配置作為發光部件的LED,自基板的背面使LED發光。 Further, the substrate may be disposed in a support container of the support substrate, and an LED as a light-emitting member may be disposed in the support container, and the LED may be illuminated from the back surface of the substrate.

再者,靜電電容型開關101既可在配置於背面的LED基板的表面配置電極而成為一體型,亦可設置在與配置有LED的基板不同的其他基板上。該基板可在具有彈性的膜狀的透明膜上設置靜電電容型開關的電極。如此,可在透明電極的背面配置LED,從而可自電極的背側進行發光。 Further, the capacitance type switch 101 may be integrally formed by arranging electrodes on the surface of the LED substrate disposed on the back surface, or may be provided on another substrate different from the substrate on which the LEDs are disposed. The substrate can be provided with an electrode of a capacitive switch on a flexible film-like transparent film. In this manner, the LED can be disposed on the back surface of the transparent electrode so that light can be emitted from the back side of the electrode.

[第27實施形態] [27th embodiment]

圖29是第27實施形態的冰箱1的正面圖,圖30是該冰箱1的開門狀態的立體圖,並且,圖31是該冰箱1的冷藏室部12分的放大立體圖。 FIG. 29 is a front view of the refrigerator 1 according to the twenty-seventh embodiment, FIG. 30 is a perspective view showing a state in which the refrigerator 1 is opened, and FIG. 31 is an enlarged perspective view of the refrigerator compartment 12 of the refrigerator 1.

如圖29與圖30所示,在第27實施形態的冰箱1中,作為冰箱本體的箱體11自上段起包含冷藏室12、蔬菜室13、可切換冰箱內設定溫度的切換室14、冷凍室15。而且,在切換室14的左側設置有製冰室16。 As shown in FIG. 29 and FIG. 30, in the refrigerator 1 of the twenty-seventh embodiment, the refrigerator 11 as the refrigerator main body includes the refrigerator compartment 12, the vegetable compartment 13, the switching compartment 14 which can switch the set temperature in the refrigerator, and the refrigerator. Room 15. Further, an ice making chamber 16 is provided on the left side of the switching chamber 14.

如圖29~圖31所示,為了覆蓋冷藏室12的前表面開口部,左右一對左門21、右門22分別以使左端部、右端部的上下利 用鉸鏈部呈對開式地開閉的方式而安裝。在蔬菜室13、切換室14、冷凍室15、製冰室16上分別設置有抽拉式的門23、24、25、26。 As shown in FIGS. 29 to 31, in order to cover the front surface opening portion of the refrigerating chamber 12, the left and right left and right doors 21 and 22 respectively serve to make the left end portion and the right end portion The hinge portion is attached to the opening and closing manner in a split manner. Pull-out doors 23, 24, 25, 26 are provided in the vegetable compartment 13, the switching compartment 14, the freezing compartment 15, and the ice making compartment 16, respectively.

左門21、右門22均採用如下結構,即:在前表面開口的扁平的內板的開口部,安裝有著色透明的玻璃製的前表面板21A、22A,且在內部空洞部中配置有真空隔熱材,並在未被真空隔熱材完全填埋的空洞部中,配置有胺基甲酸酯隔熱材或固體隔熱材。前表面板21A、22A的著色度的濃度為:在受到外光的狀態下,自外部看不到前表面板21A、22A的背側的隔熱材等填充物。並且,前表面板21A、22A的著色度的濃度亦為:在後述的穿透顯示操作按鈕名、冷卻功能名、冷卻強度等的LED顯示燈、穿透顯示溫度值等變化數值的7段LED顯示裝置的亮燈狀態下,光可透過而能自表側看到。 Each of the left door 21 and the right door 22 has a structure in which a front surface plate 21A, 22A made of colored transparent glass is attached to an opening of a flat inner plate that is open at the front surface, and a vacuum partition is disposed in the inner cavity portion. A hot material and a urethane heat insulating material or a solid heat insulating material are disposed in a hollow portion that is not completely filled with the vacuum heat insulating material. The concentration of the chromaticity of the front surface plates 21A and 22A is such that a filler such as a heat insulating material on the back side of the front surface plates 21A and 22A is not visible from the outside in a state where external light is received. In addition, the concentration of the chromaticity of the front surface plates 21A and 22A is also a 7-segment LED which reflects the change value of the LED display lamp such as the name of the operation display button, the cooling function name, the cooling intensity, and the like, which will be described later. When the display device is turned on, light is permeable and can be seen from the front side.

在右門22的前表面板22A的背側,設置有靜電電容式的控制操作部50,該靜電電容式的控制操作部50用於藉由來自前表面板22A表面的觸摸操作來操作冰箱。在該控制操作部50中,設置有:用於對冰箱周圍的環境狀態進行檢測的紅外線受光部;返回按鈕;偵測對該返回按鈕的觸摸並穿透顯示操作按鈕名、冷卻功能名、冷卻強度等的LED顯示燈;及穿透顯示溫度值等變化數值的7段LED顯示裝置等。 On the back side of the front surface plate 22A of the right door 22, a capacitance type control operation portion 50 for operating the refrigerator by a touch operation from the surface of the front surface plate 22A is provided. The control operation unit 50 is provided with an infrared light receiving unit for detecting an environmental state around the refrigerator; a return button; detecting a touch on the return button and penetrating the display operation button name, a cooling function name, and cooling An LED display lamp such as intensity; and a 7-segment LED display device that transmits a change value such as a temperature value.

在左門21的前表面板21A、右門22的前表面板22A的下邊附近的背面側,分別設置有左右橫向細長的開門操作部51、52。並且,在前表面板21A、22A的表面,設置有表示為開門操 作部而且顯示開門操作方向的開門操作顯示部51A、52A。此處,左門21的開門操作顯示部51A設置有朝左的箭頭標記,該朝左的箭頭標記辨識使手指在觸摸的狀態下朝左方向滑動以進行開門操作的情況。在右門22的開門操作顯示部52A上,設置有朝右的箭頭標記,該朝右的箭頭標記辨識使手指在觸摸的狀態下朝右方向滑動以進行開門操作的情況。 On the back side of the front surface plate 21A of the left door 21 and the lower side of the front surface plate 22A of the right door 22, left and right laterally elongated door opening operation portions 51 and 52 are respectively provided. And, on the surface of the front surface plates 21A, 22A, there is provided a door opening operation The opening and closing operation display portions 51A and 52A of the door opening operation direction are also displayed. Here, the door opening operation display portion 51A of the left door 21 is provided with a leftward arrow mark that recognizes a case where the finger is slid in the left direction in a touched state to perform a door opening operation. On the door opening operation display portion 52A of the right door 22, a rightward arrow mark is provided, and the rightward arrow mark recognizes a case where the finger is slid in the right direction in a touched state to perform a door opening operation.

在箱體11的頂板上表面的前端附近的左右兩處,分別在與左門21、右門22各自的上邊的敞開側端部附近對應的位置,分別設置有開門驅動部54、55。該些開門驅動部54、55藉由電磁鐵來朝前方推壓柱塞54A、55A,以將左門21、右門22各自的敞開側端部附近的上邊向前方推壓,從而可使各門自動敞開。並且,若為了打開左門21而使手指在觸摸左門開門操作顯示部51A的右端或右端附近的箭頭標記的狀態下朝左方向滑動,則開門操作部51感測該連續的觸摸並將觸摸偵測信號送往控制部56,若在控制部56中判斷為開門操作指令,則使左門21的開門驅動部54動作,以自動打開左門21。另一方面,若為了打開右門22而使手指在觸摸右門開門操作顯示部52A的左端或左端附近的箭頭標記的狀態下朝右方向滑動,則開門操作部52感測該連續的觸摸並將觸摸偵測信號送往控制部56,若在控制部56中判斷為開門操作指令,則使右門22的開門驅動部55動作,以自動打開右門22。 The door opening drive portions 54, 55 are provided at positions corresponding to the vicinity of the open side end portions of the upper sides of the left door 21 and the right door 22, respectively, at the left and right places near the front end of the top plate surface of the casing 11. The door opening drive units 54 and 55 push the plungers 54A and 55A forward by the electromagnet to push the upper side of the left side door 21 and the right door 22 toward the front side of the open side end portion, thereby automatically opening the doors. Open. When the left door 21 is opened and the finger is slid in the left direction in the state of the arrow mark near the right end or the right end of the left door opening operation display portion 51A, the door opening operation portion 51 senses the continuous touch and touch detection. The signal is sent to the control unit 56. When the control unit 56 determines that the door opening operation command is issued, the door opening drive unit 54 of the left door 21 is operated to automatically open the left door 21. On the other hand, if the finger is slid in the right direction in the state of the arrow mark near the left end or the left end of the right door opening operation display portion 52A in order to open the right door 22, the door opening operation portion 52 senses the continuous touch and touches The detection signal is sent to the control unit 56. When the control unit 56 determines that the door opening operation command is issued, the door opening drive unit 55 of the right door 22 is operated to automatically open the right door 22.

再者,第27實施形態的冰箱中的控制部56所進行的冷卻控制為普通的冷卻控制,並無特別限定,例如壓縮機、操作面 板、防結露加熱器、製冰室內部的製冰裝置、冷藏室風扇、冷凍室風扇、除霜加熱器被連接於該控制部56而受到控制。 Further, the cooling control by the control unit 56 in the refrigerator according to the twenty-seventh embodiment is not limited to a general cooling control, and is, for example, a compressor and an operation surface. The plate, the anti-condensation heater, the ice making device inside the ice making compartment, the refrigerating compartment fan, the freezing compartment fan, and the defrosting heater are connected to the control unit 56 and are controlled.

開門操作顯示部51A、52A上的箭頭標記並不限定於該顯示,只要是若觸摸此處並朝右方向或左方向滑動便可容易地辨識為開門操作的顯示,則標記的形狀或形態並不受限定。 The arrow marks on the door opening operation display portions 51A and 52A are not limited to the display, and may be any shape or form of the mark as long as it is easily recognized as a display operation of the door opening operation by touching the page and sliding in the right direction or the left direction. Not limited.

在左門21、右門22上,以如下方式而設置有把手61、62,即,藉由使手掌朝上地將手指插入分別比開門操作顯示部51A、52A更靠下側的下端面部分並朝跟前側拉動的操作,便可分別獨立地手動打開左門21、右門22。 On the left door 21 and the right door 22, handles 61 and 62 are provided in such a manner that the fingers are inserted upward by the lower end portions of the lower side than the door opening operation display portions 51A and 52A, respectively. With the operation of pulling on the front side, the left door 21 and the right door 22 can be manually opened independently.

接下來,對第27實施形態的冰箱的自動開門動作進行說明。圖32是冰箱1的開門控制的方塊圖。如圖32所示,在開門操作部51、52上,分別以夾著前表面板21A、22A而與開門操作顯示部51A、52A的沿著左右橫向排列有5個的箭頭標記分別相向的方式,而排列設置有靜電電容式觸摸感測器51-1~51-5、靜電電容式觸摸感測器52-1~52-5。該些靜電電容式觸摸感測器51-1~51-5、靜電電容式觸摸感測器52-1~52-5被設定成:分別偵測由用戶的觸摸引起的靜電電容變化,並將觸摸偵測信號發送至控制部56。 Next, an automatic door opening operation of the refrigerator in the twenty-seventh embodiment will be described. 32 is a block diagram showing the door opening control of the refrigerator 1. As shown in FIG. 32, in the door opening operation portions 51 and 52, five arrow marks are arranged in the left-right direction of the door opening operation display portions 51A and 52A, respectively, with the front surface plates 21A and 22A interposed therebetween. The capacitive touch sensors 51-1 to 51-5 and the capacitive touch sensors 52-1 to 52-5 are arranged in series. The capacitive touch sensors 51-1~51-5 and the capacitive touch sensors 52-1~52-5 are set to detect the electrostatic capacitance change caused by the user's touch, respectively, and The touch detection signal is sent to the control unit 56.

因此,當用戶欲打開右門22而在開門操作顯示部52A的部分使手指觸摸左端的箭頭標記,並在觸摸的狀態下使該手指朝右方向滑動,則靜電電容式觸摸感測器52-1~52-5中偵測到靜電電容變化的感測器分別將觸摸偵測信號依照觸摸的順序而發送 至控制部56。因此,控制部56判斷是否為開門操作,若判斷為正式的開門操作,則向右門的開門驅動部55輸出開門驅動信號,以使右門22自動打開。再者,在左門21的開門操作的情況下,對於使手指針對左門21的開門操作顯示部51A而在觸摸右端或右端附近的箭頭標記的狀態下朝左方向滑動的操作,同樣判斷左門21的開門操作。 Therefore, when the user wants to open the right door 22 and causes the finger to touch the arrow mark on the left end in the portion of the door opening operation display portion 52A, and slides the finger in the right direction in the touch state, the capacitive touch sensor 52-1 The sensor detecting the change of electrostatic capacitance in ~52-5 sends the touch detection signal according to the order of touch To the control unit 56. Therefore, the control unit 56 determines whether or not the door opening operation is performed, and if it is determined that the door opening operation is normal, the door opening drive unit 55 of the right door outputs a door opening drive signal to automatically open the right door 22. In the case of the door opening operation of the left door 21, the operation of sliding the left door 21 in the state in which the finger is in the left direction in the state of the arrow mark near the right end or the right end with respect to the door opening operation display portion 51A of the left door 21 is also determined. Open the door.

此處的開門判斷的邏輯如下。當左右的各5個感測器中的至少3個感測器在規定時間(例如0.5秒或1秒)內且依照排列順序偵測到觸摸時,判斷為開門操作,從而使相應的門自動打開。此處,對右門22的開門操作進行說明。 The logic for opening the door here is as follows. When at least three of the five sensors on the left and right are detected within a predetermined time (for example, 0.5 seconds or 1 second) and in accordance with the arrangement order, it is determined that the door opening operation is performed, so that the corresponding door is automatically turn on. Here, the door opening operation of the right door 22 will be described.

當觸摸到右門22的開門操作顯示部52A的箭頭標記中的任一個時,開門操作部52側的相應的靜電電容式觸摸感測器(由於通常觸摸左端或左端附近的箭頭標記,因此,此處設為左端的感測器52-1)進行觸摸偵測,並將觸摸偵測信號發送至控制部56。控制部56收到該信號後開始開門操作的判斷處理。其結果,控制部56判斷為針對右門22的正式的開門操作,對右門的開門驅動部55輸出開門驅動指令,使開門驅動部54動作以自動打開右門22。左門21的開門操作的判斷處理亦同樣。但是,在左門21的情況下,方向與右門22相反,在觸摸開門操作顯示部51A上的右端或右端附近的箭頭標記後朝左方向滑動的情況下判斷為開門操作。 When any one of the arrow marks of the door opening operation display portion 52A of the right door 22 is touched, the corresponding capacitive touch sensor on the side of the door opening operation portion 52 (since the arrow mark near the left end or the left end is usually touched, therefore, this is The sensor 52-1) set to the left end performs touch detection and transmits a touch detection signal to the control unit 56. The control unit 56 starts the determination process of the door opening operation after receiving the signal. As a result, the control unit 56 determines that the door opening drive unit 55 of the right door outputs a door opening drive command for the door opening drive operation of the right door 22, and causes the door opening drive unit 54 to operate to automatically open the right door 22. The same is true for the determination process of the door opening operation of the left door 21. However, in the case of the left door 21, the direction is opposite to that of the right door 22, and it is determined that the door opening operation is performed when the arrow mark near the right end or the right end on the touch opening operation display portion 51A is slid in the left direction.

接下來,參照圖29至圖31,對作為語音辨識部件的2 個語音辨識感測器NS1、NS2、人感感測器HS及照度感測器LS進行說明。 Next, referring to FIG. 29 to FIG. 31, 2 as a voice recognition component The speech recognition sensors NS1, NS2, the human sensor HS and the illuminance sensor LS are described.

如圖29與圖30所示,1個語音辨識感測器NS1、人感感測器HS及照度感測器LS配置於冰箱1的箱體11的上表面。另一個語音辨識感測器NS2例如是在右門22的下部,自1個語音辨識感測器NS1隔開距離而配置。作為該些語音辨識感測器NS1、NS2,例如可使用電容式麥克風(condenser microphone),但並無特別限定。 As shown in FIG. 29 and FIG. 30, one voice recognition sensor NS1, a human sensor HS, and an illuminance sensor LS are disposed on the upper surface of the casing 11 of the refrigerator 1. The other speech recognition sensor NS2 is disposed, for example, at a lower portion of the right door 22, spaced apart from one speech recognition sensor NS1. As the speech recognition sensors NS1, NS2, for example, a condenser microphone can be used, but it is not particularly limited.

如圖30與圖31所示,上側的語音辨識感測器NS1被配置在冰箱1的箱體11的上表面,而下側的語音辨識感測器NS2例如被配置在右門22的下端部內,但並不限於此亦可僅配置2個語音辨識感測器NS1、NS2中的任一個語音辨識感測器。 As shown in FIG. 30 and FIG. 31, the voice recognition sensor NS1 on the upper side is disposed on the upper surface of the casing 11 of the refrigerator 1, and the voice recognition sensor NS2 on the lower side is disposed, for example, in the lower end portion of the right door 22, However, it is not limited thereto, and only one of the two speech recognition sensors NS1, NS2 may be configured.

作為圖31所示的人感感測器HS,例如可使用紅外線感測器。圖31所示的上側的語音辨識感測器NS1、人感感測器HS及照度感測器LS被分別收納在收納盒CS1、CS2、CS3中。藉此,語音辨識感測器NS1、人感感測器HS與照度感測器LS可重疊配置或排列配置於箱體11的上表面,從而可保護該些感測器不受塵埃等侵害。收納盒C1、C2、C3是在箱體11的上表面配置於例如開門操作部51、52之間的位置,但各感測器的配置位置並不限定於此。 As the human sensor HS shown in FIG. 31, for example, an infrared sensor can be used. The upper speech recognition sensor NS1, the human sensor HS, and the illuminance sensor LS shown in FIG. 31 are housed in the storage cassettes CS1, CS2, and CS3, respectively. Thereby, the voice recognition sensor NS1, the human sense sensor HS and the illuminance sensor LS can be arranged in an overlapping manner or arranged on the upper surface of the casing 11, so that the sensors can be protected from dust and the like. The storage boxes C1, C2, and C3 are disposed at, for example, the upper surface of the casing 11 between the door opening operation portions 51 and 52. However, the arrangement positions of the respective sensors are not limited thereto.

再者,該些感測器既可收納在開門驅動部54、55的盒體內,亦可收納在用於覆蓋(cover)對門進行開閉的支點的鉸鏈 的盒體內。 Furthermore, the sensors may be housed in the casing of the door opening driving portions 54, 55, or may be housed in a hinge for covering a pivot point for opening and closing the door. The inside of the box.

圖32是冰箱中的開門控制的方塊圖。圖33的流程圖表示自動打開冷藏室的左門21與右門22的情況。 Figure 32 is a block diagram of the door opening control in the refrigerator. The flowchart of Fig. 33 shows a case where the left door 21 and the right door 22 of the refrigerating compartment are automatically opened.

如圖32所示,2個語音辨識感測器NS1、NS2、人感感測器HS與照度感測器LS相對於控制部56而電性連接。藉此,2個語音辨識感測器NS1、NS2收到聲音時的語音信號可送往控制部56。人感感測器HS的偵測信號可送往控制部56。照度感測器LS的照度信號可送往控制部56。 As shown in FIG. 32, the two speech recognition sensors NS1, NS2, the human sensor HS and the illuminance sensor LS are electrically connected to the control unit 56. Thereby, the voice signal when the two voice recognition sensors NS1, NS2 receive the sound can be sent to the control unit 56. The detection signal of the human sensor HS can be sent to the control unit 56. The illuminance signal of the illuminance sensor LS can be sent to the control unit 56.

藉由如此般設置2個語音辨識感測器NS1、NS2,如圖33所示的流程圖(將於後文說明)般,藉由使用者以語音講話,從而並非由使用者手動打開冷藏室的左門21與右門22,即除了使用者手持把手(拉手)打開門以外,還可藉由偵測聲音或語音等的不同的偵測(操作)方法來自動打開所述門。 By setting the two voice recognition sensors NS1, NS2 in this manner, as shown in the flowchart shown in FIG. 33 (to be described later), the user can speak the voice, so that the user does not manually open the refrigerator. The left door 21 and the right door 22, that is, in addition to the user holding the handle (handle) to open the door, can also automatically open the door by detecting different detection (operation) methods such as sound or voice.

而且,如圖32所示,在控制部56上,連接有記憶部300與關聯性輸入登記部件305。關聯性輸入登記部件305中,使用者可輸入並登記「作為收容物的食品等的名稱」或者例如「左門21的收納格的名稱」、「右門22的收納格的名稱」、「冰箱1的冰箱內收容部位的名稱」等。作為「作為收容物的食品等的名稱」,例如為「牛奶」、「雞蛋」、「奶油(butter)」、「果汁(juice)」、「芥末」、「豆腐」等。作為「冰箱1的冰箱內收容部位的名稱」,例如為圖29所示的冷藏室12、蔬菜室13、切換室14、冷凍室15、製冰室16等。 Further, as shown in FIG. 32, the control unit 56 is connected to the storage unit 300 and the association input registration unit 305. In the related-input registration unit 305, the user can input and register "the name of the food or the like as the storage item" or the "name of the storage compartment of the left door 21", the "name of the storage compartment of the right door 22", and the "refrigerator 1" The name of the storage part in the refrigerator". For example, "names of foods and the like" are "milk", "eggs", "butter", "juice", "wasabi", "tofu", and the like. The "name of the storage portion in the refrigerator of the refrigerator 1" is, for example, the refrigerator compartment 12, the vegetable compartment 13, the switching compartment 14, the freezing compartment 15, the ice making compartment 16, etc. shown in FIG.

圖32所示的控制部56在記憶部300中記憶有所述的「作為收容物的食品等的名稱」放入「冰箱1的冰箱內的哪個收容部位的名稱」中的關聯資訊。作為一例,在記憶部300中,使用者可在左門21側的收納格中設置(記憶)例如「牛奶」、「雞蛋」、「奶油」,在步驟S12中,可在右門22側的收納格中設置(記憶)例如「果汁」、「芥末」、「豆腐」。 The control unit 56 shown in FIG. 32 stores the related information in the "name of the food compartment or the like in the refrigerator 1" in the memory unit 300. As an example, in the storage unit 300, the user can set (memorize), for example, "milk", "egg", and "cream" in the storage compartment on the left door 21 side, and in the storage compartment 300, the storage compartment on the right door 22 side can be provided. Set (memory) such as "juice", "wasabi", "tofu".

此處,參照表示自動打開冷藏室的左門21與右門22的情況的圖33的流程圖,對使用者藉由語音來自動打開左門21與右門22的情況進行具體說明。 Here, a case where the user automatically opens the left door 21 and the right door 22 by voice will be specifically described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. 33 showing the case where the left door 21 and the right door 22 of the refrigerator compartment are automatically opened.

在圖33中,於步驟S11中,使用者預先操作關聯性輸入登記部件305的例如鍵盤(keyboard)或觸控面板(touch panel)等,與左門21側的收納格關聯地輸入並登記例如「牛奶」、「雞蛋」、「奶油」,並在右門22側的收納格中輸入並登記例如「果汁」、「芥末」、「豆腐」。藉此,圖32所示的控制部56針對圖32所示的記憶部300,與左門21側的收納格關聯地設置(記憶)例如「牛奶」、「雞蛋」、「奶油」,於步驟S12中,在右門22側的收納格中設置(記憶)例如「果汁」、「芥末」、「豆腐」。 In the step S11, the user operates the association input registration unit 305 in advance, for example, a keyboard or a touch panel, and inputs and registers, for example, "in association with the storage compartment on the left door 21 side". Milk, eggs, and cream are entered and registered in the storage box on the right side 22 side, for example, "juice", "wasabi", and "tofu". As a result, the control unit 56 shown in FIG. 32 sets (memorizes), for example, "milk", "egg", and "cream" in association with the storage unit on the left door 21 side with respect to the storage unit 300 shown in FIG. In the storage compartment on the right door 22 side, for example, "juice", "wasabi", and "tofu" are provided.

在圖33的步驟S13中,例如由人感感測器HS或照度感測器LS等來偵測使用者接近冰箱的情況,藉此,自人感感測器HS對控制部56發送偵測信號,或者自照度感測器LS對控制部56發送照度信號。因此,於控制部56中,藉由偵測信號或照度信號來進行控制部56的語音辨識功能開始的觸發,即在控制部56 中產生發揮語音辨識功能的時機,藉此使控制部56的語音辨識功能開始工作。 In step S13 of FIG. 33, for example, the user sense sensor HS or the illuminance sensor LS or the like detects the user approaching the refrigerator, whereby the self-sensing sensor HS transmits the detection to the control unit 56. The signal, or the self-illumination sensor LS, transmits an illuminance signal to the control unit 56. Therefore, in the control unit 56, the triggering of the speech recognition function of the control unit 56 is performed by the detection signal or the illuminance signal, that is, at the control unit 56. The timing at which the voice recognition function is played is generated, whereby the voice recognition function of the control unit 56 is started.

如此,該語音辨識功能開始的觸發是:當人感感測器H偵測到接近冰箱的使用者時,自人感感測器HS對控制部56給予偵測信號之時;或者是當照度感測器LS偵測到由使用者點亮放置冰箱的廚房的照明時,自照度感測器LS對控制部56給予照度信號之時。 In this way, the triggering of the voice recognition function is: when the human sensor H detects the user approaching the refrigerator, when the human sensor 60 gives the detection signal to the control unit 56; or when the illumination is When the sensor LS detects the illumination of the kitchen in which the refrigerator is placed by the user, the illuminance sensor LS gives the illuminance signal to the control unit 56.

並且,在圖33的步驟S14中,當使用者以語音說出「牛奶」、「雞蛋」、「奶油」中的至少一者時,圖32所示的語音辨識感測器NS1、NS2接收該語音,並將語音信號送往控制部56,因此控制部56進行語音辨識。藉此,在步驟S15中,控制部56對收容有「牛奶」、「雞蛋」、「奶油」中的至少一者的圖32所示的左門21的開門驅動部54輸出開門驅動指令,以使開門驅動部54動作。因此,在步驟S16中,左門21的收納格可藉由開門驅動部54的動作而自動打開。 Further, in step S14 of FIG. 33, when the user speaks at least one of "milk", "egg", and "cream" by voice, the voice recognition sensors NS1, NS2 shown in FIG. 32 receive the Since the voice is sent to the control unit 56, the control unit 56 performs voice recognition. In the step S15, the control unit 56 outputs a door opening drive command to the door opening drive unit 54 of the left door 21 shown in FIG. 32 in which at least one of "milk", "egg", and "cream" is accommodated. The door opening drive unit 54 operates. Therefore, in step S16, the storage compartment of the left door 21 can be automatically opened by the operation of the door opening drive unit 54.

同樣,在步驟S14中,當使用者以語音說出「果汁」、「芥末」、「豆腐」中的至少一者時,圖32所示的語音辨識感測器NS1、NS2接收該語音,並將語音信號送往控制部56,因此控制部56進行語音辨識。藉此,在步驟S17中,控制部56對收容有「果汁」、「芥末」、「豆腐」中的至少一者的右門22的開門驅動部55輸出開門驅動指令,以使開門驅動部54動作。因此,在步驟S18中,右門22的收納格亦可藉由開門驅動部54的動作亦動作而自動打 開。 Similarly, in step S14, when the user speaks at least one of "juice", "wasabi", and "tofu" by voice, the voice recognition sensors NS1, NS2 shown in FIG. 32 receive the voice, and Since the voice signal is sent to the control unit 56, the control unit 56 performs voice recognition. In the step S17, the control unit 56 outputs a door opening drive command to the door opening drive unit 55 of the right door 22 in which at least one of the "juice", "wasabi", and "tofu" is stored, so that the door opening drive unit 54 operates. . Therefore, in step S18, the storage compartment of the right door 22 can also be automatically activated by the action of the door opening drive unit 54. open.

在記憶部310中,例如預先將放入有「牛奶」的左門21側的收納格相關聯地予以登記,藉此,即使是不知道放入有「牛奶」的冰箱內的部位的人,只要說出「牛奶」,亦可自動打開左門21側。藉此,不知道放入有「牛奶」的冰箱內的部位的人不會誤打開未放入「牛奶」的右門22。因此,門的開閉次數減少,節能效果提高。 In the storage unit 310, for example, the storage compartment on the side of the left door 21 in which "milk" is placed is registered in advance, so that even if it is a person who does not know the location in the refrigerator in which "milk" is placed, Say "milk" and automatically open the left door 21 side. Therefore, it is not known that the person who has placed the "milk" in the refrigerator does not mistakenly open the right door 22 to which the "milk" is not placed. Therefore, the number of opening and closing of the door is reduced, and the energy saving effect is improved.

而且,在冰箱內配置有製冰用的儲水箱(tank)的情況下,藉由使用者說出例如「儲水」,容納有儲水箱的一側的門例如左門21便會打開,因此使用者便可拿著儲水箱收容至冰箱內的儲水箱的規定的收容位置。藉此,在使用者雙手拿著儲水箱而騰不出雙手的情況下,即使不使用圖29所示的把手61亦可自動打開為了收容儲水箱而欲打開的例如左門21。 Further, when a tank for ice making is disposed in the refrigerator, the user can say, for example, "water storage", and the door on the side where the water storage tank is housed, for example, the left door 21 is opened, so that it is used. The person can hold the water storage tank and store it in a predetermined storage position of the water storage tank in the refrigerator. Thereby, in the case where the user holds the water tank with both hands and cannot lift his or her hands, the left door 21 to be opened to accommodate the water storage tank can be automatically opened even without using the handle 61 shown in FIG.

再者,對於圖29所示的抽拉式的門23、24、25、26,亦分別設置開門驅動部,藉此可與左門21及右門22同樣地藉由語音來自動開門。 Further, as for the pull-type doors 23, 24, 25, and 26 shown in Fig. 29, the door opening driving portions are also provided, whereby the door can be automatically opened by voice similarly to the left door 21 and the right door 22.

如此,與使用者抓著把手而手動打開左門21、右門22、抽拉式的門23、24、25、26的手動操作不同,可自動地打開門,因此,例如在使用者用雙手拿著食品等的情況等下非常便利。 Thus, unlike the manual operation in which the user grips the handle and manually opens the left door 21, the right door 22, and the pull-out doors 23, 24, 25, 26, the door can be automatically opened, and thus, for example, the user takes both hands It is very convenient in the case of food, etc.

再者,當同時辨識出敞開不同的門的語音時,亦可使該些不同的門的敞開時機錯開地敞開等,以防止門碰撞到使用者。 Moreover, when the voices of the different doors are simultaneously recognized, the opening timings of the different doors may be opened and staggered to prevent the door from colliding with the user.

而且,在圖33所示的步驟S13中,作為對控制部56給 予用於開始語音辨識的觸發的示例,可例示藉由語音辨識感測器NS1、NS2對使用者說出的話(詞)進行辨識而獲得的來自語音辨識感測器NS1、NS2的語音信號。作為使用者說出的預定的話(詞),例如可採用「芝麻快開門」等。即,作為用於對該控制部56給予用於開始語音辨識的觸發的較佳示例,較為理想的是例如「芝麻開門」、進而「芝麻快開門」之類的在通常對話中不會用到的詞。 Further, in step S13 shown in FIG. 33, the control unit 56 is given An example of a trigger for initiating speech recognition may be a speech signal from the speech recognition sensors NS1, NS2 obtained by recognizing words (words) spoken by the user by the speech recognition sensors NS1, NS2. As a predetermined word (word) spoken by the user, for example, "the sesame is quickly opened" or the like can be used. That is, as a preferred example for giving the control unit 56 a trigger for starting speech recognition, it is preferable that, for example, "the sesame is opened" and the "sesame open door" is not used in the normal conversation. Word.

即,在對控制部56給予用於開始語音辨識的觸發的示例為人聲的情況下,為了防止因在通常的對話內容中用到的詞而導致控制部56開始語音辨識動作的弊病,較為理想的是使用在通常的對話中不會出現的詞。藉此,可防止控制部56誤開始語音辨識動作。對控制部56給予用於開始語音辨識的觸發的語音可設定為與冰箱所產生的異響、例如壓縮機(compressor)等的聲音、通知門解放時的警報(alarm)聲、門的開閉聲、在房屋內使用的吸塵器或在房屋內傳播的音樂等的聲音不同的聲音。而且,當將辨識的聲音設定為並非人聲的聲音時,若設定為辨識將手拍多次(例如2次)的聲音,則由於與自冰箱產生的聲音不同,因而不會造成誤開閉。 In other words, when the example in which the trigger for starting the speech recognition is given to the control unit 56 is a human voice, it is preferable to prevent the control unit 56 from starting the speech recognition operation due to the word used in the normal conversation content. It is to use words that do not appear in the usual conversation. Thereby, it is possible to prevent the control unit 56 from erroneously starting the voice recognition operation. The voice given to the control unit 56 for triggering the voice recognition can be set to an abnormal sound generated by the refrigerator, a sound such as a compressor, an alarm sound when the door is liberated, and an opening and closing sound of the door. A sound that is different from the sound of a vacuum cleaner used in a house or music that is transmitted inside a house. Further, when the recognized sound is set to be a voice other than a human voice, if it is set to recognize that the hand is photographed a plurality of times (for example, two times), since it is different from the sound generated from the refrigerator, it does not cause erroneous opening and closing.

接下來,參照圖34,對圖30所示的右門22的下部所配置的語音辨識感測器NS2的配置例進行說明。圖34是例如右門22的橫剖面的示意圖。 Next, an arrangement example of the voice recognition sensor NS2 disposed in the lower portion of the right door 22 shown in FIG. 30 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 34 is a schematic view of a cross section of, for example, the right door 22.

如圖34所示,語音辨識感測器NS2例如為電容式麥克 風,且配置在右門22的下部。該語音辨識感測器NS2被配置在收納構件105內。該收納構件105被分別固定於玻璃板121的內表面121M與左側門端蓋135的內表面135M。該收納構件105是構成可收納基板110的收納部的構件。孔部154例如被設置在右門22的左側門端蓋135的下部。使用者所發出的語音等通過孔部154而到達語音辨識感測器NS2。該孔部154既可為單個的孔,亦可包含多個孔。藉此,語音辨識感測器NS2可以內置於右門22的下部內的方式而配置,並且可通過孔部154來確實地拾取外部的語音等。再者,該語音辨識感測器NS2亦可搭載於基板110上,還可具備覆蓋孔部154的蓋且在蓋上形成有小孔。 As shown in FIG. 34, the voice recognition sensor NS2 is, for example, a capacitive microphone. The wind is disposed at the lower portion of the right door 22. The voice recognition sensor NS2 is disposed in the housing member 105. The housing member 105 is fixed to the inner surface 121M of the glass plate 121 and the inner surface 135M of the left door end cover 135, respectively. The storage member 105 is a member that constitutes a housing portion in which the substrate 110 can be housed. The hole portion 154 is provided, for example, at a lower portion of the left door end cover 135 of the right door 22. The voice or the like emitted by the user passes through the hole portion 154 to reach the voice recognition sensor NS2. The hole portion 154 may be a single hole or a plurality of holes. Thereby, the voice recognition sensor NS2 can be configured to be built in the lower portion of the right door 22, and the external voice or the like can be surely picked up through the hole portion 154. Furthermore, the voice recognition sensor NS2 may be mounted on the substrate 110, or may have a cover covering the hole 154 and a small hole may be formed in the cover.

此外,如圖32所示,控制部56連接於發光部330、聲音產生部340與語音產生部350。發光部330、聲音產生部340與語音產生部350是告知部件,該告知部件在根據語音辨識感測器NS1、NS2所偵測到的聲音(語音)來打開門時,告知使用者該門打開以進行警告。 Further, as shown in FIG. 32, the control unit 56 is connected to the light-emitting unit 330, the sound generation unit 340, and the voice generation unit 350. The light emitting unit 330, the sound generating unit 340, and the voice generating unit 350 are notification means for informing the user that the door is opened when the door is opened based on the sound (speech) detected by the voice recognition sensors NS1, NS2. To warn.

發光部330例如為LED發光部,聲音產生部340例如為蜂鳴器(buzzer)。語音產生部350例如為揚聲器(speaker)。如上所述,圖32所示的語音辨識感測器NS1、NS2中的至少一者對使用者的語音進行檢測,當控制部56發出例如打開左門21或右門22的指令時,控制部56可使圖32所示的發光部330例如以「紅色」發光,或者藉由聲音產生部340來產生警報聲,或者藉由語音產生部350來以語音而將「門將要打開」等警告內容告知給使 用者。藉此,可藉由光、聲音、語音中的至少一者來告知使用者門要打開,因此可防止使用者意外碰到門。 The light emitting unit 330 is, for example, an LED light emitting unit, and the sound generating unit 340 is, for example, a buzzer. The voice generating unit 350 is, for example, a speaker. As described above, at least one of the voice recognition sensors NS1, NS2 shown in FIG. 32 detects the voice of the user, and when the control portion 56 issues an instruction to open the left door 21 or the right door 22, for example, the control portion 56 may The light-emitting unit 330 shown in FIG. 32 is caused to emit light in "red", for example, or the sound generation unit 340 generates an alarm sound, or the voice generation unit 350 notifies the warning content such as "the door is to be opened" by voice. Make User. Thereby, at least one of light, sound, and voice can be used to inform the user that the door is to be opened, thereby preventing the user from accidentally hitting the door.

而且,如圖32所示,在控制部56上連接有人感感測器HS。該人感感測器HS在偵測到使用者接近冰箱時,對控制部56發出偵測信號來通知已偵測到人。如此,控制部56在偵測到使用者接近冰箱時,圖32所示的控制部56可經由語音產生部350且以語音引導(guidance)來詢問使用者「是否打開門?」的詢問內容。此時,使用者若回答例如「是」,則由語音辨識感測器NS1、NS2來辨識該「是」,並對控制部56通知語音信號。藉此,控制部56例如對右門22的開門驅動部55輸出開門驅動指令,藉此可打開右門22。同樣,控制部56例如對左門21的開門驅動部54輸出開門驅動指令,藉此可打開左門21。 Further, as shown in FIG. 32, the human sensor 24 is connected to the control unit 56. When detecting that the user approaches the refrigerator, the human sensor HS sends a detection signal to the control unit 56 to notify the detected person. As described above, when the control unit 56 detects that the user approaches the refrigerator, the control unit 56 shown in FIG. 32 can inquire via the voice generating unit 350 via voice guidance to ask the user whether or not to open the door. At this time, if the user answers, for example, "Yes", the voice recognition sensors NS1, NS2 recognize the "Yes" and notify the control unit 56 of the voice signal. Thereby, the control unit 56 outputs a door opening drive command to the door opening drive unit 55 of the right door 22, for example, whereby the right door 22 can be opened. Similarly, the control unit 56 outputs a door opening drive command to the door opening drive unit 54 of the left door 21, for example, whereby the left door 21 can be opened.

進而,該左門21與右門22可分別使打開速度不同。左門21與右門22通常藉由開門驅動部54、55的驅動而將打開速度設定得較慢,藉此避免門急速打開。 Further, the left door 21 and the right door 22 can respectively have different opening speeds. The left door 21 and the right door 22 are normally set to be slower by the driving of the door opening driving portions 54, 55, thereby preventing the door from being rapidly opened.

此外,如圖35所示,在控制部56上連接有身高計測感測器410。該身高計測感測器410例如可使用光耦合器(photocoupler)之類的光感測器,對使用者的大致身高進行計測。例如,身高計測感測器410只要可區別計測使用者的身高值是達到上段側的左門21與右門22的值,抑或是未達到上段側的左門21與右門22的值即可。藉此,控制部56可基於身高計測感測器410所測定出的使用者的身高值,來使上段側的左門21與右 門22的打開速度不同。 Further, as shown in FIG. 35, a height measuring sensor 410 is connected to the control unit 56. The height measuring sensor 410 can measure the approximate height of the user using, for example, a photosensor such as a photocoupler. For example, the height measurement sensor 410 may determine whether the height value of the user is the value of the left door 21 and the right door 22 on the upper side, or the values of the left door 21 and the right door 22 on the upper side. Thereby, the control unit 56 can make the left door 21 and the right side of the upper stage side based on the height value of the user measured by the height measuring sensor 410. The opening speed of the door 22 is different.

例如,當身高計測感測器410所計測出的使用者的身高值是達到上段側的左門21與右門22的值時,控制部56使開門驅動部54、55的動作更慢,開門驅動部54、55使上段側的左門21與右門22分別以比通常的打開速度更慢的速度來打開。 For example, when the height value of the user measured by the height measurement sensor 410 is the value of the left door 21 and the right door 22 on the upper side, the control unit 56 causes the operation of the door opening drive units 54, 55 to be slower, and the door opening drive unit is opened. 54 and 55 open the left door 21 and the right door 22 on the upper side at a slower speed than the normal opening speed, respectively.

藉此,可避免左門21與右門22碰到使用者的頭部或身體。而且,當身高計測感測器410所計測出的使用者的身高值是未達到上段側的左門21與右門22的值時,則開門驅動部54、55使上段側的左門21與右門22分別以通常的打開速度來打開。 Thereby, the left door 21 and the right door 22 can be prevented from hitting the head or body of the user. Further, when the height value of the user measured by the height measuring sensor 410 is not the value of the left door 21 and the right door 22 on the upper side, the door opening driving units 54, 55 cause the left door 21 and the right door 22 on the upper side, respectively. Open at the usual opening speed.

在圖32或圖35所示的控制部56使用語音產生部350來告知使用者例如「將要打開右門」這一警告內容的情況下,當該使用者欲再次確認該警告內容時,可以如下方式來進行。當使用者說出「再一次」或「重複」之類的重複催促內容時,語音辨識感測器NS1、NS2將「再一次」或「重複」之類的重複催促內容的語音信號送往控制部56。控制部56根據來自語音辨識感測器NS1、NS2的語音信號,使用語音產生部350來至少再一次告知使用者「將要打開右門」這一警告內容。藉此,即便使用者未能聽到冰箱側發出的警告內容,亦可輕易地再次確認。 When the control unit 56 shown in FIG. 32 or FIG. 35 uses the voice generating unit 350 to notify the user of, for example, the warning content of "will open the right door", when the user wants to confirm the warning content again, the following manner can be obtained. Come on. When the user speaks the repeated reminder content such as "again" or "repetition", the voice recognition sensors NS1, NS2 send the voice signal of the repeated reminder content such as "again" or "repetition" to the control. Part 56. The control unit 56 uses the voice generating unit 350 to notify the user of the warning content "to open the right door" at least once again based on the voice signals from the voice recognition sensors NS1, NS2. Thereby, even if the user fails to hear the warning content issued on the refrigerator side, it can be easily confirmed again.

而且,在使用者打開上段的冷藏室的右門22來探視冰箱內時,控制部56不接受例如作為另一扇門的左門21自動打開的操作。藉此,可防止如下情況,即,當使用者打開右門22來探視冰箱內,且使用者例如嘟囔著「也必須取出牛奶來」時,放入 有「牛奶」的一側的左門21誤自動打開,從而可確實地防止左門21碰到使用者的例如臉。 Further, when the user opens the right door 22 of the upper refrigerating compartment to inspect the inside of the refrigerator, the control unit 56 does not accept an operation of automatically opening the left door 21, for example, as another door. Thereby, it is possible to prevent a situation in which when the user opens the right door 22 to inspect the refrigerator, and the user mutters, for example, "The milk must be taken out", The left door 21 on the side with "milk" is automatically opened by mistake, so that the left door 21 can be surely prevented from hitting the user's face, for example.

同樣,可防止如下情況,即,使用者在打開上段的冷藏室的右門22來探視冰箱內時,例如嘟囔著其他門的「也必須取出蔬菜來」時,放入有「蔬菜」的蔬菜室的門誤自動打開,而碰到使用者的下腹部或膝蓋等。 In the same way, when the user opens the right door 22 of the upper refrigerating compartment to access the refrigerator, for example, when the other door is muttered, "the vegetable must be taken out", the vegetable compartment with "vegetables" is placed. The door is automatically opened and hits the user's lower abdomen or knee.

而且,除了如上所述般將接受設為無效以外,亦可設定為:當某門敞開時,使其他門的敞開速度慢於通常的速度。 Further, in addition to invalidating the acceptance as described above, it is also possible to set the opening speed of the other door to be slower than the normal speed when a certain door is opened.

而且,在自冰箱發出有異響(壓縮機聲、蜂鳴器聲)時,語音辨識無法良好地進行辨識的情況下,亦可自揚聲器播放「請再說一遍」等對使用者的指示語音。 In addition, when the voice recognition cannot be well recognized when an abnormal sound (compressor sound or buzzer sound) is emitted from the refrigerator, the user's instruction voice such as "please say it again" can be played from the speaker.

如圖35所示,在控制部56上,連接有接近感測器400。該接近感測器400被配置於例如左門21與右門22,當使用者手接近左門21或右門22時,作為觸摸開關的開門操作部51、52或控制操作部50例如使用LED燈(lamp)等來發光。藉此,即使放置冰箱的部位為昏暗之處,使用者亦可藉由目測來確認開門操作部51、52或控制操作部50的位置。 As shown in FIG. 35, the proximity sensor 400 is connected to the control unit 56. The proximity sensor 400 is disposed, for example, in the left door 21 and the right door 22, and when the user's hand approaches the left door 21 or the right door 22, the door opening operation portions 51, 52 or the control operation portion 50 as the touch switches use, for example, LED lamps. Wait to shine. Thereby, even if the portion where the refrigerator is placed is dark, the user can confirm the position of the door opening operation portions 51, 52 or the control operation portion 50 by visual inspection.

而且,可兼具該接近感測器的功能與開門操作部51、52的功能。此時,無須如圖35所示般另行設置接近感測器400。 Further, the function of the proximity sensor and the functions of the door opening operation portions 51 and 52 can be combined. At this time, it is not necessary to separately provide the proximity sensor 400 as shown in FIG.

圖36是表示具備接近感測器的功能的開門操作部的動作例的流程圖。此時,如圖36所例示般,在步驟S21中,圖35的控制部56藉由軟體(software)來提高兼作接近感測器的開門 操作部51、52的靜電開關的靈敏度並予以保持,藉此亦維持作為接近感測器的功能。 FIG. 36 is a flowchart showing an operation example of the door opening operation unit including the function of the proximity sensor. At this time, as illustrated in FIG. 36, in step S21, the control unit 56 of FIG. 35 increases the opening of the double-sensing sensor by software. The sensitivity of the electrostatic switches of the operation units 51 and 52 is maintained, thereby maintaining the function as a proximity sensor.

並且,在圖36的步驟S22中,當兼作接近感測器的開門操作部51、52偵測到使用者的手指接近時,在步驟S23中,根據控制部56的指令,兼作接近感測器的開門操作部51、52發光,並且將兼作接近感測器的開門操作部51、52的靈敏度降低至初始狀態,藉此,兼作接近感測器的開門操作部51、52僅作為開門操作部而發揮功能。這是因為:若不降低兼作接近感測器的開門操作部51、52的靈敏度,則在對兼作接近感測器的開門操作部51、52的觸摸輸入之前便會進行感測,從而無法進行正確的輸入。 Further, in step S22 of FIG. 36, when the door opening operation portions 51, 52 which also serve as proximity sensors detect that the user's finger is approaching, in step S23, the proximity sensor is doubled in accordance with the instruction of the control portion 56. The door opening operation portions 51 and 52 emit light, and the sensitivity of the door opening operation portions 51 and 52 which also serve as proximity sensors is lowered to the initial state, whereby the door opening operation portions 51 and 52 which also serve as proximity sensors are only used as the door opening operation portion. And play the function. This is because if the sensitivity of the door opening operation portions 51 and 52 which also serve as the proximity sensor is not lowered, the sensing is performed before the touch input of the door opening operation portions 51 and 52 which also serve as the proximity sensor, and thus the measurement is impossible. The correct input.

如此,兼作接近感測器的開門操作部51、52感測到使用者的手指的接近時,兼作接近感測器的開門操作部51、52發光,藉此,可讓使用者明確知曉兼作接近感測器的開門操作部51、52的位置,並且可告知使用者能夠使用兼作接近感測器的開門操作部51、52來進行輸入。無須另行設置接近感測器,因此可減少零件個數。 When the door opening operation portions 51 and 52 that also serve as proximity sensors sense the approach of the user's fingers, the door opening operation portions 51 and 52 that also serve as proximity sensors emit light, thereby allowing the user to clearly know that the approach is also close. The position of the door opening operation portions 51, 52 of the sensor is notified, and the user can be informed that the door opening operation portions 51, 52, which also serve as proximity sensors, can be used for input. There is no need to set up a proximity sensor, so the number of parts can be reduced.

相反地,在兼作接近感測器的開門操作部51、52發光之前,控制部56使得無法使用兼作接近感測器的開門操作部51、52來進行輸入,從而可防止儘管使用者未意圖進行輸入,而使用者的手指觸碰到兼作接近感測器的開門操作部51、52時的誤輸入。 On the contrary, before the door opening operation portions 51, 52 which also serve as proximity sensors emit light, the control portion 56 makes it impossible to perform input using the door opening operation portions 51, 52 which also serve as proximity sensors, thereby preventing the user from intending to perform the operation. The input is made, and the user's finger touches an erroneous input that doubles as the door opening operation portions 51 and 52 of the proximity sensor.

[第28實施形態] [28th embodiment]

圖37是第28實施形態的冰箱1的正面圖。圖38是該 冰箱1的開門狀態的立體圖。圖39是該冰箱1的冷藏室部分的放大立體圖。 Fig. 37 is a front elevational view of the refrigerator 1 of the twenty-eighth embodiment. Figure 38 is the A perspective view of the door opening state of the refrigerator 1. Fig. 39 is an enlarged perspective view showing a portion of the refrigerator compartment of the refrigerator 1.

如圖37與圖38所示,第28實施形態的冰箱1具備作為冰箱本體的箱體11。箱體11自上段起包含冷藏室12、蔬菜室13、可切換冰箱內設定溫度的切換室14、冷凍室15。而且,在切換室14的左側設置有製冰室16。 As shown in FIG. 37 and FIG. 38, the refrigerator 1 of the 28th embodiment is provided with the casing 11 as a refrigerator main body. The casing 11 includes a refrigerating compartment 12, a vegetable compartment 13, a switching chamber 14 that can switch the set temperature in the refrigerator, and a freezing compartment 15 from the upper stage. Further, an ice making chamber 16 is provided on the left side of the switching chamber 14.

如圖37至圖39所示,為了覆蓋冷藏室12的前表面開口部,左右一對左門21、右門22分別以使左端部、右端部的上下利用鉸鏈部呈對開式地開閉的方式而安裝。 As shown in FIG. 37 to FIG. 39, in order to cover the front surface opening portion of the refrigerating chamber 12, the left and right pair of left and right doors 21 and 22 are attached so that the upper and lower ends of the left end portion and the right end portion are opened and closed by the hinge portion. .

而且,在蔬菜室13、切換室14、冷凍室15、製冰室16上分別設置有抽拉式的門23、24、25、26。 Further, pull-out doors 23, 24, 25, and 26 are provided in the vegetable compartment 13, the switching compartment 14, the freezing compartment 15, and the ice making compartment 16, respectively.

再者,在蔬菜室13的背面,雖未圖示,但配設有冷藏用蒸發器,該冷藏用蒸發器用於冷卻冷藏室12與蔬菜室13,在切換室14及冷凍室15的背面,雖同樣未圖示,但配設有冷凍用蒸發器,該冷凍用蒸發器用於冷卻切換室14、冷凍室15、製冰室16。 Further, on the back surface of the vegetable compartment 13, although not shown, a refrigerating evaporator for cooling the refrigerating compartment 12 and the vegetable compartment 13 is provided, and on the back surface of the switching compartment 14 and the freezing compartment 15, Although not shown, a refrigerating evaporator for cooling the switching chamber 14, the freezing compartment 15, and the ice making compartment 16 is disposed.

進而,如圖37與圖38所示,在蔬菜室13的背面,配置有控制部56,該控制部56包含用於控制該冰箱1的微電腦。 Further, as shown in FIGS. 37 and 38, a control unit 56 is provided on the back surface of the vegetable compartment 13, and the control unit 56 includes a microcomputer for controlling the refrigerator 1.

如圖37所示,左門21、右門22均採用如下結構,即:在前表面開口的扁平的內板的開口部,安裝有著色透明的玻璃製的前表面板21A、22A,且在內部空洞部中配置有真空隔熱材,並在未被真空隔熱材完全填埋的空洞部中,配置有胺基甲酸酯隔熱材或固體隔熱材。 As shown in FIG. 37, both the left door 21 and the right door 22 have a structure in which a front surface plate 21A, 22A made of colored transparent glass is attached to an opening of a flat inner plate that is open at the front surface, and is hollow inside. A vacuum heat insulating material is disposed in the portion, and a urethane heat insulating material or a solid heat insulating material is disposed in a hollow portion that is not completely filled with the vacuum heat insulating material.

玻璃製的前表面板21A、22A的著色度的濃度為:在受到外光的狀態下,自外部看不到前表面板21A、22A的背側的隔熱材等填充物。並且,玻璃製的前表面板21A、22A的著色度的濃度亦為:在穿透顯示例如控制操作部50中的操作按鈕名、冷卻功能名、冷卻強度等的LED顯示燈、穿透顯示溫度值等變化數值的7段LED顯示裝置的亮燈狀態下,光可穿透而能自表側看到。 The concentration of the chromaticity of the front surface plates 21A and 22A made of glass is such that a filler such as a heat insulating material on the back side of the front surface plates 21A and 22A is not visible from the outside in the state of receiving external light. Further, the concentration of the chromaticity of the glass front surface plates 21A and 22A is also such as an LED display lamp that penetrates and displays an operation button name, a cooling function name, a cooling intensity, and the like in the control operation unit 50, and a penetration display temperature. When the 7-segment LED display device of the value changes, the light can be penetrated and can be seen from the front side.

如圖38所示,在左門21的右端部、即在關閉狀態下接近右門22的左端部而相向的敞開側的部分,設置有旋轉分隔體31,該旋轉分隔體31用於在關門狀態下,保持與右門22的左端部、即敞開側的部分的密封狀態。在該旋轉分隔體31的內部,內置有用於防止結露的防結露加熱器。 As shown in FIG. 38, a rotating partition 31 is provided at a right end portion of the left door 21, that is, a portion on the open side that is close to the left end portion of the right door 22 in the closed state, and the rotating partition 31 is used in the closed state. The state of sealing with the left end portion of the right door 22, that is, the portion on the open side is maintained. An anti-condensation heater for preventing dew condensation is built in the inside of the rotary separator 31.

在右門22的前表面板22A的背側,設置有靜電電容式的控制操作部50,該靜電電容式的控制操作部50用於藉由來自前表面板22A表面的觸摸操作來操作冰箱。在該控制操作部50中,設置有:用於對冰箱周圍的環境狀態進行檢測的紅外線受光部;返回按鈕;偵測對該返回按鈕的觸摸並穿透顯示操作按鈕名、冷卻功能名、冷卻強度等的LED顯示燈;及穿透顯示溫度值等變化數值的7段LED顯示裝置等。該控制操作部50為了進行對冰箱1的冷卻控制內容進行變更的操作,而配置於例如右門22。控制操作部50的返回按鈕是如下所述的菜單(menu)按鈕,即,藉由用戶(使用者)用手指觸摸,從而可針對各種操作來對冰箱1的控制部56發出指令。 On the back side of the front surface plate 22A of the right door 22, a capacitance type control operation portion 50 for operating the refrigerator by a touch operation from the surface of the front surface plate 22A is provided. The control operation unit 50 is provided with an infrared light receiving unit for detecting an environmental state around the refrigerator; a return button; detecting a touch on the return button and penetrating the display operation button name, a cooling function name, and cooling An LED display lamp such as intensity; and a 7-segment LED display device that transmits a change value such as a temperature value. The control operation unit 50 is disposed, for example, in the right door 22 in order to perform an operation of changing the cooling control content of the refrigerator 1. The return button of the control operation unit 50 is a menu button as described below, that is, by the user (user) touching with a finger, the control unit 56 of the refrigerator 1 can be instructed for various operations.

如圖37所示,在左門21的前表面板21A與右門22的前表面板22A的下邊附近的背面側,分別沿左右橫向設置有細長的開門操作部51、52。開門操作部51、52亦稱作門的開啟(open)按鈕。在前表面板21A、22A的表面,設置有顯示開門操作方向的開門操作顯示部51B、52B。在左門21的開門操作顯示部51B上設置有朝左的箭頭標記,該朝左的箭頭標記辨識用戶使手指在觸摸的狀態下朝左方向滑動以進行開門操作的情況。在右門22的開門操作顯示部52B上,設置有朝右的箭頭標記,該朝右的箭頭標記辨識用戶使手指在觸摸的狀態下朝右方向滑動以進行開門操作的情況。 As shown in FIG. 37, on the back side of the front surface plate 21A of the left door 21 and the lower side of the front surface plate 22A of the right door 22, elongated door opening operation portions 51, 52 are provided in the lateral direction. The door opening operating portions 51, 52 are also referred to as door open buttons. On the surfaces of the front surface plates 21A and 22A, door opening operation display portions 51B and 52B for displaying the door opening operation direction are provided. A leftward arrow mark is provided on the door opening operation display portion 51B of the left door 21, and the leftward arrow mark recognizes a case where the user slides the finger in the left direction in a state of being touched to perform a door opening operation. On the door opening operation display portion 52B of the right door 22, a rightward arrow mark is provided, and the rightward arrow mark recognizes a case where the user slides the finger in the right direction in a touched state to perform a door opening operation.

如圖37與圖38所示,開門驅動部54、55分別設置在箱體11的頂板上表面的前端附近的左右兩處的位置、即與左門21與右門22的上邊的敞開側端部附近對應的位置。 As shown in FIGS. 37 and 38, the door opening driving portions 54, 55 are respectively provided at positions on the left and right sides near the front end of the top plate surface of the casing 11, that is, near the open side ends of the upper sides of the left door 21 and the right door 22. Corresponding location.

該些開門驅動部54、55藉由電磁鐵來朝前方推壓柱塞54B、55B,以將左門21與右門22的敞開側端部附近的上邊向前方推壓,從而可使左門21與右門22分別自動敞開。若為了打開左門21而使手指在觸摸左門開門操作顯示部51B的右端或右端附近的箭頭標記的狀態下朝左方向滑動,則開門操作部51感測該連續的觸摸並將觸摸偵測信號送往控制部56。並且,若在控制部56中判斷為開門操作指令,則使左門21的開門驅動部54動作,從而可自動打開左門21。 The door opening drive units 54, 55 push the plungers 54B and 55B forward by the electromagnet to push the upper side of the left door 21 and the open side end of the right door 22 forward, thereby allowing the left door 21 and the right door. 22 are automatically opened separately. If the finger is slid in the left direction in the state of the arrow mark near the right end or the right end of the left door opening operation display portion 51B in order to open the left door 21, the door opening operation portion 51 senses the continuous touch and sends the touch detection signal. Go to the control unit 56. When the control unit 56 determines that the door opening operation command is issued, the door opening drive unit 54 of the left door 21 is operated to automatically open the left door 21.

同樣,若為了打開右門22而使手指在觸摸右門開門操 作顯示部52B的左端或左端附近的箭頭標記的狀態下朝右方向滑動,則開門操作部52感測該連續的觸摸並將觸摸偵測信號送往控制部56。並且,若在控制部56中判斷為開門操作指令,則使右門22的開門驅動部55動作,從而可自動打開右門22。 Similarly, if the finger is opened in the right door in order to open the right door 22 When the left end or the left end of the display unit 52B is slid in the right direction, the door opening operation unit 52 senses the continuous touch and sends the touch detection signal to the control unit 56. When the control unit 56 determines that the door opening operation command is made, the door opening drive unit 55 of the right door 22 is operated to automatically open the right door 22.

如圖37所示,用於進行變更冰箱1的冷卻控制內容的操作的控制操作部50被設置於例如右門12,藉由用戶操作該控制操作部50,從而變更冰箱1的冷卻控制內容。 As shown in FIG. 37, the control operation unit 50 for performing the operation of changing the cooling control content of the refrigerator 1 is provided, for example, to the right door 12, and the user controls the cooling operation content of the refrigerator 1 by operating the control operation unit 50.

右門12中,開門操作部52配置在控制操作部50的下方,並且,開門操作部52配置在相對於控制操作部50朝左右方向錯開的位置,而非配置在該控制操作部50正下方的位置。換言之,右門22中,在具有菜單按鈕的控制操作部50下方的位置,配置有開門操作部52,但該開門操作部52相對於具有菜單按鈕的控制操作部50的位置,沿著箭頭QR方向而朝右方向錯開地配置於不同的位置。 In the right door 12, the door opening operation portion 52 is disposed below the control operation portion 50, and the door opening operation portion 52 is disposed at a position shifted in the left-right direction with respect to the control operation portion 50, and is not disposed directly under the control operation portion 50. position. In other words, in the right door 22, the door opening operation portion 52 is disposed at a position below the control operation portion 50 having the menu button, but the position of the door opening operation portion 52 with respect to the control operation portion 50 having the menu button is along the arrow QR direction. In the right direction, they are arranged at different positions in a staggered manner.

藉此,在用戶用手指來觸摸控制操作部50的菜單按鈕的情況下,即使在用戶的手指沾著水的狀態下且該水自手指滴落,自手指滴落的水亦不會附著至開門操作部52。因此,靜電觸摸式的開門操作部52不會因自手指滴落的水而產生反應,從而可防止如下所述的誤動作,即,儘管用戶未用手指觸摸,但因開門操作部52隨意反應而導致控制部56使右門22的開門驅動部55進行動作。因此,可確實地防止隨意地自動打開門22。 Thereby, when the user touches the menu button of the control operation unit 50 with a finger, even if the user's finger is wet with water and the water drops from the finger, the water dripping from the finger does not adhere to The door operating unit 52 is opened. Therefore, the electrostatic touch type door opening operation portion 52 does not react due to the water dripping from the finger, and the malfunction described below can be prevented, that is, although the user does not touch with the finger, the door opening operation portion 52 reacts arbitrarily. The control unit 56 causes the door opening drive unit 55 of the right door 22 to operate. Therefore, it is possible to surely prevent the door 22 from being automatically opened at will.

而且,藉由按壓控制操作部50的菜單按鈕(菜單鍵), 有時控制操作部50中的其他操作按鈕發光而該操作按鈕的操作變得有效。即使在此種情況下,由於開門操作部52(開啟開關)相對於控制操作部50而位於不同的部位(錯開的位置),因此即使用戶用手指觸摸控制操作部50中的發光而操作變得有效的其他操作按鈕,自手指滴落的水亦不會附著於開門操作部52。因此,可確實地防止隨意地自動打開門22。 Moreover, by pressing the menu button (menu key) of the control operation unit 50, Other operation buttons in the control operation unit 50 are sometimes illuminated and the operation of the operation button becomes effective. Even in this case, since the door opening operation portion 52 (opening switch) is located at a different portion (shifted position) with respect to the control operation portion 50, even if the user touches the light in the control operation portion 50 with a finger, the operation becomes The other operation buttons that are effective, the water dripping from the finger does not adhere to the door opening operation portion 52. Therefore, it is possible to surely prevent the door 22 from being automatically opened at will.

進而,若採用如下結構,即,將開門操作部52與控制操作部50的僅菜單按鈕(菜單鍵)印刷於玻璃製的前表面板22A,而控制操作部50的除了菜單按鈕以外的其他元件藉由LED的亮燈而顯現,則冰箱1的右門22將成為整潔的外觀。 Further, the door opening operation unit 52 and the menu button (menu key) of the control operation unit 50 are printed on the glass front panel 22A, and the components other than the menu button of the operation unit 50 are controlled. When the LED is illuminated, the right door 22 of the refrigerator 1 will have a neat appearance.

再者,第28實施形態的冰箱中的控制部56所進行的冷卻控制為普通的冷卻控制,並無特別限定,例如壓縮機、操作面板、防結露加熱器、製冰室內部的製冰裝置、冷藏室風扇、冷凍室風扇、除霜加熱器被連接於該控制部56而受到控制。 Further, the cooling control by the control unit 56 in the refrigerator according to the twenty-eighth embodiment is not limited to a general cooling control, and is, for example, a compressor, an operation panel, an anti-condensation heater, and an ice making device inside the ice making chamber. The refrigerator compartment fan, the freezer compartment fan, and the defrosting heater are connected to the control unit 56 and are controlled.

圖37與圖39所示的開門操作顯示部51B、52B上的箭頭標記並不限定於該顯示,只要是若觸摸此處並朝右方向或左方向滑動便可容易地辨識為開門操作的顯示,則標記的形狀或形態並不受限定。 The arrow marks on the door opening operation display portions 51B and 52B shown in FIG. 37 and FIG. 39 are not limited to the display, and can be easily recognized as the display of the door opening operation if the door is touched and slid in the right direction or the left direction. , the shape or shape of the mark is not limited.

如圖37所示,在左門21與右門22上,設置有把手61、62。把手61、62被設置在開門操作顯示部51B、52B下側的下端面部分,藉由使手掌朝上地將手指插入把手61、62並朝跟前側拉動的操作,便可獨立地手動打開左門21、右門22。 As shown in FIG. 37, handles 61 and 62 are provided on the left door 21 and the right door 22. The handles 61, 62 are provided on the lower end portion of the lower side of the door opening operation display portions 51B, 52B, and the left door can be manually opened independently by inserting a finger into the handles 61, 62 with the palm facing upward and pulling toward the front side. 21. Right door 22.

接下來,對第28實施形態的冰箱中的自動開門動作進行說明。 Next, an automatic door opening operation in the refrigerator of the twenty-eighth embodiment will be described.

圖40是冰箱1中的開門控制的方塊圖。如圖40所示,開門操作部51、52分別具有開門操作顯示部51B、52B。開門操作顯示部51B、52B具有沿著其左右橫向而分別排列有5個的箭頭標記。在開門操作顯示部51B、52B上,分別排列設置有靜電電容式觸摸感測器51-1~51-5、靜電電容式觸摸感測器52-1~52-5。該些靜電電容式觸摸感測器51-1~51-5、靜電電容式觸摸感測器52-1~52-5被設定成:分別偵測由用戶的觸摸引起的靜電電容變化,並將觸摸偵測信號發送至控制部56。 40 is a block diagram of the door opening control in the refrigerator 1. As shown in FIG. 40, the door opening operation portions 51 and 52 have door opening operation display portions 51B and 52B, respectively. The door opening operation display portions 51B and 52B have five arrow marks arranged in the right and left lateral directions. Capacitive touch sensors 51-1 to 51-5 and capacitive touch sensors 52-1 to 52-5 are arranged on the door opening operation display portions 51B and 52B, respectively. The capacitive touch sensors 51-1~51-5 and the capacitive touch sensors 52-1~52-5 are set to detect the electrostatic capacitance change caused by the user's touch, respectively, and The touch detection signal is sent to the control unit 56.

因此,當用戶欲打開右門22而在開門操作顯示部52B的部分使手指觸摸左端的箭頭標記,並在觸摸的狀態下使該手指朝右方向滑動,則靜電電容式觸摸感測器52-1~52-5中偵測到靜電電容變化的感測器將觸摸偵測信號依照觸摸的順序而發送至控制部56。因此,控制部56判斷是否為開門操作,若判斷為正式的開門操作,則向右門的開門驅動部55輸出開門驅動信號,以使右門22自動打開。再者,在左門21的開門操作的情況下,對於使手指針對左門21的開門操作顯示部51B而在觸摸右端或右端附近的箭頭標記的狀態下朝左方向滑動的操作,控制部56同樣判斷左門21的開門操作。 Therefore, when the user wants to open the right door 22 and causes the finger to touch the arrow mark on the left end in the portion of the door opening operation display portion 52B, and slides the finger in the right direction in the touch state, the capacitive touch sensor 52-1 The sensor detecting the change in electrostatic capacitance in ~52-5 transmits the touch detection signal to the control unit 56 in accordance with the order of the touch. Therefore, the control unit 56 determines whether or not the door opening operation is performed, and if it is determined that the door opening operation is normal, the door opening drive unit 55 of the right door outputs a door opening drive signal to automatically open the right door 22. In the case of the door opening operation of the left door 21, the control unit 56 also judges the operation of sliding the finger to the left direction in the state of the arrow mark in the vicinity of the right end or the right end with respect to the door opening operation display portion 51B of the left door 21. The door opening operation of the left door 21.

圖41(a)-圖41(d)表示如下示例:圖37至圖39所示的左門21的開門操作部51與右門22的開門操作部52作為用 於對冰箱1的用戶的人體進行偵測的人體偵測部件而發揮功能。 41(a) to 41(d) show an example in which the door opening operation portion 51 of the left door 21 and the door opening operation portion 52 of the right door 22 shown in Figs. 37 to 39 are used as It functions as a human body detecting component that detects the human body of the user of the refrigerator 1.

該開門操作部51與開門操作部52在偵測到用戶的人體後,將人體偵測信號送往控制部56。藉此,控制部56將來自開門操作部51的操作信號的輸入設為有效,以進行相應的左門21的開門控制,並將來自開門操作部52的操作信號的輸入設為有效,以進行相應的右門22的開門控制。 The door opening operation unit 51 and the door opening operation unit 52 send the human body detection signal to the control unit 56 after detecting the human body of the user. Thereby, the control unit 56 sets the input of the operation signal from the door opening operation unit 51 to be effective to perform the door opening control of the corresponding left door 21, and sets the input of the operation signal from the door opening operation unit 52 to be effective. The door opening control of the right door 22.

例如若舉作為人體偵測部件的開門操作部52為例,則控制部56在藉由開門操作部52而偵測到用戶的人體後,將開門操作部52的顯示打開。控制部56可根據右門22的開門操作的方式來切換開門操作部52的借助亮燈的顯示。 For example, when the door opening operation unit 52 as the human body detecting member is taken as an example, the control unit 56 opens the display of the door opening operation unit 52 after detecting the human body of the user by the door opening operation unit 52. The control unit 56 can switch the display of the door opening operation portion 52 by the lighting according to the manner of the door opening operation of the right door 22.

作為人體偵測部件的開門操作部52如已說明般為靜電開關,在靜電開關進行用戶的人體的偵測時,控制部56可將靜電開關的靈敏度切換得較高來實施。作為人體偵測部件的開門操作部52是偵測人體接近的接近感測器,控制部56對作為該接近感測器的開門操作部52的靈敏度進行切換,以使開門操作部52作為接觸感測器發揮功能,並將右門22的開門操作設為有效,並且,當偵測到用戶用手指觸碰作為接觸感測器的開門操作部52時,控制部56實際進行右門22的開門操作。 The door opening operation portion 52 as the human body detecting member is an electrostatic switch as described above, and when the electrostatic switch detects the user's human body, the control portion 56 can switch the sensitivity of the electrostatic switch to a high level. The door opening operation portion 52 as a human body detecting member is a proximity sensor that detects the approach of the human body, and the control portion 56 switches the sensitivity of the door opening operation portion 52 as the proximity sensor so that the door opening operation portion 52 serves as a contact feeling. The detector functions, and the door opening operation of the right door 22 is made effective, and when the user touches the door opening operation portion 52 as the contact sensor with the finger, the control portion 56 actually performs the door opening operation of the right door 22.

以下,一邊參照圖41(a)-圖41(d)的示例,一邊更具體地說明如下情況:藉由如上所述般切換開門操作部52的靈敏度,使開門操作部52由接近感測器作為接觸感測器來發揮功能。 Hereinafter, while referring to the examples of FIGS. 41(a) to 41(d), the case where the sensitivity of the door opening operation portion 52 is switched as described above and the door opening operation portion 52 is caused by the proximity sensor will be described more specifically. Functions as a contact sensor.

圖41(a)中,控制部56為了使作為靜電開關的開門操 作部52作為「接近感測器」來發揮功能,控制部56將開門操作部52的靈敏度設定為「大」,藉此,作為「接近感測器」的功能為「有效」。因此,控制部56將開門操作部52的原本功能即右門22的開啟(開門操作)設為「無效」。並且,控制部56使開門操作部52的亮燈顯示如虛線所示般為關閉狀態。 In Fig. 41 (a), the control unit 56 performs a door opening operation as an electrostatic switch. The function unit 52 functions as a "proximity sensor", and the control unit 56 sets the sensitivity of the door opening operation unit 52 to "large", whereby the function as the "proximity sensor" is "valid". Therefore, the control unit 56 sets the opening function (opening operation) of the right door 22, which is the original function of the door opening operation unit 52, to "invalid". Further, the control unit 56 causes the lighting display of the door opening operation unit 52 to be in a closed state as indicated by a broken line.

接下來,圖41(b)中,當用戶使手指HT接近作為「接近感測器」的開門操作部52時,開門操作部52作為「接近感測器」而啟動,以偵測手的接近。當開門操作部52偵測到手的接近時,控制部56將開門操作部52的作為「接近感測器」的靈敏度由「大」切換設定成「小」。因此,控制部56作為開門操作部52的原本功能即「接觸感測器」來發揮功能,因此,因手指HT觸碰到開門操作部52引起的右門22的開啟操作(開門操作)變為「有效」。並且,控制部56使開門操作部52的亮燈顯示如實線所示般由關閉狀態變為打開狀態,例如藉由LED來使開門操作部52亮燈。 Next, in FIG. 41(b), when the user brings the finger HT close to the door opening operation portion 52 as the "proximity sensor", the door opening operation portion 52 is activated as a "proximity sensor" to detect the approach of the hand. . When the door opening operation unit 52 detects the approach of the hand, the control unit 56 switches the sensitivity of the door opening operation unit 52 as the "proximity sensor" from "large" to "small". Therefore, the control unit 56 functions as a "contact sensor" which is the original function of the door opening operation unit 52. Therefore, the opening operation (opening operation) of the right door 22 caused by the finger HT touching the door opening operation portion 52 becomes " effective". Further, the control unit 56 causes the lighting display of the door opening operation unit 52 to be changed from the closed state to the open state as indicated by a solid line, and the door opening operation portion 52 is turned on, for example, by an LED.

接下來,圖41(c)中,當用戶使手指HT直接接觸(觸摸)作為「接觸感測器」的開門操作部52時,控制部56維持開門操作部52的作為「接觸感測器」的靈敏度即「小」的狀態,使其仍作為「接觸感測器」發揮功能。並且,控制部56使開門操作部52的原本功能即右門22的開啟(開門操作)仍為「有效」。並且,控制部56使開門操作部52的亮燈顯示如實線所示般為打開狀態,例如藉由LED來使開門操作部52亮燈。 Next, in FIG. 41(c), when the user directly touches (touches) the finger HT as the door opening operation portion 52 of the "contact sensor", the control unit 56 maintains the "contact sensor" of the door opening operation portion 52. The sensitivity is the "small" state, so that it still functions as a "contact sensor." Further, the control unit 56 causes the original function of the door opening operation unit 52, that is, the opening (opening operation) of the right door 22 to be "valid". Further, the control unit 56 causes the lighting display of the door opening operation unit 52 to be in an open state as indicated by a solid line, and turns on the door opening operation unit 52 by, for example, an LED.

隨後,圖41(d)中,當控制部56辨識出用戶的手指HT由直接接觸(觸摸)作為「接觸感測器(觸摸感測器)」發揮功能的開門操作部52的狀態開始離開時,控制部56將來自開門操作部52的操作信號的輸入設為有效,以使開門驅動部55進行動作,藉此來進行相應的右門22的開門控制。藉此,右門22可自動打開。 Then, in the case of the control unit 56, the control unit 56 recognizes that the user's finger HT has started to move away from the state of the door opening operation portion 52 that functions as a "contact sensor (touch sensor) by direct contact (touch). The control unit 56 activates the input of the operation signal from the door opening operation unit 52 to operate the door opening drive unit 55, thereby performing the door opening control of the corresponding right door 22. Thereby, the right door 22 can be automatically opened.

藉此,在用戶難以直接接觸(觸摸)開門操作部52的動作中途的狀態、例如在用戶欲接近冰箱1的狀態下,控制部56可判斷直接接觸(觸摸)的有效/無效,以防止開門指示的誤偵測。 Thereby, in a state where it is difficult for the user to directly contact (touch) the middle of the operation of the door opening operation unit 52, for example, in a state where the user wants to approach the refrigerator 1, the control unit 56 can determine the validity/invalidity of the direct contact (touch) to prevent the door opening. Incorrect detection of the indication.

而且,開門操作部52的亮燈顯示可如實線所示般設為打開狀態,例如藉由LED來使開門操作部52亮燈,因此對於用戶而言,例如可提高開門操作部52借助LED亮燈顯示的開門操作部52的可見性。 Further, the lighting display of the door opening operation portion 52 can be set to an open state as indicated by a solid line, for example, the door opening operation portion 52 is illuminated by an LED, so that the user can, for example, increase the door opening operation portion 52 by means of the LED. The visibility of the door opening operation portion 52 displayed by the lamp.

進而,當控制部56辨識出用戶的手指HT由直接接觸(觸摸)作為「接觸感測器(觸摸感測器)」發揮功能的開門操作部52的狀態開始離開時,控制部56將來自開門操作部52的操作信號的輸入設為有效,以進行相應的右門22的開門控制。由此,在用戶的手離開右門22的開門操作部52之後,右門22才實際開啟,因此可防止因右門22的開啟動作而導致用戶戳傷手指。 Further, when the control unit 56 recognizes that the user's finger HT has started to move away from the state of the door opening operation portion 52 that functions as a "contact sensor (touch sensor) by direct contact (touch), the control portion 56 will come from the door opening. The input of the operation signal of the operation unit 52 is made effective to perform the door opening control of the corresponding right door 22. Thereby, after the user's hand leaves the door opening operation portion 52 of the right door 22, the right door 22 is actually opened, so that the user can be prevented from stabbing the finger due to the opening operation of the right door 22.

作為開門操作部51、52中的亮燈顯示的實現方法,例如只要配置可自圖40所示的靜電電容式觸摸感測器(電極)51-1~51-5、靜電電容式觸摸感測器(電極)52-1~52-5的間隙朝前方 顯示的LED(發光二極體)等發光元件即可。而且,亦可在靜電電容式觸摸感測器(電極)51-1~51-5、靜電電容式觸摸感測器(電極)52-1~52-5中形成文字或標記等去除部分,發光元件的光自電極的背面通過去除部分而照向前方。或者,發光元件的光亦可使用導光板而自電極的背面照向前方。 As a method of realizing the lighting display in the door opening operation portions 51 and 52, for example, electrostatic capacitance type touch sensors (electrodes) 51-1 to 51-5 as shown in FIG. 40 can be disposed, and capacitive touch sensing can be performed. The gap between the electrodes (electrodes) 52-1~52-5 is forward A light-emitting element such as an LED (light-emitting diode) to be displayed may be used. Further, in the capacitive touch sensors (electrodes) 51-1 to 51-5 and the capacitive touch sensors (electrodes) 52-1 to 52-5, a portion such as a character or a mark can be formed to emit light. The light of the element is directed forward from the back side of the electrode by the removed portion. Alternatively, the light of the light-emitting element may be illuminated from the back side of the electrode to the front using a light guide plate.

使用圖37中的左門21中配置的開門操作部51的左門21的開啟動作,亦可與在圖41(a)-圖41(d)中說明的右門22的開啟動作同樣地進行。 The opening operation of the left door 21 using the door opening operation portion 51 disposed in the left door 21 in Fig. 37 can be performed in the same manner as the opening operation of the right door 22 described in Figs. 41(a) to 41(d).

左右的開門操作部51、52中的亮燈顯示的顏色在左右的開門操作部51、52中既可為相同的顏色,亦可為不同的顏色。 The color of the lighting display in the left and right door opening operation portions 51 and 52 may be the same color or different colors in the left and right door opening operation portions 51 and 52.

亦可以如下方式來進行顯示,即,在左門21或右門22緩慢打開時與快速打開時,左右的開門操作部51、52中的亮燈顯示的顏色不同。 The display may be performed in such a manner that when the left door 21 or the right door 22 is slowly opened and the quick opening is opened, the colors of the lighting display in the left and right door opening operation portions 51, 52 are different.

在左門21及右門22中的僅一者打開時與左門21及右門22同時打開時,可改變左右的開門操作部51、52中的亮燈顯示的顏色。尤其,在採用如下規格的情況下,即用戶僅操作開門操作部51、52中的一者便使左門21與右門22兩者開啟的情況下,亦與僅左門21與右門22中的一者打開的情況不同,而可設為不同的顯示顏色。 When only one of the left door 21 and the right door 22 is opened simultaneously with the left door 21 and the right door 22, the color of the lighting display in the left and right door opening operation portions 51, 52 can be changed. In particular, in the case where the following specifications are adopted, that is, when the user operates only one of the door opening operation portions 51, 52 to open both the left door 21 and the right door 22, it is also one of only the left door 21 and the right door 22 The case of opening is different, and can be set to a different display color.

此時,例如在將開門操作部51、52的靈敏度設為「大」而使開門操作部51、52作為「接近感測器」發揮功能時,當偵測到人體接近規定時間以上時,不僅可使左門21與右門22中的僅 一者打開,而且可將規格改為使左門21與右門22同時打開。而且,可在將規格改為左門21與右門22同時打開的同時,使開門操作部51、52亮燈顯示,或者使開門操作部51、52的顏色不同。開門操作部51、52的閃爍顯示等開門操作部51、52的亮燈方法可任意改變。 In this case, when the sensitivity of the door opening operation units 51 and 52 is set to “large” and the door opening operation units 51 and 52 function as the “proximity sensor”, when the human body is detected to be close to the predetermined time or more, Only the left door 21 and the right door 22 can be made One is turned on, and the specification can be changed so that the left door 21 and the right door 22 are simultaneously opened. Further, while the specification is changed to the simultaneous opening of the left door 21 and the right door 22, the door opening operation portions 51, 52 are illuminated or the colors of the door opening operation portions 51, 52 are different. The lighting method of the door opening operation portions 51 and 52 such as the blinking display of the door opening operation portions 51 and 52 can be arbitrarily changed.

第28實施形態的冰箱1中,可防止在用戶(使用者)去觸摸的動作中途進行誤偵測,從而可避免開門的誤動作。 In the refrigerator 1 of the 28th embodiment, it is possible to prevent erroneous detection in the middle of the user's (user) touch operation, and it is possible to avoid malfunction of the door opening.

[第29實施形態] [29th embodiment]

圖42是表示第29實施形態的冰箱1的正面圖。圖43是包含圖42所示的冰箱1的人體偵測部件的開門控制的方塊圖。 Fig. 42 is a front elevational view showing the refrigerator 1 of the twenty-ninth embodiment. Fig. 43 is a block diagram showing the door opening control of the human body detecting member including the refrigerator 1 shown in Fig. 42.

人體偵測部件500例如具有遠程偵測感測器100及亦作為接近感測器發揮功能的開門操作部52。遠程偵測感測器100與亦作為接近感測器發揮功能的開門操作部52例如配置在右門22。遠程偵測感測器100位於亦作為接近感測器發揮功能的開門操作部52的上部。 The human body detecting unit 500 has, for example, a remote detecting sensor 100 and a door opening operation portion 52 that also functions as a proximity sensor. The remote detection sensor 100 and the door opening operation portion 52 that also functions as a proximity sensor are disposed, for example, in the right door 22. The remote detection sensor 100 is located at an upper portion of the door opening operation portion 52 that also functions as a proximity sensor.

遠程偵測感測器100例如是紅外線感測器,該紅外線感測器用於在用戶的人體位於遠離冰箱1的場所時,對人體進行偵測。與此相對,亦作為接近感測器發揮功能的開門操作部52是靜電偵測感測器,該靜電偵測感測器在用戶的人體接近冰箱1時,對人體進行偵測。 The remote detection sensor 100 is, for example, an infrared sensor for detecting a human body when the user's human body is located away from the refrigerator 1 . On the other hand, the door opening operation portion 52, which also functions as a proximity sensor, is an electrostatic detection sensor that detects the human body when the user's human body approaches the refrigerator 1.

如圖43所示,遠程偵測感測器100與亦作為接近感測器(靜電偵測感測器)發揮功能的開門操作部52連接於控制部 56。在控制部56上,較佳為連接有切換部件104。藉由用戶操作該切換部件104,從而自切換部件104對控制部56發送選擇信號,藉此,為了偵測人體,用戶可選擇採用遠程偵測感測器100與亦作為接近感測器(靜電偵測感測器)發揮功能的開門操作部52中的任一個來偵測人體。 As shown in FIG. 43, the remote detecting sensor 100 is connected to the control unit with a door opening operation portion 52 that also functions as a proximity sensor (electrostatic detecting sensor). 56. The switching unit 104 is preferably connected to the control unit 56. By the user operating the switching component 104, the switching component 104 transmits a selection signal to the control unit 56. Thus, in order to detect the human body, the user can select the remote sensing sensor 100 and also as the proximity sensor (electrostatic The detection sensor is configured to detect the human body by any one of the function opening operation portions 52.

而且,如圖43所示,亦作為接近感測器發揮功能的開門操作部52為靜電偵測感測器,但亦可具備靈敏度調整部件199,該靈敏度調整部件199對該靜電偵測感測器的靈敏度進行任意改變調整。靈敏度調整部件199連接於控制部56,藉由用戶操作靈敏度調整部件199,從而將靈敏度調整信號送往控制部56。藉此,控制部56可在「大」至「小」之間調整作為靜電偵測感測器的開門操作部52的靈敏度。 Further, as shown in FIG. 43, the door opening operation portion 52 functioning as a proximity sensor is an electrostatic detection sensor, but may be provided with a sensitivity adjustment unit 199 that senses the static electricity detection. The sensitivity of the device is arbitrarily changed. The sensitivity adjustment unit 199 is connected to the control unit 56, and the user operates the sensitivity adjustment unit 199 to send the sensitivity adjustment signal to the control unit 56. Thereby, the control unit 56 can adjust the sensitivity of the door opening operation portion 52 as the electrostatic detecting sensor between "large" and "small".

作為改變作為靜電偵測感測器的開門操作部52的靈敏度的方法,靜電偵測感測器例如具有在1秒鐘內反覆進行數十次靜電電容(電容器(condenser)容量)的充放電的循環(cycle)。且利用因用戶使手指接近或接觸作為靜電偵測感測器的開門操作部52,電容器容量發生變化。藉此,當用戶使手指接近或接觸開門操作部52時,充放電的循環產生變化。控制部56對充放電循環的變化程度進行檢查(check),並預先設定臨限值,藉此,控制部56能以該臨限值為基準,來判斷用戶是使手指接近抑或是接觸開門操作部52。 As a method of changing the sensitivity of the door opening operation portion 52 as the electrostatic detecting sensor, the electrostatic detecting sensor has, for example, charging and discharging that repeatedly performs electrostatic capacitance (condenser capacity) for several times in one second. Cycle. Further, the capacity of the capacitor is changed by the door opening operation portion 52 which is a user's finger approaching or contacting as an electrostatic detecting sensor. Thereby, when the user brings the finger close to or touches the door opening operation portion 52, the cycle of charge and discharge changes. The control unit 56 checks the degree of change in the charge/discharge cycle and sets a threshold value in advance, whereby the control unit 56 can determine whether the user is approaching the finger or touching the door opening operation based on the threshold value. Part 52.

而且,在偵測到用戶使手指離開開門操作部52時的情 況下,亦可藉由控制部56判斷充放電的循環已由變化時恢復至通常時來進行。 Moreover, when the user detects that the user has left the door opening operation portion 52, In other cases, the control unit 56 may determine that the cycle of charge and discharge has returned from normal to normal.

如上所述,用戶可對作為靜電偵測感測器的開門操作部52的靈敏度進行變更調整。若在將冰箱1設置在例如廚房的水槽的背面側的情況下,當用戶位於水槽附近時,將會導致遠程偵測感測器100始終偵測人體。在此類情況下,藉由用戶操作該切換部件104,從而自切換部件104將選擇信號送往控制部56,從而可選擇亦作為接近感測器發揮功能的開門操作部52而非遠程偵測感測器100來作為人體的偵測部件。藉此,用戶只是位於水槽附近時,開門操作部52並不會偵測人體。並且,僅在用戶的手指接近作為冰箱1的接近偵測感測器發揮功能的開門操作部52的情況下,開門操作部52才可偵測人體。藉此,可防止用戶距離冰箱1相對較遠的情況下的誤偵測。 As described above, the user can change the sensitivity of the door opening operation portion 52 as the electrostatic detecting sensor. If the refrigerator 1 is placed on the back side of, for example, a sink of a kitchen, when the user is located near the sink, the remote detecting sensor 100 will always detect the human body. In such a case, by the user operating the switching unit 104, the selection signal is sent from the switching unit 104 to the control unit 56, so that the door opening operation unit 52, which also functions as a proximity sensor, can be selected instead of the remote detection. The sensor 100 serves as a detecting component of the human body. Thereby, when the user is only located near the sink, the door opening operation portion 52 does not detect the human body. Further, the door opening operation portion 52 can detect the human body only when the user's finger approaches the door opening operation portion 52 functioning as the proximity detecting sensor of the refrigerator 1. Thereby, it is possible to prevent erroneous detection in the case where the user is relatively far from the refrigerator 1.

由於使用遠程偵測感測器100,因此作為對圖42所示的玻璃的前表面板22A背面的印刷著色,宜採用使紅外線透過的印刷,或者對於玻璃的前表面板22A背面的使紅外線通過的部位,不進行印刷。 Since the remote detecting sensor 100 is used, as the printing coloring of the back surface of the front surface plate 22A of the glass shown in Fig. 42, it is preferable to use a printing for transmitting infrared rays or for passing the infrared rays to the back surface of the front surface plate 22A of the glass. The part is not printed.

第29實施形態的冰箱1中,可防止在用戶(使用者)去觸摸的動作中途進行誤偵測,從而可避免開門的誤動作。 In the refrigerator 1 of the 29th embodiment, it is possible to prevent erroneous detection in the middle of the user's (user) touch operation, and it is possible to avoid malfunction of the door opening.

此外,在配置於冰箱1的頂板的盒體中具有語音辨識部件,在該盒體上具有傳播語音的孔。以與螺線管(solenoid)的盒體的高度相同或為該高度以下的方式來配置控制基板的盒體。控 制基板被配置在頂壁的後方凹陷的部位,基板的支持部被埋入胺基甲酸酯內。螺線管亦被埋入胺基甲酸酯內。將真空隔熱材彎折以將埋入的零件隔開地配置,且以真空隔熱材覆蓋螺線管的下側與基板的下側的方式而配置,並將其彎折而覆蓋整體。而且,頂板照明被嵌埋配置在頂板的胺基甲酸酯的凹處內。真空隔熱材是與頂板照明隔開而配置。 Further, in the casing disposed in the top plate of the refrigerator 1, there is a voice recognition member having a hole for transmitting voice on the casing. The casing of the control substrate is disposed in the same manner as or equal to the height of the casing of the solenoid. control The substrate is placed at a portion recessed behind the top wall, and the support portion of the substrate is buried in the urethane. The solenoid is also embedded in the urethane. The vacuum heat insulating material is bent to arrange the embedded parts separately, and the vacuum heat insulating material is disposed so as to cover the lower side of the solenoid and the lower side of the substrate, and is bent to cover the entire body. Moreover, the ceiling illumination is embedded in the recess of the urethane of the top plate. The vacuum insulation material is disposed apart from the ceiling illumination.

真空隔熱材是與頂板的內壁相接觸地配置,LED被配置在頂壁之外。而且,LED配置在內壁的彎折部的部位。 The vacuum insulation material is disposed in contact with the inner wall of the top plate, and the LED is disposed outside the top wall. Further, the LED is disposed at a portion of the bent portion of the inner wall.

真空隔熱材被分割,以重疊配置於螺線管、基板之下。LED是與真空隔熱材隔開,基板下的真空隔熱材接觸至內壁。 The vacuum heat insulating material is divided and disposed to overlap the solenoid and the substrate. The LED is separated from the vacuum insulation material, and the vacuum insulation material under the substrate contacts the inner wall.

向頂壁的彎折部傾斜地將LED埋入傾斜部中,以免其與真空隔熱材接觸。 The LED is embedded in the inclined portion obliquely to the bent portion of the top wall so as not to be in contact with the vacuum heat insulating material.

圖44是表示具有所述結構的冰箱1的上部的沿著前後方向的剖面圖。 Fig. 44 is a cross-sectional view showing the upper portion of the refrigerator 1 having the above configuration in the front-rear direction.

如圖44所示,在箱體(本體)11的頂板部11A上,配置有盒體700。在頂板部11A的後部分11B上,設置有凹部分11C,盒體700被配置在該凹部分11C內。盒體700例如具有長方體形狀,在該盒體700的內部空間,傾斜地配置有控制基板710。控制基板710以控制基板710的前側位於後側之上的方式而傾斜地配置。在控制基板710的前側,搭載有語音辨識部件720。 As shown in FIG. 44, a case 700 is disposed on the top plate portion 11A of the casing (body) 11. On the rear portion 11B of the top plate portion 11A, a concave portion 11C is provided, and the casing 700 is disposed in the concave portion 11C. The casing 700 has, for example, a rectangular parallelepiped shape, and the control substrate 710 is disposed obliquely in the internal space of the casing 700. The control substrate 710 is disposed obliquely so that the front side of the control substrate 710 is located on the rear side. A voice recognition member 720 is mounted on the front side of the control board 710.

作為語音辨識部件720,例如為麥克風(microphone)。該盒體700的前側部分具有孔700H,以使語音傳播至語音辨識部 件720。藉此,儘管語音辨識部件720被配置在盒體700內,但例如使用者發出的語音仍可經由盒體700的孔700H而確實地傳播至語音辨識部件720,因此可辨識使用者的語音或聲音。 As the voice recognition unit 720, for example, a microphone. The front side portion of the casing 700 has a hole 700H for the voice to propagate to the voice recognition portion. Item 720. Thereby, although the voice recognition component 720 is disposed in the casing 700, for example, the voice emitted by the user can be surely transmitted to the voice recognition component 720 via the hole 700H of the casing 700, thereby recognizing the voice of the user or sound.

如圖44所示,在頂板部11A的前側,設置有開門驅動部54(55)。該開門驅動部54(55)較佳為螺線管,開門驅動部54(55)分別具有盒體762及伸縮自如的桿(rod)761。藉由開門驅動部54(55)驅動而該桿761伸出,從而該開門驅動部54(55)推動左門21(或右門22)的內側以將其打開。 As shown in Fig. 44, on the front side of the top plate portion 11A, a door opening drive portion 54 (55) is provided. The door opening drive unit 54 (55) is preferably a solenoid, and the door opening drive unit 54 (55) has a casing 762 and a rod 761 that is expandable and contractible. The lever 761 is extended by the driving of the door opening driving portion 54 (55), so that the door opening driving portion 54 (55) pushes the inside of the left door 21 (or the right door 22) to open it.

盒體700的高度與開門驅動部54(55)的盒體762的高度相同,或者盒體700的高度比開門驅動部54(55)的盒體762的高度低了差DF。藉此,即使將盒體700配置於頂板部11A,亦可避免冰箱的全高大於開門驅動部54(55)的盒體762。 The height of the casing 700 is the same as the height of the casing 762 of the door opening driving portion 54 (55), or the height of the casing 700 is lower than the height of the casing 762 of the door opening driving portion 54 (55) by a difference DF. Thereby, even if the case 700 is disposed in the top plate portion 11A, the case 762 whose full height of the refrigerator is larger than the door opening drive portion 54 (55) can be avoided.

如圖44所示,控制基板710具有多個支持部711,使用該支持部711,以傾斜的狀態埋入並支持於胺基甲酸酯等隔熱材730內。藉此,控制基板710使用隔熱材730以不會移動的方式受到支持。而且,開門驅動部54(55)具有多個支持部763,使用該支持部763而埋入並支持於隔熱材730內。藉此,開門驅動部54(55)使用隔熱材730以不會移動的方式受到支持。 As shown in FIG. 44, the control board 710 has a plurality of support portions 711, and is embedded and supported in a heat insulating material 730 such as urethane in an inclined state by using the support portion 711. Thereby, the control substrate 710 is supported by the heat insulating material 730 so as not to move. Further, the door opening drive unit 54 (55) has a plurality of support portions 763, and is embedded and supported by the heat insulating material 730 using the support portion 763. Thereby, the door opening drive unit 54 (55) is supported by the heat insulating material 730 so as not to move.

如圖44所示,在頂板部11A的內側,重疊配置有胺基甲酸酯等隔熱材730與真空隔熱材740。真空隔熱材740位於隔熱材730的下側,真空隔熱材740的中途部分彎折成大致直角而配置。如此,真空隔熱材740的中途部分彎折成大致直角而配置, 因此真空隔熱材740能以覆蓋開門驅動部54(55)的下側區域部分與控制基板710的下側區域部分的方式而配置,並且,真空隔熱材740自開門驅動部54(55)的支持部763與控制基板710的支持部711隔開。 As shown in FIG. 44, a heat insulating material 730 such as urethane and a vacuum heat insulating material 740 are superposed on the inner side of the top plate portion 11A. The vacuum heat insulating material 740 is located below the heat insulating material 730, and a portion of the vacuum heat insulating material 740 is bent at a substantially right angle. In this way, the middle portion of the vacuum heat insulating material 740 is bent at a substantially right angle and arranged. Therefore, the vacuum heat insulating material 740 can be disposed so as to cover the lower side portion of the door opening driving portion 54 (55) and the lower side portion of the control substrate 710, and the vacuum heat insulating material 740 is self-opening the driving portion 54 (55). The support portion 763 is spaced apart from the support portion 711 of the control substrate 710.

圖44所示的冰箱1的頂板照明750例如具有LED(發光二極體)燈,且被埋入配置於頂板的胺基甲酸酯等隔熱材730的凹部733內。因此,頂板照明750未自頂板的內壁755突出至下側。真空隔熱材740藉由內壁755而自該頂板照明750隔開。 The ceiling illumination 750 of the refrigerator 1 shown in FIG. 44 has, for example, an LED (Light Emitting Diode) lamp, and is embedded in a concave portion 733 of a heat insulating material 730 such as urethane disposed in the top plate. Therefore, the ceiling illumination 750 does not protrude from the inner wall 755 of the top panel to the lower side. The vacuum insulation 740 is separated from the ceiling illumination 750 by an inner wall 755.

接下來,參照圖45至圖47,對第29實施形態的變形例進行說明,在圖45至圖47所示的第29實施形態的變形例的冰箱的部位與圖44所示的第29實施形態的冰箱的部位實質上同樣的情況下,標註相同符號並使用其說明。 Next, a modification of the twenty-ninth embodiment will be described with reference to Figs. 45 to 47, and a portion of the refrigerator in the modification of the twenty-ninth embodiment shown in Figs. 45 to 47 and a twenty-ninth embodiment shown in Fig. 44 will be described. In the case where the parts of the refrigerator of the form are substantially the same, the same reference numerals are used and the description thereof is used.

圖45至圖47與圖44同樣,是分別表示其他變形例的冰箱上部的沿著前後方向的剖面圖。 45 to 47 are cross-sectional views in the front-rear direction of the upper portion of the refrigerator according to another modification, similarly to FIG. 44.

首先,圖45所示的第1變形例的冰箱1中,頂板照明750是與頂板的內壁755相接觸地配置,頂板照明750的LED燈750a被配置在頂板的內壁755的外側(冰箱內側),由此露出至冷藏室內。並且,頂板照明750被配置於頂板的內壁755的彎折部757。 First, in the refrigerator 1 according to the first modification shown in FIG. 45, the ceiling illumination 750 is disposed in contact with the inner wall 755 of the top panel, and the LED lamp 750a of the ceiling illumination 750 is disposed outside the inner wall 755 of the top panel (refrigerator) The inside is exposed to the inside of the refrigerator. Also, the ceiling illumination 750 is disposed on the bent portion 757 of the inner wall 755 of the top panel.

並且,相對於箱體(本體)11的頂板部11A的凹部分11C的彎折部,使頂板的內壁755的彎折部位於前側,因此可在箱體外壁的彎折部與內壁755的彎折部的前後方向的間隙內形成 空間(space),因此可在此空間內沿上下方向配置真空隔熱材。因此可將真空隔熱材740的中途部分的彎折部配置於該空間內。再者,沿上下方向配置的真空隔熱材亦可為分割而成的獨立體。而且,亦可使該沿上下方向配置的真空隔熱材比其他部位的沿前後方向延伸的真空隔熱材薄。如此,可在箱體外壁的彎折部與內壁755的彎折部的前後方向的間隙內縮小空間,因此可使內壁755的彎曲部退避至後方,從而可增大冰箱內的容量。 Further, with respect to the bent portion of the concave portion 11C of the top plate portion 11A of the casing (body) 11, the bent portion of the inner wall 755 of the top plate is located on the front side, so that the bent portion and the inner wall 755 of the outer wall of the casing can be Formed in the gap in the front-rear direction of the bent portion Space, so vacuum insulation can be placed in the vertical direction in this space. Therefore, the bent portion of the middle portion of the vacuum heat insulating material 740 can be disposed in the space. Further, the vacuum heat insulating material disposed in the vertical direction may be a divided independent body. Further, the vacuum heat insulating material disposed in the vertical direction may be made thinner than the vacuum heat insulating material extending in the front-rear direction of the other portions. In this manner, since the space can be reduced in the gap between the bent portion of the outer wall of the casing and the bent portion of the inner wall 755 in the front-rear direction, the bent portion of the inner wall 755 can be retracted to the rear, and the capacity in the refrigerator can be increased.

再者,外壁的彎折部的凹部分11C的底部的前方側角、與內壁755的彎折部的上方側(凹部分11C側)的角的距離尺寸,比其他不具有彎折部的頂板部11A的厚度尺寸小,因此,若僅為胺基甲酸酯隔熱材,則隔熱性有可能變差,但藉由採用包含所述真空隔熱材的結構,可大幅提高隔熱性。 Further, the distance between the front side angle of the bottom portion of the concave portion 11C of the bent portion of the outer wall and the angle of the upper side (the concave portion 11C side) of the bent portion of the inner wall 755 is larger than that of the other portion having no bent portion. Since the thickness of the top plate portion 11A is small, the heat insulating property may be deteriorated if only the urethane heat insulating material is used. However, the structure including the vacuum heat insulating material can greatly improve the heat insulation. Sex.

圖46所示的第2變形例的冰箱1中,真空隔熱材770被分割為多個部分,真空隔熱材770被分為第1部分771與第2部分772。第1部分771覆蓋開門驅動部54(55)下側的區域部分,第2部分772覆蓋控制基板710下側的區域部分。頂板照明750的LED燈750a是自真空隔熱材770的第1部分771隔開,控制基板710側的真空隔熱材770的第2部分772是與內壁部分776接觸。 In the refrigerator 1 of the second modification shown in FIG. 46, the vacuum heat insulating material 770 is divided into a plurality of portions, and the vacuum heat insulating material 770 is divided into a first portion 771 and a second portion 772. The first portion 771 covers a region portion on the lower side of the door opening driving portion 54 (55), and the second portion 772 covers a region portion on the lower side of the control substrate 710. The LED lamp 750a of the ceiling illumination 750 is separated from the first portion 771 of the vacuum heat insulating material 770, and the second portion 772 of the vacuum heat insulating material 770 on the control substrate 710 side is in contact with the inner wall portion 776.

而且,第1部分771與第2部分772的真空隔熱材以在前後方向上重疊的方式而配置。其成為如下結構:相對於箱體(本體)11的頂板部11A的凹部分11C的彎折部,使頂板的內壁755 的彎折部位於前側,藉此,在箱體外壁的彎折部與內壁755的彎折部的前後方向的間隙內形成空間,因此可重疊。 Further, the vacuum heat insulating materials of the first portion 771 and the second portion 772 are arranged to overlap each other in the front-rear direction. It has a structure in which the inner wall 755 of the top plate is bent with respect to the bent portion of the concave portion 11C of the top plate portion 11A of the casing (body) 11. The bent portion is located on the front side, whereby a space is formed in the gap between the bent portion of the outer wall of the box and the bent portion of the inner wall 755 in the front-rear direction, so that it can overlap.

再者,當外壁的彎折部的凹部分11C的底部的前方側角、與內壁755的彎折部的上方側(凹部分11C側)的角的尺寸,比其他不具有彎折部的頂板部11A的厚度尺寸小時,在製造時,作為發泡隔熱材的胺基甲酸酯有時會難以流動,因此,藉由不在該空間內配置真空隔熱材,可確保胺基甲酸酯的流動空間,從而可確實地填充胺基甲酸酯,且可提高填充速度。 Further, the size of the angle between the front side angle of the bottom portion of the concave portion 11C of the bent portion of the outer wall and the upper side (the concave portion 11C side) of the bent portion of the inner wall 755 is larger than that of the other portion having no bent portion. When the thickness of the top plate portion 11A is small, the urethane which is the foamed heat insulating material may not easily flow during the production. Therefore, the urethane can be ensured by disposing the vacuum heat insulating material in the space. The flow space of the ester makes it possible to positively fill the urethane and increase the filling speed.

圖47所示的第3變形例的冰箱1中,頂板的內壁755的彎折部780是傾斜地形成。頂板照明750是與傾斜的彎折部780的形狀一致地製作成例如直角三角形狀,頂板照明750被配置埋入在該彎折部780內。真空隔熱材740未被分割而為一體物。如此,頂板照明750的LED燈750a被配置於彎折部780內,頂板照明750不接觸至真空隔熱材740而隔開。 In the refrigerator 1 of the third modification shown in FIG. 47, the bent portion 780 of the inner wall 755 of the top plate is formed obliquely. The top plate illumination 750 is formed in a right-angled triangular shape in conformity with the shape of the inclined bent portion 780, and the top plate illumination 750 is placed in the bent portion 780. The vacuum heat insulating material 740 is not divided into a single body. As such, the LED lamps 750a of the ceiling illumination 750 are disposed within the bent portion 780, and the ceiling illumination 750 is not separated from the vacuum insulation 740 to be spaced apart.

第29實施形態中,亦可藉由使用者用手指持續觸摸圖1所示的開門操作部51、52固定時間以上,從而使開門裝置作動。 In the twenty-ninth embodiment, the door opening operation portions 51 and 52 shown in Fig. 1 can be continuously touched by the user for a fixed time or longer, and the door opening device can be actuated.

例如,圖42所示的遠程偵測感測器100例如是紅外線感測器,該紅外線感測器用於在用戶(使用者)的人體位於遠離冰箱1的場所時,對人體進行偵測,但對於用於使該遠程偵測感測器的紅外線透過至門前方的前表面板的去除了印刷塗料的孔(開口),亦可在該孔上配置黏貼與印刷塗料為同系色的紅外線透過構件等。而且,可在該部位以可形成多個小孔(開口)的方式 來塗佈塗料等,以使塗料的去除不明顯。而且,藉此亦可使得難以自正面看到配置在玻璃板背面的作為紅外線感測器的遠程偵測感測器。而且,亦可將該塗料設為使紅外線透過的塗料,或者具備半透過性部件,該半透過性部件藉由濺鍍(sputter)或蝕刻(etching)等來使紅外線波長透過而使可見光的一部分難以透過。此時,作為半透過性部件,可利用使長波長的顏色透過者。例如,若以使波長比藍色的波長(450nm-495nm)長的紅色的波長(例如620nm-750nm)透過的方式而構成,則該紅色波長以上的長波長即紅外線的波長(例如760nm~830nm以上)容易透過。而且,此時,對於位於紅外線感測器附近的顯示部件的顏色,藉由利用同樣為長波長的顏色的發光部件(綠色或黃色、紅色的發光二極體等),從而可使該光的顯示亦透過半透過性部件,可讓使用者看到,並且可使紅外線感測器或門內部的零件難以看到。 For example, the remote detecting sensor 100 shown in FIG. 42 is, for example, an infrared sensor for detecting the human body when the user (user)'s human body is located away from the refrigerator 1 but The hole (opening) for removing the printing paint from the infrared ray for transmitting the infrared detecting sensor to the front surface plate in front of the door may be disposed on the hole with an infrared ray transmitting member which is in the same color as the printing paint. Wait. Moreover, a plurality of small holes (openings) can be formed at the portion To coat the paint, etc., so that the removal of the paint is not obvious. Moreover, it is also possible to make it difficult to see the remote detecting sensor as an infrared sensor disposed on the back side of the glass plate from the front. Further, the coating material may be a coating material that transmits infrared rays or a semi-transmissive member that transmits a wavelength of infrared rays by sputtering or etching to partially transmit visible light. Hard to pass. In this case, as the semi-transmissive member, a color having a long wavelength can be used. For example, when a red wavelength (for example, 620 nm to 750 nm) having a wavelength longer than a blue wavelength (450 nm to 495 nm) is transmitted, the long wavelength of the red wavelength or higher is a wavelength of infrared light (for example, 760 nm to 830 nm). The above) is easy to pass. Further, at this time, the color of the display member located in the vicinity of the infrared sensor can be made by using a light-emitting member (green or yellow, red light-emitting diode, etc.) which is also a long-wavelength color. The display also allows the user to see through the semi-transmissive components and make the infrared sensor or parts inside the door difficult to see.

而且,作為紅外線感測器的遠程偵測感測器亦可配置於基盤上,並與控制操作部50或開門操作部51、52一起插入。此時,可將控制操作部50或開門操作部51、52的電極的一部分切除或設置狹縫(slit),以使得可自該電極的背側將紅外線發送至門側。藉此,遠程偵測感測器容易偵測進行操作的使用者。而且,遠程偵測感測器亦可設置在控制操作部50與觸摸開啟開關的開門操作部51、52之間。 Further, the remote detecting sensor as an infrared sensor may be disposed on the base plate and inserted together with the control operating portion 50 or the door opening operating portions 51, 52. At this time, a part of the electrodes of the control operation portion 50 or the door opening operation portions 51, 52 may be cut off or slit so that infrared rays can be transmitted from the back side of the electrode to the door side. Thereby, the remote detection sensor easily detects the user who is operating. Further, the remote detecting sensor may be provided between the control operating portion 50 and the opening operation portions 51, 52 of the touch open switch.

[第30實施形態] [Thirtieth embodiment]

圖48是表示第30實施形態的冰箱1的正面圖。圖49 是圖48所示的冰箱1的平面圖,圖50是圖48所示的冰箱1的側面圖。 Fig. 48 is a front elevational view showing the refrigerator 1 of the 30th embodiment. Figure 49 It is a plan view of the refrigerator 1 shown in FIG. 48, and FIG. 50 is a side view of the refrigerator 1 shown in FIG.

如圖48~圖50所示,一對左門21與右門22覆蓋冰箱1的冷藏室12的前表面開口部。因此,左門21與右門22分別以使冰箱本體即箱體11的左端部、右端部的上下利用鉸鏈部呈對開式地開閉的方式而安裝。 As shown in FIGS. 48 to 50, the pair of left door 21 and right door 22 cover the front surface opening of the refrigerator compartment 12 of the refrigerator 1. Therefore, the left door 21 and the right door 22 are attached so that the upper end of the left end portion and the right end portion of the casing 11 of the refrigerator main body are opened and closed by the hinge portion.

左門21、右門22均是隔熱結構構件,即:在前表面開口的扁平的內板的開口部,安裝有著色透明的玻璃製的前表面板21A、22A,且在內部空洞部中配置有真空隔熱材,並在未被真空隔熱材完全填埋的空洞部中,配置有聚胺基甲酸酯隔熱材(以下亦簡稱作胺基甲酸酯隔熱材)或預先成型的固體隔熱材(例如EPC)。 Each of the left door 21 and the right door 22 is a heat insulating structural member, that is, an opening portion of a flat inner plate that is open at the front surface, and a front surface plate 21A and 22A made of glass that is colored and transparent, and is disposed in the inner cavity portion. A vacuum heat insulating material is disposed in a cavity portion that is not completely filled with the vacuum heat insulating material, and is provided with a polyurethane heat insulating material (hereinafter also referred to simply as a urethane heat insulating material) or a preformed one. Solid insulation (eg EPC).

如圖48~圖50所示,開門操作部551、552分別設置在左門21的前表面板21A、右門22的前表面板22A的下邊附近。開門驅動部54、55在箱體11的頂板上表面的前端附近的左右部位,分別設置在與左門21、右門22上邊的敞開側端部附近對應的位置。 As shown in FIGS. 48 to 50, the door opening operation portions 551 and 552 are provided in the vicinity of the lower side of the front surface plate 21A of the left door 21 and the front surface plate 22A of the right door 22, respectively. The door opening drive units 54, 55 are provided at positions corresponding to the vicinity of the open side end portions of the upper side of the left door 21 and the right door 22, respectively, in the left and right portions near the front end of the top plate surface of the casing 11.

該些開門驅動部54、55是使左門21與右門22各自強制性地進行開門動作的開門裝置。開門驅動部54、55藉由電磁鐵來朝前方推壓柱塞54A、55A,藉此,將左門21、右門22各自的敞開側端部附近的上邊向前方推壓,從而使左門21、右門22強制性地自動敞開。 The door opening drive units 54 and 55 are door opening devices for forcibly opening the left door 21 and the right door 22, respectively. The door opening drive units 54 and 55 push the plungers 54A and 55A forward by the electromagnet, thereby pressing the upper side of the left side door 21 and the right door 22 toward the front side of the open side end portion, thereby causing the left door 21 and the right door. 22 mandatory automatic opening.

其中一個開門操作部551被配置在左門21的右下位置,另一個開門操作部552被配置在右門22的左下位置。開門操作部551被配置在左門21的玻璃製前表面板21A的內部,開門操作部552被配置在右門22的玻璃製前表面板22A的內部。 One of the door opening operation portions 551 is disposed at the lower right position of the left door 21, and the other door opening operation portion 552 is disposed at the lower left position of the right door 22. The door opening operation portion 551 is disposed inside the glass front surface plate 21A of the left door 21, and the door opening operation portion 552 is disposed inside the glass front surface plate 22A of the right door 22.

圖51(a)、圖51(b)表示圖48所示的開門操作部551的基板553的結構例。圖52是表示圖51(a)、圖51(b)所示的開門操作部551的基板553上配置的接近感測器560與防護電極570的圖。圖53是表示開門操作部551的結構例的分解立體圖。 51(a) and 51(b) show examples of the configuration of the substrate 553 of the door opening operation unit 551 shown in Fig. 48. FIG. 52 is a view showing the proximity sensor 560 and the guard electrode 570 disposed on the substrate 553 of the door opening operation unit 551 shown in FIGS. 51(a) and 51(b). FIG. 53 is an exploded perspective view showing a configuration example of the door opening operation unit 551.

圖48所示的開門操作部551與開門操作部552具有同樣的結構,但既可為左右對稱的形狀,亦可為左右相同的形狀。圖51(a)、圖51(b)表示開門操作部551的基板553的形狀例,但開門操作部552與開門操作部551為實質上同樣的形狀,因此參照圖51(a)、圖51(b)至圖53,以開門操作部551的基板553為代表來進行說明。 The door opening operation portion 551 shown in FIG. 48 has the same configuration as the door opening operation portion 552. However, the door opening operation portion 551 may have a bilaterally symmetrical shape or a left and right shape. 51(a) and 51(b) show examples of the shape of the substrate 553 of the door opening operation unit 551. However, the door opening operation unit 552 and the door opening operation unit 551 have substantially the same shape. Therefore, reference is made to Figs. 51(a) and 51. (b) to FIG. 53 , the substrate 553 of the door opening operation unit 551 will be described as a representative.

首先,參照圖53,開門操作部551具有基板裝配體500M、用於收納基板裝配體500M的被稱作明匣(open box)的塑膠製的收納空間構件585、及塑膠製的蓋構件590。在塑膠製的收納空間構件585的背面585R,較佳為黏貼有金屬體即例如鋁箔。在塑膠製的蓋構件590的內表面,黏貼有鋁箔等金屬體591。藉此,冰箱1的本體側所產生的電磁波不會對基板裝配體500M側造成影響。 First, referring to Fig. 53, the door opening operation unit 551 includes a substrate assembly 500M, a plastic storage space member 585 called an open box for housing the substrate assembly 500M, and a plastic cover member 590. In the back surface 585R of the plastic storage space member 585, it is preferable to adhere a metal body, for example, an aluminum foil. A metal body 591 such as an aluminum foil is adhered to the inner surface of the plastic cover member 590. Thereby, electromagnetic waves generated on the body side of the refrigerator 1 do not affect the side of the substrate assembly 500M.

基板裝配體500M包含塑膠製的遮蔽板599、基板553、 操作標牌597、及搭載有顯示用LED557的LED基板598。基板553為靜電觸摸開關基板,且被支持並固定於遮蔽板599的前表面側。在基板553的前表面側,配置有操作標牌597。在遮蔽板599的背面側,支持並固定有顯示用的LED基板598。在該LED基板598上搭載有多個LED577。遮蔽板599作為支持2個基板553及LED基板598的指示部件與使LED光隔開的隔開部件發揮功能。 The substrate assembly 500M includes a shielding plate 599 made of plastic, a substrate 553, The label 597 and the LED substrate 598 on which the display LED 557 is mounted are operated. The substrate 553 is an electrostatic touch switch substrate, and is supported and fixed to the front surface side of the shielding plate 599. On the front surface side of the substrate 553, an operation label 597 is disposed. On the back side of the shielding plate 599, an LED substrate 598 for display is supported and fixed. A plurality of LEDs 577 are mounted on the LED substrate 598. The shielding plate 599 functions as an indicating member that supports the two substrates 553 and the LED substrate 598 and a partitioning member that separates the LED light.

在基板553的與操作標牌597對應的位置,形成有左右的狹縫574、575(透光部件)。狹縫574、575的位置位於接近感測器560與中間區域部分589之間。該基板裝配體500M經由收納空間構件585的長方形的開口部分586而收納至收納空間構件585內。收納空間構件585的開口部分586由蓋構件590予以覆蓋。 Left and right slits 574 and 575 (light transmitting members) are formed at positions corresponding to the operation label 597 of the substrate 553. The position of the slits 574, 575 is located between the proximity sensor 560 and the intermediate portion portion 589. The substrate assembly 500M is housed in the housing space member 585 via the rectangular opening portion 586 of the housing space member 585. The opening portion 586 of the accommodation space member 585 is covered by the cover member 590.

如圖51(a)與圖52所示,開門操作部551的基板553為縱長的長方形或正方形,基板553具有圖51(a)所示的表面553A及圖51(b)所示的背面553B。在基板553上,設置有電子零件的搭載部分571、及接近感測器560與防護電極570的配置部分572。在圖51(a)與圖52所示的電子零件的搭載部分571中,以朝背面突出地收納至隔開部件的遮蔽板599的凹部內的方式而搭載有必要的電子零件或連接器零件等。而且,在基板553的表面,以不突出而大致平坦的狀態形成有金屬製的電性連接部571b,藉此,可使基板553接觸至玻璃門的背面。 As shown in Fig. 51 (a) and Fig. 52, the substrate 553 of the door opening operation portion 551 is a vertically long rectangle or a square, and the substrate 553 has a surface 553A shown in Fig. 51 (a) and a back surface shown in Fig. 51 (b). 553B. On the substrate 553, a mounting portion 571 of an electronic component and an arrangement portion 572 of the proximity sensor 560 and the guard electrode 570 are provided. In the mounting portion 571 of the electronic component shown in FIG. 51 (a) and FIG. 52, necessary electronic components or connector parts are mounted so as to be housed in the concave portion of the shielding plate 599 of the partition member. Wait. Further, on the surface of the substrate 553, a metal electrical connection portion 571b is formed in a state of being substantially flat without being protruded, whereby the substrate 553 can be brought into contact with the back surface of the glass door.

而且,藉由利用作為罩部件且用於遮蓋基板553的操作標牌597來覆蓋,可防止使用者接觸至電性連接部571b時的誤動 作或靜電蓄積在玻璃門中時的雜訊。而且,該操作標牌597亦可為經著色者或經蒸鍍者。 Moreover, by covering with the operation label 597 as a cover member for covering the substrate 553, it is possible to prevent the user from touching the electrical connection portion 571b. Noise when static electricity is accumulated in the glass door. Moreover, the operation label 597 can also be a colorant or a vaporizer.

在圖51(a)所示的表面553A側的配置部分572,配置有作為第1電極的接近感測器560、作為第3電極的防護電極570及作為第2電極的中間區域部分589。中間區域部分589被設置在接近感測器560與防護電極570之間。接近感測器560、防護電極570與中間區域部分589為金屬電極,但彼此電性絕緣。作為第2電極的中間區域部分589具有輔助接近感測器560而作為接近感測器的功能。防護電極570進行接近感測器560的偵測有效範圍的變更。 The arrangement portion 572 on the surface 553A side shown in FIG. 51(a) is provided with a proximity sensor 560 as a first electrode, a guard electrode 570 as a third electrode, and an intermediate portion 589 as a second electrode. The intermediate portion portion 589 is disposed between the proximity sensor 560 and the guard electrode 570. The proximity sensor 560, the guard electrode 570, and the intermediate portion portion 589 are metal electrodes, but are electrically insulated from each other. The intermediate portion portion 589 as the second electrode has a function of assisting the proximity sensor 560 as a proximity sensor. The guard electrode 570 performs a change in the detection effective range of the proximity sensor 560.

而且,如圖51(b)所示,在基板553的與配置部分572對應的背面553B中,配置有作為第4電極的網狀的接地圖案(ground pattern)573。藉此,該接地圖案573避免來自冰箱本體的雜訊對接近感測器560所產生的電磁場與防護電極570所產生的電磁場造成影響。 Further, as shown in FIG. 51(b), a mesh ground pattern 573 as a fourth electrode is disposed on the back surface 553B of the substrate 553 corresponding to the arrangement portion 572. Thereby, the ground pattern 573 prevents the noise from the refrigerator body from affecting the electromagnetic field generated by the proximity sensor 560 and the electromagnetic field generated by the guard electrode 570.

如圖51(a)與圖52所示,在接近感測器560的中央位置,形成有通孔560C,且在該通孔560C上,如圖51(b)所示般連接有導線圖案560H。用戶用手指按壓(接觸)接近感測器560的行為通常是朝著接近感測器560的正中間來進行,因此對於通孔560C而言,通孔560C形成在接近感測器560的正中間的位置。 As shown in Fig. 51 (a) and Fig. 52, a through hole 560C is formed at a central position of the proximity sensor 560, and a wire pattern 560H is connected to the through hole 560C as shown in Fig. 51 (b). . The user's action of pressing (contacting) the proximity sensor 560 with a finger is generally performed toward the center of the proximity sensor 560, so that the through hole 560C is formed in the middle of the proximity sensor 560 for the through hole 560C. s position.

如此般使通孔560C形成在接近感測器560的大致正中間的位置是基於下述理由。即,接近感測器560中,形成有該通 孔560C的中央的區域與其他區域相比,開關靈敏度最高。由此,藉由用戶的手指按壓具有通孔560C的接近開關560的正中間,以使手指能夠接觸靈敏度最佳之處。 The reason why the through hole 560C is formed in the substantially positive middle of the proximity sensor 560 is based on the following reason. That is, in the proximity sensor 560, the pass is formed. The central area of the hole 560C has the highest switching sensitivity compared to other areas. Thereby, the center of the proximity switch 560 having the through hole 560C is pressed by the user's finger to enable the finger to contact the sensitivity optimum.

圖51(a)、圖51(b)與圖52所示的接近感測器560為靜電觸摸(接觸)用的電極,且是靜電電容式的偵測部件,該靜電電容式的偵測部件用於在圖49與圖50所示的左門21與右門22的正面(前表面)方向,例如在約100mm內偵測人體或物體的接近。該接近感測器560在用戶的人體的一部分,具體而言,例如在手指接近時,偵測該手指的接近。接近感測器560為靜電電容式的觸摸感測器,但可使用互電容(mutual capacitance)方式的觸摸感測器或自電容(self capacitance)方式的觸摸感測器。 The proximity sensor 560 shown in FIG. 51(a), FIG. 51(b) and FIG. 52 is an electrode for electrostatic touch (contact), and is a capacitance type detecting component, and the electrostatic capacitance type detecting component For detecting the approach of the human body or the object in the front (front surface) direction of the left door 21 and the right door 22 shown in FIGS. 49 and 50, for example, within about 100 mm. The proximity sensor 560 detects the proximity of the finger on a portion of the user's body, specifically, for example, when the finger is approaching. The proximity sensor 560 is a capacitive touch sensor, but a mutual capacitance type touch sensor or a self capacitance type touch sensor may be used.

互電容方式中,包含1個發送電極與1個接收電極,當對發送電極供給電流時會生成電磁場,由接收電極來接收電磁場。例如當人體的手指接近至接近感測器560的偵測區域時,電磁場的一部分被吸收而被接收電極接收到,因此偵測到的能量的量減少,藉此,接近感測器560可偵測到手指的接近。 In the mutual capacitance method, one transmitting electrode and one receiving electrode are included, and when a current is supplied to the transmitting electrode, an electromagnetic field is generated, and the receiving electrode receives the electromagnetic field. For example, when the finger of the human body approaches to the detection area of the proximity sensor 560, a part of the electromagnetic field is absorbed and received by the receiving electrode, so the amount of detected energy is reduced, whereby the proximity sensor 560 can detect The proximity of the finger was measured.

自電容方式中,需要1個具備雜散電容的電極(接近感測器560)。電極(接近感測器560)的雜散電容受到位於該電極(接近感測器560)與其周邊的導電體(人體的手指)之間的寄生電容的影響。當人體的手指接近至接近感測器560時,受到寄生電容的影響而雜散電容的值增加,藉由對該增加的雜散電容進行計測,接近感測器560可偵測到手指的接近。 In the self-capacitance method, one electrode having a stray capacitance (proximity sensor 560) is required. The stray capacitance of the electrode (proximity sensor 560) is affected by the parasitic capacitance between the electrode (proximity sensor 560) and its surrounding electrical conductor (the finger of the human body). When the finger of the human body approaches to the proximity sensor 560, the value of the stray capacitance increases due to the parasitic capacitance, and by measuring the increased stray capacitance, the proximity sensor 560 can detect the proximity of the finger. .

如圖51(a)、圖51(b)與圖52所例示的,接近感測器560例如是沿縱向形成得較長的長方形狀的開關,在接近感測器560的周圍,以包圍電極的方式而形成有狹縫574、575。如圖52所示,在該狹縫574、575處,自背面覆蓋有基板598,多個作為照明裝置發揮功能的LED577隔開間隔而配置。 As illustrated in FIGS. 51(a), 51(b) and 52, the proximity sensor 560 is, for example, a rectangular switch that is formed long in the longitudinal direction, around the proximity of the sensor 560 to surround the electrode. The slits 574, 575 are formed in a manner. As shown in FIG. 52, in the slits 574 and 575, the substrate 598 is covered from the back surface, and a plurality of LEDs 577 functioning as illumination devices are arranged at intervals.

其中,多個LED577中的與狹縫574、575的4個角部576R對應的4個LED577,配置在脫離狹縫576內的狹縫576的外側位置。 Among the plurality of LEDs 577, four LEDs 577 corresponding to the four corner portions 576R of the slits 574 and 575 are disposed outside the slit 576 in the slit 576.

如圖52所示,接近感測器560的一端部藉由連結部分560A而連結於配置部分572,接近感測器560的另一端部藉由連結部分560B而連結於配置部分572。在接近感測器560的中央部,形成有電性連接用的通孔560C。如此般在接近感測器560的中央部分形成通孔560C的原因在於,如已說明的,設有通孔560C的接近感測器560的區域部分與其他區域部分相比,偵測靈敏度高。由於用戶的手指接近並接觸的區域部分是接近感測器560的中央部分,因此將通孔560C設置於接近感測器560的中央部分。接近感測器560藉由在基板的配置部分的狹縫574、575的區域572a內,在虛線的區域中形成電極,從而形成為大致長方形。而且,狹縫574、575未包圍整個接近感測器560,而形成為字狀。其採用如下結構,即:藉由形成與狹縫周圍的周圍部572b連接的橋部572ab,以將內側與外側予以連接,從而基板未被分割而保持為1個基板。 As shown in FIG. 52, one end portion of the proximity sensor 560 is coupled to the arrangement portion 572 by the connection portion 560A, and the other end portion of the proximity sensor 560 is coupled to the arrangement portion 572 by the connection portion 560B. A through hole 560C for electrical connection is formed in a central portion of the proximity sensor 560. The reason why the through hole 560C is formed in the central portion of the proximity sensor 560 as described above is that, as already explained, the area of the portion of the proximity sensor 560 provided with the through hole 560C is higher in detection sensitivity than the other portion of the area. Since the portion of the area where the user's finger approaches and contacts is the central portion of the proximity sensor 560, the through hole 560C is disposed in the central portion of the proximity sensor 560. The proximity sensor 560 is formed in a substantially rectangular shape by forming an electrode in a region of a broken line in a region 572a of the slits 574, 575 of the arrangement portion of the substrate. Moreover, the slits 574, 575 do not surround the entire proximity sensor 560, but are formed as Word shape. It is configured such that the inner side and the outer side are connected by forming the bridge portion 572ab connected to the peripheral portion 572b around the slit, so that the substrate is not divided and held as one substrate.

圖51(a)、圖51(b)與圖52所示的防護電極570是在配置部分572中,在接近感測器560與中間區域部分589的周圍,形成為長方形狀的框型。防護電極570為金屬體,包含一對短邊電極部分570A與一對長邊電極部分570B。防護電極570產生與接近感測器560所產生的電磁場為相反方向的電磁場。 The guard electrode 570 shown in Fig. 51 (a), Fig. 51 (b), and Fig. 52 is formed in a rectangular frame shape in the arrangement portion 572 around the proximity sensor 560 and the intermediate portion 589. The guard electrode 570 is a metal body and includes a pair of short side electrode portions 570A and a pair of long side electrode portions 570B. The guard electrode 570 generates an electromagnetic field that is opposite to the electromagnetic field generated by the proximity sensor 560.

藉此,如圖49與圖50所示,接近感測器560所產生的電磁場560P藉由防護電極570所產生的相反方向的電磁場而抑制擴展。因此,防護電極570所產生的電磁場抑制接近感測器560所產生的電磁場560P的擴展,藉此,防護電極570發揮作為偵測範圍的有效範圍變更部件的作用,所述偵測範圍的有效範圍變更部件對人體偵測範圍的有效範圍進行變更。 Thereby, as shown in FIG. 49 and FIG. 50, the electromagnetic field 560P generated by the proximity sensor 560 is suppressed from expanding by the electromagnetic field in the opposite direction generated by the guard electrode 570. Therefore, the electromagnetic field generated by the guard electrode 570 suppresses the spread of the electromagnetic field 560P generated by the proximity sensor 560, whereby the guard electrode 570 functions as an effective range changing unit of the detection range, and the effective range of the detection range The change component changes the effective range of the human body detection range.

防護電極570縮窄地變更對人體的例如手指的接近進行偵測時的接近感測器560的偵測範圍,藉此來變更接近感測器560的偵測範圍的有效範圍。具體而言,防護電極570對接近感測器560的偵測範圍的有效範圍進行變更,結果如圖49所示,左門21的開門操作部551的接近感測器560所產生的電磁場560P僅被導向接近感測器560的正前方方向。同樣,右門22的開門操作部552的接近感測器560所產生的電磁場560P僅被導向接近感測器560的正前方方向。 The guard electrode 570 narrowly changes the detection range of the proximity sensor 560 when detecting the approach of the human body, for example, the finger, thereby changing the effective range of the detection range of the proximity sensor 560. Specifically, the guard electrode 570 changes the effective range of the detection range of the proximity sensor 560. As a result, as shown in FIG. 49, the electromagnetic field 560P generated by the proximity sensor 560 of the door opening operation portion 551 of the left door 21 is only The guide is approaching the front direction of the sensor 560. Similarly, the electromagnetic field 560P generated by the proximity sensor 560 of the door opening operation portion 552 of the right door 22 is guided only to the front direction of the proximity sensor 560.

因此,如圖49所示,接近感測器560所產生的電磁場560P以不會朝作為左右方向的X方向擴展的方式而收縮。 Therefore, as shown in FIG. 49, the electromagnetic field 560P generated by the proximity sensor 560 contracts so as not to expand in the X direction which is the left-right direction.

並且,如圖50所示,左門21的開門操作部551的接近 感測器560所產生的電磁場560P僅被導向接近感測器560的正前方方向。同樣,右門22的開門操作部552的接近感測器560所產生的電磁場560P僅被導向接近感測器560的正前方方向。因此,在圖50中,接近感測器560所產生的電磁場560P以不會朝作為上下方向的Z方向擴展的方式而收縮。 Further, as shown in FIG. 50, the approach of the door opening operation portion 551 of the left door 21 is as shown in FIG. The electromagnetic field 560P generated by the sensor 560 is only directed toward the front direction of the proximity sensor 560. Similarly, the electromagnetic field 560P generated by the proximity sensor 560 of the door opening operation portion 552 of the right door 22 is guided only to the front direction of the proximity sensor 560. Therefore, in FIG. 50, the electromagnetic field 560P generated by the proximity sensor 560 is contracted so as not to expand in the Z direction as the vertical direction.

即,圖49與圖50所示的接近感測器560的電磁場560P表示人體偵測範圍的有效範圍,該人體偵測範圍的有效範圍相當於與接近感測器560的不同於前方的方向的範圍(朝上下、左右擴展的範圍)不同的範圍。即,人體偵測範圍的有效範圍是至少將接近感測器560的使用者的操作方向設為有效範圍,且藉由進行縮窄與操作方向不同的方向的範圍等變更來限定有效範圍,具體而言,是除了與前方為不同方向的範圍的至少一部分(朝上下、左右、後方擴展的範圍等的至少一部分)以外的範圍。 That is, the electromagnetic field 560P of the proximity sensor 560 shown in FIG. 49 and FIG. 50 represents the effective range of the human body detection range, and the effective range of the human body detection range is equivalent to the direction different from the front of the proximity sensor 560. The range (the range that extends up and down, left and right) is different. That is, the effective range of the human body detection range is that at least the operation direction of the user approaching the sensor 560 is set to the effective range, and the effective range is defined by changing the range of the narrowing direction different from the operation direction, etc., specifically In addition, it is a range other than at least a part of the range of the direction different from the front (at least a part of the range extended to the up-and-down, the left-right, and the back, etc.).

圖54是表示控制部556、開門操作部551、552與作為開門裝置的開門驅動部54、55等的電性連接的方塊圖。 FIG. 54 is a block diagram showing electrical connection between the control unit 556, the door opening operation units 551 and 552, and the door opening drive units 54, 55 as the door opening device.

如圖54所示,控制部556電性連接於開門操作部551、552的接近感測器560與防護電極570、開門驅動部54、55及多個作為照明裝置的LED577。 As shown in FIG. 54, the control unit 556 is electrically connected to the proximity sensor 560 of the door opening operation portions 551 and 552, the guard electrode 570, the door opening drive units 54, 55, and a plurality of LEDs 577 as illumination devices.

接近感測器560受控制部556控制,控制部556將接近感測器560保持為「高靈敏度」狀態。當手指進入接近感測器560的偵測區域即圖49與圖50所示的電磁場560P時,圖54的控制部556自接近感測器560接收手指接近至接近感測器560的信號 SG。 The proximity sensor 560 is controlled by the control unit 556, and the control unit 556 maintains the proximity sensor 560 in a "high sensitivity" state. When the finger enters the detection area of the proximity sensor 560, that is, the electromagnetic field 560P shown in FIG. 49 and FIG. 50, the control portion 556 of FIG. 54 receives the signal from the proximity sensor 560 that the finger approaches to the proximity sensor 560. SG.

並且,圖54的控制部556在收到來自該接近感測器560的信號SG時,判斷為手指相對於接近感測器560而接近,從而停止對防護電極570的通電,並且將接近感測器560的靈敏度由「高靈敏度」變更降低至「低靈敏度」。並且,當控制部556收到來自該接近感測器560的信號SG時,控制部556使LED577亮燈以對接近開關560的周圍進行照明,藉此,藉由照明來使接近開關560的位置顯現,以使用戶能以視覺來確認接近開關560的位置。 Further, when receiving the signal SG from the proximity sensor 560, the control unit 556 of FIG. 54 determines that the finger is approaching with respect to the proximity sensor 560, thereby stopping the energization of the guard electrode 570, and the proximity sensing is performed. The sensitivity of the device 560 is reduced from "high sensitivity" to "low sensitivity". Further, when the control unit 556 receives the signal SG from the proximity sensor 560, the control unit 556 lights the LED 577 to illuminate the periphery of the proximity switch 560, whereby the position of the proximity switch 560 is made by illumination. Appears so that the user can visually confirm the position of the proximity switch 560.

而且,作為LED577亮燈的效果,由於是利用LED577來亮燈顯示,因此可使用戶能看到操作部位,從而無須對玻璃板的前表面板21A(或22A)實施表示操作部的操作位置的印刷等。 Further, since the LED 577 is illuminated, since the LED 577 is used to illuminate the display, the user can see the operation portion, so that it is not necessary to implement the operation position of the operation portion on the front surface plate 21A (or 22A) of the glass plate. Printing, etc.

並且,當手指自接近至接近感測器560的狀態而接觸至接近感測器560時,接近感測器560作為接觸開關發揮功能,接近感測器560對控制部556發送手指已接觸至接近感測器560的接觸信號SH。藉此,控制部556可使接近感測器560作為接觸感測器來發揮功能,且例如將左門21的開門操作設為有效,控制部56使開門驅動部54進行動作,以實際進行左門21的開門操作。所述的操作程序對於右門22亦同樣。 And, when the finger comes into contact with the proximity sensor 560 from the state close to the proximity of the sensor 560, the proximity sensor 560 functions as a contact switch, and the proximity sensor 560 sends the finger to the control portion 556 that the finger has come into contact. The contact signal SH of the sensor 560. Thereby, the control unit 556 can cause the proximity sensor 560 to function as a contact sensor, and for example, the door opening operation of the left door 21 is enabled, and the control unit 56 causes the door opening drive unit 54 to operate to actually perform the left door 21 Opening the door. The described operating procedure is the same for the right door 22.

藉此,對於配置在左門21或右門22的玻璃面內側的接近開關560的位置,用戶可在LED577的照明的幫助下以目視進行確認並觸碰,從而打開左門21或右門22。 Thereby, the user can confirm and touch the position of the proximity switch 560 disposed inside the glass surface of the left door 21 or the right door 22 with the aid of the illumination of the LED 577, thereby opening the left door 21 or the right door 22.

如上所述,控制部556將接近感測器560的靈敏度由手 指接近時的「高靈敏度」切換至「低靈敏度」,藉此使接近感測器560作為接觸感測器來發揮功能。當手指接近至接近感測器560時,控制部556為了使靜電開關560作為「接近感測器」來發揮功能,控制部556將接近感測器560的靈敏度設定為「大」,藉此,作為「接近感測器」的功能為「有效」。因此,控制部556不使接近感測器560作為「接觸感測器」來發揮功能,因此,接近感測器560對於開門操作部551、552的原本功能即左門21、右門22的開啟(開門操作)為「無效」。 As described above, the control unit 556 sets the sensitivity of the proximity sensor 560 by the hand. The "high sensitivity" at the time of approach is switched to "low sensitivity", whereby the proximity sensor 560 functions as a contact sensor. When the finger approaches the proximity sensor 560, the control unit 556 functions to make the electrostatic switch 560 function as a "proximity sensor", and the control unit 556 sets the sensitivity of the proximity sensor 560 to "large". The function as a "proximity sensor" is "valid". Therefore, since the control unit 556 does not function as the "contact sensor", the proximity sensor 560 opens the door to the left door 21 and the right door 22 which are the original functions of the door opening operation portions 551 and 552. Operation) is "invalid".

如上所述,當用戶的手指接近至接近感測器560,且手指進入接近感測器560的作為人體偵測範圍的有效範圍的電磁場560P時,接近感測器560將手指的接近通知給控制部556。並且,當自接近感測器560將手指的接近通知給控制部556時,控制部556將作為接近感測器560的靈敏度由「大」切換設定為「小」。並且,控制部556使接近感測器560的亮燈顯示由關閉狀態成為打開狀態,接近感測器560的位置可藉由LED577來明示。因此,用戶能以目視來確認接近感測器560的位置,並用手指確實地觸碰接近感測器560。控制部56使接近感測器560作為原本功能即「接觸感測器」來發揮功能,因此藉由用手指觸碰接近感測器560,左門21或右門22的開啟操作(開門操作)變為「有效」。 As described above, when the user's finger approaches the proximity sensor 560 and the finger enters the electromagnetic field 560P of the sensor 560 that is within the effective range of the human body detection range, the proximity sensor 560 notifies the proximity of the finger to the control. Department 556. When the proximity sensor 560 notifies the control unit 556 of the approach of the finger, the control unit 556 switches the sensitivity of the proximity sensor 560 from "large" to "small". Further, the control unit 556 causes the lighting display of the proximity sensor 560 to be turned from the off state to the open state, and the position of the proximity sensor 560 can be clearly indicated by the LED 577. Therefore, the user can visually confirm the position of the proximity sensor 560 and reliably touch the proximity sensor 560 with the finger. The control unit 56 causes the proximity sensor 560 to function as a "contact sensor" which is the original function. Therefore, by touching the proximity sensor 560 with a finger, the opening operation (opening operation) of the left door 21 or the right door 22 becomes "effective".

所述的左門21的開啟操作(開門操作)與右門22的開啟操作(開門操作)同樣,因此省略其說明。 The opening operation (opening operation) of the left door 21 is the same as the opening operation (opening operation) of the right door 22, and thus the description thereof will be omitted.

如圖51(a)、圖51(b)與圖52所示,藉由在接近感 測器560的周圍配置防護電極570,接近感測器560的人體偵測範圍的有效範圍即電磁場560P在左門21與右門22的正面方向(前方方向),例如在約100mm的範圍內偵測人的手或手指的接近。此時,接近感測器560的人體偵測範圍的有效範圍即電磁場560P藉由配置防護電極570而受到限制,從而不會朝上下方向與左右方向擴展。 As shown in Figure 51 (a), Figure 51 (b) and Figure 52, by proximity The guard electrode 570 is disposed around the detector 560, and the effective range of the human body detection range of the proximity sensor 560, that is, the electromagnetic field 560P is detected in the front direction (front direction) of the left door 21 and the right door 22, for example, in a range of about 100 mm. The hand or finger is close. At this time, the effective range of the human body detection range of the proximity sensor 560, that is, the electromagnetic field 560P is restricted by the arrangement of the guard electrode 570, so as not to expand in the up and down direction and the left and right direction.

如圖49所示,藉由在左右方向(X方向)上限制接近感測器560的人體偵測範圍的有效範圍的擴展,從而如圖49所示,當欲使左門21沿著箭頭21M所示的軌跡打開而使手指接近左門21的接近感測器560時,可使得關閉的右門22的接近感測器560不會來偵測手指。同樣,當欲使右門22沿著箭頭22M所示的軌跡打開而使手指接近右門22的接近感測器560時,可使得關閉的左門21的接近感測器560不會來偵測手指。 As shown in FIG. 49, by extending the effective range of the human body detection range of the proximity sensor 560 in the left-right direction (X direction), as shown in FIG. 49, when the left door 21 is to be along the arrow 21M When the illustrated trajectory is opened and the finger approaches the proximity sensor 560 of the left door 21, the proximity sensor 560 of the closed right door 22 can be prevented from detecting the finger. Similarly, when the right door 22 is to be opened along the trajectory shown by the arrow 22M to bring the finger close to the proximity sensor 560 of the right door 22, the proximity sensor 560 of the closed left door 21 can be prevented from detecting the finger.

因此,右門22的接近感測器560的人體偵測範圍的有效範圍即電磁場560P不會進入打開作為移動部件的左門21時的軌跡內。同樣,左門21的接近感測器560的人體偵測範圍的有效範圍即電磁場560P不會進入打開作為移動部件的右門22時的軌跡內。 Therefore, the effective range of the human body detection range of the proximity sensor 560 of the right door 22, that is, the electromagnetic field 560P does not enter the trajectory when the left door 21 as the moving member is opened. Similarly, the effective range of the human body detection range of the proximity sensor 560 of the left door 21, that is, the electromagnetic field 560P does not enter the trajectory when the right door 22 as the moving member is opened.

藉此,在打開左門21或右門22時,可防止未打開而關閉的一側的右門22或左門21的接近感測器560不經意地誤偵測到用戶的手指或者左門21或右門22。 Thereby, when the left door 21 or the right door 22 is opened, the proximity sensor 560 of the right door 22 or the left door 21 on the side that is not opened and closed can be prevented from inadvertently erroneously detecting the user's finger or the left door 21 or the right door 22.

而且,如圖50所示,藉由在上下方向(Z方向)上限 制接近感測器560的人體偵測範圍的有效範圍的擴展,從而在沿箭頭方向抽出作為移動部件的抽拉式的門23時,左門21的接近感測器560的人體偵測範圍的有效範圍即電磁場560P、與右門22的接近感測器560的人體偵測範圍的有效範圍即電磁場560P不會進入打開抽拉式的門23時的軌跡內。 Moreover, as shown in FIG. 50, by the upper limit in the up and down direction (Z direction) The extension of the effective range of the human body detection range of the proximity sensor 560, so that the human body detection range of the proximity sensor 560 of the left door 21 is effective when the pull-out door 23 as the moving member is extracted in the direction of the arrow The range, that is, the electromagnetic field 560P, and the effective range of the human body detection range of the proximity sensor 560 of the right door 22, that is, the electromagnetic field 560P does not enter the trajectory when the pull-type door 23 is opened.

藉此,在打開抽拉式的門23時,可防止左門21的接近感測器560與右門22的接近感測器560不經意地誤偵測到用戶的手指或抽拉式的門23。 Thereby, when the pull-out door 23 is opened, the proximity sensor 560 of the left door 21 and the proximity sensor 560 of the right door 22 can be prevented from inadvertently detecting the user's finger or the pull-out door 23 inadvertently.

此外,對於圖51(a)、圖51(b)與圖52所示的防護電極570的大小,縱橫的尺寸(size)例如可設為30mm×30mm以上。藉由如此般設定防護電極570的大小,當用戶例如用肘部而非手指接觸至接近感測器560而欲打開左門21或右門22時,可防止肘部同時觸碰到接近感測器560與防護電極570兩者。藉此,用戶無論是用手指抑或是肘部,皆可打開左門21或右門22。 Further, the size of the guard electrode 570 shown in FIGS. 51(a), 51(b) and 52 can be, for example, 30 mm × 30 mm or more. By setting the size of the guard electrode 570 as such, when the user wants to open the left door 21 or the right door 22, for example, by touching the elbow instead of the finger to the proximity sensor 560, the elbow can be prevented from simultaneously touching the proximity sensor 560. Both with the guard electrode 570. Thereby, the user can open the left door 21 or the right door 22 whether using a finger or an elbow.

接下來,參照圖55(a)-圖55(c),對左門21與右門22中的基板553的收納結構例進行說明。圖55(a)-圖55(c)是表示左門21與右門22中的基板553的收納結構例的圖。圖55(a)是左門21與右門22的正面圖,圖55(b)是展示表示基板553的收納結構的左門21的內側端面部21T(右門22的內側端面部22T)的結構的立體圖。圖55(c)是表示蓋構件590的示例的圖。 Next, an example of the storage structure of the substrate 553 in the left door 21 and the right door 22 will be described with reference to FIGS. 55(a) to 55(c). 55(a) to 55(c) are diagrams showing an example of a housing structure of the substrate 553 in the left door 21 and the right door 22. 55(a) is a front view of the left door 21 and the right door 22, and FIG. 55(b) is a perspective view showing a configuration of the inner end surface portion 21T (the inner end surface portion 22T of the right door 22) of the left door 21 showing the storage structure of the substrate 553. Fig. 55 (c) is a view showing an example of the cover member 590.

如圖55(a)所示,在將左門21與右門22關閉的狀態 下,左門21的內側端面部21T與右門22的內側端面部22T相對。收納空間構件585的長方形的開口部分586位於各內側端面部21T處,基板裝配體500M的收納空間構件585位於左門21與右門22的內部。基板裝配體500M自開口部分586插入並收納於收納空間構件585內。 As shown in FIG. 55(a), the left door 21 and the right door 22 are closed. Next, the inner end surface portion 21T of the left door 21 is opposed to the inner end surface portion 22T of the right door 22. The rectangular opening portion 586 of the housing space member 585 is located at each of the inner end surface portions 21T, and the housing space member 585 of the substrate assembly 500M is located inside the left door 21 and the right door 22. The substrate assembly 500M is inserted into and housed in the housing space member 585 from the opening portion 586.

開口部分586在收納基板裝配體500M之後,藉由蓋構件590而關閉。在該蓋構件590的內表面,配置有鋁箔帶或鐵板之類的金屬體591。金屬體591是變更部件,該變更部件對接近感測器560所產生的作為人體偵測範圍的有效範圍的電磁場進行限制,以變更接近感測器560的偵測範圍的有效範圍。作為偵測範圍的有效範圍變更部件的金屬體591被配置在鄰接的移動部件即左門21與右門22之間。 The opening portion 586 is closed by the cover member 590 after the substrate assembly 500M is housed. On the inner surface of the cover member 590, a metal body 591 such as an aluminum foil tape or an iron plate is disposed. The metal body 591 is a changing member that limits the electromagnetic field that is close to the effective range of the human body detection range generated by the sensor 560 to change the effective range of the detection range of the proximity sensor 560. The metal body 591 as the effective range changing means of the detection range is disposed between the left door 21 and the right door 22 which are adjacent moving members.

藉由如此般在蓋構件590上配置金屬體591,金屬體591在左門21與右門22之間阻斷電磁場。因而,左門21的接近感測器560的電磁場與防護電極570的電磁場不會對右門22的接近感測器560與防護電極570的電磁場側造成影響。而且,來自右門22的接近感測器560的電磁場與防護電極570的電磁場不會對左門21的接近感測器560與防護電極570的電磁場側造成影響。 By disposing the metal body 591 on the cover member 590 as described above, the metal body 591 blocks the electromagnetic field between the left door 21 and the right door 22. Thus, the electromagnetic field of the proximity sensor 560 of the left door 21 and the electromagnetic field of the guard electrode 570 do not affect the electromagnetic field sides of the proximity sensor 560 and the guard electrode 570 of the right door 22. Moreover, the electromagnetic field of the proximity sensor 560 from the right door 22 and the electromagnetic field of the guard electrode 570 do not affect the electromagnetic field sides of the proximity sensor 560 and the guard electrode 570 of the left door 21.

接下來,參照圖48~圖50與圖54,對用戶打開例如左門21時的動作例進行說明。 Next, an operation example when the user opens, for example, the left door 21 will be described with reference to FIGS. 48 to 50 and FIG.

當用戶使手指接近圖49與圖50所示的左門21側的接近感測器560,並進入圖49與圖50所示的作為人體偵測範圍的有 效範圍的電磁場560P時,高靈敏度狀態的接近感測器560偵測到手指接近至接近感測器560。藉此,圖54的控制部556接收表示手指接近至接近感測器560的信號SG。 When the user brings the finger closer to the proximity sensor 560 on the left door 21 side shown in FIG. 49 and FIG. 50, and enters the human body detection range shown in FIG. 49 and FIG. In the effective range of the electromagnetic field 560P, the proximity sensor 560 of the high sensitivity state detects that the finger approaches to the proximity sensor 560. Thereby, the control unit 556 of FIG. 54 receives the signal SG indicating that the finger approaches the proximity sensor 560.

並且,圖54的控制部556根據來自該接近感測器560的信號SG,停止對防護電極570的通電,並且,控制部556將接近感測器560的靈敏度降低而由「高靈敏度」變更為「低靈敏度」。並且,控制部556使LED577亮燈以對接近開關560進行照明,藉此來明示接近開關560的位置,以使用戶能以視覺來確認接近開關560的位置。 Further, the control unit 556 of FIG. 54 stops the energization of the guard electrode 570 based on the signal SG from the proximity sensor 560, and the control unit 556 changes the sensitivity of the proximity sensor 560 to be changed from "high sensitivity" to "high sensitivity". "Low sensitivity". Further, the control unit 556 lights the LED 577 to illuminate the proximity switch 560, thereby indicating the position of the proximity switch 560 so that the user can visually confirm the position of the proximity switch 560.

並且,當手指觸碰到接近感測器560時,低靈敏度的接近感測器560作為用於打開左門21的觸摸開關(接觸開關)來發揮功能,向圖54的控制部556發送手指已接觸至接近感測器560的接觸信號SH。藉此,控制部556將左門21的開門操作設為有效,控制部556使開門驅動部54進行動作,因此可打開左門21。 Also, when the finger touches the proximity sensor 560, the low-sensitivity proximity sensor 560 functions as a touch switch (contact switch) for opening the left door 21, and transmits a finger contact to the control portion 556 of FIG. The contact signal SH to the proximity sensor 560. Thereby, the control unit 556 activates the door opening operation of the left door 21, and the control unit 556 operates the door opening drive unit 54, so that the left door 21 can be opened.

再者,用戶打開右門22時的動作例與所述的打開左門21時的動作例相同,因此省略說明。 In addition, the operation example when the user opens the right door 22 is the same as the operation example when the left door 21 is opened, and thus the description thereof is omitted.

如此,在用戶用手指觸碰到作為接觸感測器來發揮功能的接近感測器560時,控制部556可自動打開左門21或右門22。 As such, when the user touches the proximity sensor 560 functioning as a contact sensor with a finger, the control portion 556 can automatically open the left door 21 or the right door 22.

當用戶僅觸碰接近感測器560時,控制部556使接近感測器560作為觸摸感測器(接觸感測器)來發揮功能,以將左門21的開門操作設為「有效」,藉此來進行左門21的開門操作。右門22亦同樣如此。 When the user only touches the proximity sensor 560, the control unit 556 causes the proximity sensor 560 to function as a touch sensor (contact sensor) to set the door opening operation of the left door 21 to "valid". This performs the door opening operation of the left door 21. The same is true for the right door 22.

此外,在用戶不經意地觸碰到圖51(a)、圖51(b)所示的接近感測器560與防護電極570兩者的情況下,控制部556不使接近感測器560作為接觸感測器發揮功能,而將左門21的開門操作設為「無效」,藉此,不進行左門21的開門操作。藉此,控制部556在用戶的例如肘部等不經意地觸碰到接近感測器560與防護電極570兩者的情況下,可將左門21的開門操作設為「無效」,從而禁止左門21的開門操作。並且,在水滴附著於圖54與圖51(a)、圖51(b)所示的接近感測器560與防護電極570這兩者的情況下,控制部556亦不使接近感測器560作為接觸感測器發揮功能,而將左門21的開門操作設為「無效」,藉此,不進行左門21的開門操作。所述的開門操作的禁止對於右門22而言亦同樣。 Further, in the case where the user inadvertently touches both the proximity sensor 560 and the guard electrode 570 shown in FIGS. 51(a) and 51(b), the control portion 556 does not make the proximity sensor 560 a contact. When the sensor functions, the door opening operation of the left door 21 is set to "invalid", whereby the door opening operation of the left door 21 is not performed. Thereby, when the user, for example, the elbow or the like, inadvertently touches both the proximity sensor 560 and the guard electrode 570, the control unit 556 can set the door opening operation of the left door 21 to "invalid", thereby prohibiting the left door 21 Opening the door. Further, when water droplets adhere to both the proximity sensor 560 and the guard electrode 570 shown in FIG. 54 and FIGS. 51(a) and 51(b), the control unit 556 does not cause the proximity sensor 560. The function of the touch sensor is to make the door opening operation of the left door 21 "invalid", whereby the door opening operation of the left door 21 is not performed. The prohibition of the door opening operation is the same for the right door 22.

而且,例如在用戶的肘部同時觸碰到圖54與圖51(a)、圖51(b)所示的防護電極570與中間區域部分589兩者的情況下,可將門21的開門操作設為「有效」,從而進行左門21的開門操作。右門22亦同樣如此。 Further, for example, in the case where the elbow portion of the user simultaneously touches both the guard electrode 570 and the intermediate portion portion 589 shown in FIG. 54 and FIGS. 51(a) and 51(b), the door opening operation of the door 21 can be set. To be "effective", the door opening operation of the left door 21 is performed. The same is true for the right door 22.

如上所述,具有玻璃製前表面板21A、22A的對開型的左門21與右門22分別具有靜電觸摸型的接觸感測器,該靜電觸摸型的接觸感測器用作接近感測器560,該接近感測器560偵測人體的手指等的接近。如圖51(a)、圖51(b)所示,在基板553上,在作為靜電觸摸用的電極的接近感測器560的周圍,以相對於接近感測器560來隔開間隔地包圍的方式而配置有防護電極 570。 As described above, the split left door 21 and the right door 22 having the glass front surface plates 21A, 22A each have an electrostatic touch type contact sensor which is used as the proximity sensor 560, which is used as the proximity sensor 560, which is used as the proximity sensor 560, The proximity sensor 560 detects the proximity of a finger or the like of the human body. As shown in FIGS. 51(a) and 51(b), the substrate 553 is surrounded by the proximity sensor 560 which is an electrode for electrostatic touch, and is spaced apart from the proximity sensor 560. Shielded electrode 570.

該防護電極570是偵測範圍的有效範圍變更部件,用於在人體接近時,變更接近感測器560的人體偵測範圍的有效範圍。防護電極570產生與接近感測器560在偵測到人體接近時產生的電磁場為相反方向的電磁場。 The guard electrode 570 is an effective range changing unit of the detection range for changing the effective range of the human body detection range of the proximity sensor 560 when the human body approaches. The guard electrode 570 generates an electromagnetic field in the opposite direction to the electromagnetic field generated by the proximity sensor 560 when the human body is detected.

藉此,防護電極570在上下方向、左右方向上,對接近感測器560在偵測到人體接近時產生的電磁場進行限制,從而如圖49與圖50所示,對接近感測器560所產生的接近偵測用的電磁場的擴展範圍進行限制。因而,接近感測器560所產生的電磁場560P(接近偵測範圍)可僅限制在接近感測器560的正前方方向上。 Thereby, the guard electrode 570 limits the electromagnetic field generated when the proximity sensor 560 detects the proximity of the human body in the up-and-down direction and the left-right direction, so as to be close to the sensor 560 as shown in FIG. 49 and FIG. The extended range of electromagnetic fields generated for proximity detection is limited. Thus, the electromagnetic field 560P (proximity detection range) generated by the proximity sensor 560 can be limited only in the forward direction of the proximity sensor 560.

因此,在為具備左門21與右門22的對開式的冰箱的情況下,例如可防止因左門21的門開閉而導致右門22的接近感測器560造成誤偵測,並可防止因右門22的門開閉而導致左門21的接近感測器560造成誤偵測。 Therefore, in the case of a split type refrigerator having the left door 21 and the right door 22, for example, it is possible to prevent the proximity sensor 560 of the right door 22 from being erroneously detected due to the opening and closing of the door of the left door 21, and to prevent the right door 22 from being erroneously detected. The door opening and closing causes the proximity sensor 560 of the left door 21 to cause false detection.

而且,在為單開式的冰箱而非對開式的冰箱的情況下,當人體或物體來到冰箱的側面時,可防止門的接近感測器不經意地誤偵測到該人體或物體。 Moreover, in the case of a single-open refrigerator rather than a split-type refrigerator, when the human body or object comes to the side of the refrigerator, the proximity sensor of the door can be prevented from inadvertently detecting the human body or object.

[第31實施形態] [31st embodiment]

圖56是表示第31實施形態的冰箱1的正面圖。 Fig. 56 is a front elevational view showing the refrigerator 1 of the 31st embodiment.

如圖56所示,一對左門21與右門22可開閉地覆蓋冰箱1的冷藏室12的前表面開口部。因此,左門21與右門22分別 以使冰箱本體即箱體11的左端部、右端部的上下利用鉸鏈部呈對開式地開閉的方式而安裝。 As shown in FIG. 56, the pair of left door 21 and right door 22 cover the front surface opening portion of the refrigerator compartment 12 of the refrigerator 1 in an openable and closable manner. Therefore, the left door 21 and the right door 22 respectively The upper and lower ends of the refrigerator body, that is, the left end portion and the right end portion of the casing 11, are attached to each other in such a manner that the hinge portions are opened and closed in a split manner.

左門21與右門22均是隔熱結構構件,即:在前表面開口的扁平的內板的開口部,安裝有著色透明的玻璃製的前表面板21A、22A,且在內部空洞部中配置有真空隔熱材,並在未被真空隔熱材完全填埋的空洞部中,配置有聚胺基甲酸酯隔熱材(以下亦簡稱作胺基甲酸酯隔熱材)或預先成型的固體隔熱材(例如EPC)。 Each of the left door 21 and the right door 22 is a heat insulating structural member, that is, an opening portion of a flat inner plate that is open at the front surface, and a front surface plate 21A, 22A made of glass that is colored and transparent, and is disposed in the inner cavity portion. A vacuum heat insulating material is disposed in a cavity portion that is not completely filled with the vacuum heat insulating material, and is provided with a polyurethane heat insulating material (hereinafter also referred to simply as a urethane heat insulating material) or a preformed one. Solid insulation (eg EPC).

如圖56所示,一對開門操作部651、652分別設置在左門21的前表面板21A、右門22的前表面板22A的背側的下邊附近。開門操作部651、652可藉由用戶的手指,自前表面板21A的表面進行觸摸操作。開門操作部651具有靜電電容式的接近感測器607與靜電電容式的觸摸按鈕的電極633。開門操作部652具有靜電電容式的接近感測器608與靜電電容式的觸摸按鈕的電極633。接近感測器607被配置在觸摸按鈕的電極633的上側,接近感測器608被配置在觸摸按鈕的電極633的上側。 As shown in Fig. 56, a pair of door opening operation portions 651, 652 are respectively provided in the vicinity of the lower side of the back side of the front surface plate 21A of the left door 21 and the front surface plate 22A of the right door 22. The door opening operation portions 651, 652 can perform a touch operation from the surface of the front surface plate 21A by the user's finger. The door opening operation unit 651 has a capacitance type proximity sensor 607 and an electrostatic conductivity type touch button electrode 633. The door opening operation unit 652 has a capacitance type proximity sensor 608 and an electrode 633 of a capacitive touch button. The proximity sensor 607 is disposed on the upper side of the electrode 633 of the touch button, and the proximity sensor 608 is disposed on the upper side of the electrode 633 of the touch button.

而且,在左門21的前表面板21A的背側,設置有靜電電容式的控制操作部650,該靜電電容式的控制操作部650用於藉由用戶的手指,自前表面板21A的表面進行觸摸操作,從而操作冰箱。 Further, on the back side of the front surface plate 21A of the left door 21, a capacitance type control operation portion 650 for making a touch from the surface of the front surface plate 21A by the user's finger is provided. Operate to operate the refrigerator.

在該控制操作部650中,例如設置有:用於對冰箱周圍的環境狀態進行檢測的紅外線受光部;控制按鈕(control button) (控制開關(control switch))650CS與返回按鈕(返回開關)650HS;偵測對該返回按鈕650HS的觸摸並穿透顯示操作按鈕名、冷卻功能名、冷卻強度等的LED顯示燈;穿透顯示溫度值等變化數值的7段LED顯示裝置等。 The control operation unit 650 is provided with, for example, an infrared light receiving unit for detecting an environmental state around the refrigerator; a control button (control switch) 650CS and return button (return switch) 650HS; detect the touch of the return button 650HS and penetrate the LED display light of the display operation button name, cooling function name, cooling intensity, etc.; penetration display A 7-segment LED display device with a change in temperature value or the like.

如圖56所示,開門驅動部54、55在箱體11的頂板上表面的前端附近的左右部位,分別設置在與左門21、右門22上邊的敞開側端部附近對應的位置。 As shown in FIG. 56, the door opening drive units 54, 55 are provided at positions corresponding to the vicinity of the open side end portions of the upper side of the left door 21 and the right door 22, respectively, in the left and right portions near the front end of the top plate surface of the casing 11.

該些開門驅動部54、55是使左門21、右門22各自強制性地進行開門動作的開門裝置。開門驅動部54、55藉由電磁鐵來朝前方推壓柱塞54A、55A,藉此,將左門21、右門22各自的敞開側端部附近的上邊向前方推壓,從而使左門21、右門22強制性地自動敞開。 The door opening drive units 54 and 55 are door opening devices for forcibly opening the left door 21 and the right door 22, respectively. The door opening drive units 54 and 55 push the plungers 54A and 55A forward by the electromagnet, thereby pressing the upper side of the left side door 21 and the right door 22 toward the front side of the open side end portion, thereby causing the left door 21 and the right door. 22 mandatory automatic opening.

如圖56所示,包含其中一個接近感測器607的開門操作部651被配置在左門21的右下位置,包含另一個接近感測器608的開門操作部652被配置在右門22的左下位置。包含接近感測器607的開門操作部651被配置在左門21的玻璃製前表面板21A的內部,包含接近感測器608的開門操作部652被配置在右門22的玻璃製前表面板22A的內部。 As shown in FIG. 56, the door opening operation portion 651 including one of the proximity sensors 607 is disposed at the lower right position of the left door 21, and the door opening operation portion 652 including the other proximity sensor 608 is disposed at the lower left position of the right door 22. . The door opening operation portion 651 including the proximity sensor 607 is disposed inside the glass front surface plate 21A of the left door 21, and the door opening operation portion 652 including the proximity sensor 608 is disposed on the glass front surface plate 22A of the right door 22. internal.

圖57是表示圖56所示的左門21中的包含接近感測器607的開門操作部651附近(或右門22中的包含接近感測器608的開門操作部652附近)的結構例的V1-V1線上的剖面圖。圖56所示的開門操作部652附近的結構例與圖56所示的開門操作部 651附近的結構例相同。 57 is a view showing a configuration example of the vicinity of the door opening operation portion 651 including the proximity sensor 607 in the left door 21 shown in FIG. 56 (or the vicinity of the door opening operation portion 652 including the proximity sensor 608 in the right door 22). Sectional view on the V1 line. A configuration example in the vicinity of the door opening operation portion 652 shown in Fig. 56 and a door opening operation portion shown in Fig. 56 The structural examples near 651 are the same.

如圖57所示,在玻璃製的前表面板21A、22A的內表面側,藉由印刷等而配置有遮蔽用的薄片材621。該薄片材621是為了防止通過前表面板21A、22A看到內部而配置。 As shown in FIG. 57, on the inner surface side of the glass front surface plates 21A and 22A, a sheet material 621 for shielding is disposed by printing or the like. This sheet member 621 is disposed to prevent the inside from being seen through the front surface plates 21A and 22A.

如圖57所示,在前表面板21A、22A的內表面側,第1基板631與第2基板632隔開間隔且相對於前表面板21A、22A平行地配置。 As shown in FIG. 57, on the inner surface side of the front surface plates 21A and 22A, the first substrate 631 and the second substrate 632 are spaced apart from each other and are arranged in parallel with respect to the front surface plates 21A and 22A.

在配置於前側的第1基板631的背面,配置有接近感測器607(或接近感測器608)與連接器629,在第1基板631的表面,配置有靜電電容式的多個觸摸按鈕(電極)633。在第1基板631上,形成有多個貫穿的孔634,各孔634被配置在與觸摸按鈕633對應的背後的位置。接近感測器607、608是具有接近感測器功能的微電腦。 The proximity sensor 607 (or the proximity sensor 608) and the connector 629 are disposed on the back surface of the first substrate 631 disposed on the front side, and a plurality of capacitive touch buttons are disposed on the surface of the first substrate 631. (electrode) 633. A plurality of through holes 634 are formed in the first substrate 631, and each of the holes 634 is disposed at a position behind the touch button 633. Proximity sensors 607, 608 are microcomputers with proximity sensor functionality.

如圖57所示,在配置於第1基板631後側的第2基板632的表面,配置有多個LED635與連接器636。第2基板632的連接器636相對於第1基板631的連接器629,藉由中繼線束628而連接。 As shown in FIG. 57, a plurality of LEDs 635 and a connector 636 are disposed on the surface of the second substrate 632 disposed on the rear side of the first substrate 631. The connector 636 of the second substrate 632 is connected to the connector 629 of the first substrate 631 by the trunk wire harness 628.

各LED635被配置在與第1基板631的各孔634相向的位置。藉此,各LED635所產生的照明用的光LLT可通過各孔634而自背後朝向前表面板21A(22A)側來對觸摸按鈕633進行照明。藉此,用戶可通過前表面板21A(或前表面板22A)與薄片材621而以目視來確認接近感測器607(608)的位置與各觸摸按鈕633 的位置。 Each of the LEDs 635 is disposed at a position facing the respective holes 634 of the first substrate 631. Thereby, the illumination light LLT generated by each of the LEDs 635 can illuminate the touch button 633 from the back toward the front surface plate 21A (22A) side through the respective holes 634. Thereby, the user can visually confirm the position of the proximity sensor 607 (608) and each touch button 633 through the front surface plate 21A (or the front surface plate 22A) and the sheet material 621. s position.

圖58是圖56所示的控制操作部650的V2-V2線上的剖面圖。 Fig. 58 is a cross-sectional view taken along the line V2-V2 of the control operation unit 650 shown in Fig. 56.

如圖58所示,在玻璃製的前表面板21A的內表面側,藉由印刷等而配置有遮蔽用的薄片材621。該薄片材621是為了防止通過前表面板21A看到內部而配置。在前表面板21A的內側,配置有操作標牌661、擴散膜662、透明電極663及基板664。自前表面板21A朝向基板664,操作標牌661、擴散膜662及透明電極663依序隔開間隔而平行地配置。擴散膜662使搭載於基板664上的多個LED665所產生的照明用的光LLS朝向前表面板21A側擴散。 As shown in Fig. 58, on the inner surface side of the glass front surface plate 21A, a sheet material 621 for shielding is disposed by printing or the like. This sheet member 621 is disposed to prevent the inside from being seen through the front surface plate 21A. An operation label 661, a diffusion film 662, a transparent electrode 663, and a substrate 664 are disposed inside the front surface plate 21A. The front surface plate 21A faces the substrate 664, and the operation label 661, the diffusion film 662, and the transparent electrode 663 are arranged in parallel at intervals. The diffusion film 662 diffuses the illumination light LLS generated by the plurality of LEDs 665 mounted on the substrate 664 toward the front surface plate 21A side.

在基板664的表面,搭載有多個LED665、導光用的遮蔽板666及可撓性(flexible)印刷基板的連接器667。該連接器667藉由可撓性印刷基板668而連接於透明電極663。各LED665被配置在左右相鄰的遮蔽板666之間,各LED665的照明用的光LLS藉由遮蔽板666而照射向透明電極663側,在通過透明電極663之後,藉由擴散膜662而向前表面板21A擴散。藉此,用戶可通過前表面板21A與薄片材621而以目視來確認透明電極663的電極位置。 On the surface of the substrate 664, a plurality of LEDs 665, a shielding plate 666 for light guiding, and a connector 667 of a flexible printed circuit board are mounted. The connector 667 is connected to the transparent electrode 663 by a flexible printed substrate 668. Each of the LEDs 665 is disposed between the left and right shielding plates 666, and the illumination light LLS of each of the LEDs 665 is irradiated toward the transparent electrode 663 by the shielding plate 666, and after passing through the transparent electrode 663, by the diffusion film 662 The front surface plate 21A is diffused. Thereby, the user can visually confirm the electrode position of the transparent electrode 663 by the front surface plate 21A and the sheet member 621.

圖59是表示控制部656、控制操作部650、開門操作部651、652與作為開門裝置的開門驅動部54、55的電性連接的方塊圖。 59 is a block diagram showing electrical connections between the control unit 656, the control operation unit 650, the door opening operation units 651 and 652, and the door opening drive units 54, 55 as the door opening device.

如圖59所示,控制部656電性連接於控制操作部650、第1基板631及第2基板632與開門驅動部54、55。 As shown in FIG. 59, the control unit 656 is electrically connected to the control operation unit 650, the first substrate 631, the second substrate 632, and the door opening drive units 54, 55.

圖56所示的冰箱1中,當用戶打開冰箱1的左門21(或右門22)時,若為昏暗的環境,則難以看到開門操作部651、652的接近感測器607(608)的位置與觸摸按鈕633的位置。如此,為了改善開門操作部651、652難以操作的情況,如圖57所示,在開門操作部651、652的觸摸按鈕633的背面與接近感測器607(608)的背面,搭載有用於供給照明光的作為照明部件的LED635。 In the refrigerator 1 shown in Fig. 56, when the user opens the left door 21 (or the right door 22) of the refrigerator 1, if it is a dim environment, it is difficult to see the proximity sensor 607 (608) of the door opening operation portions 651, 652. The position is the position of the touch button 633. As described above, in order to improve the difficulty in the operation of the door opening operation portions 651 and 652, as shown in FIG. 57, the back surface of the touch button 633 of the door opening operation portions 651 and 652 and the back surface of the proximity sensor 607 (608) are mounted for supply. LED 635 as an illumination component of illumination light.

因此,當用戶欲用手指來觸摸操作開門操作部651、652的觸摸按鈕633時,靜電電容式的接近感測器607(或接近感測器608)偵測到人的接近。控制部656自接近感測器607(或接近感測器608)接收告知有人接近的信號,因此根據控制部656的指令,照明用的LED635亮燈。 Therefore, when the user wants to touch the touch button 633 of the operation opening operation portions 651, 652 with a finger, the electrostatic proximity sensor 607 (or the proximity sensor 608) detects the approach of the person. The control unit 656 receives a signal informing the proximity of the person from the proximity sensor 607 (or the proximity sensor 608), and therefore the LED 635 for illumination is turned on according to an instruction from the control unit 656.

藉此,用戶即使在昏暗的環境下亦可看到開門操作部651、652的接近感測器607(608)的位置與觸摸按鈕633的位置,從而可容易地操作開門操作部651、652的觸摸按鈕633,並可打開左門21(或右門22)。 Thereby, the user can see the position of the proximity sensor 607 (608) of the door opening operation portions 651, 652 and the position of the touch button 633 even in a dim environment, so that the operation of the door opening operation portions 651, 652 can be easily operated. The button 633 is touched, and the left door 21 (or the right door 22) can be opened.

而且,當接近感測器607(或接近感測器608)偵測到人的接近時,控制部656自接近感測器607(或接近感測器608)接收告知有人接近的信號,因此根據控制部656的指令,圖58所示的控制操作部650的照明用的LED665亮燈。 Moreover, when the proximity sensor 607 (or the proximity sensor 608) detects the approach of a person, the control portion 656 receives a signal from the proximity sensor 607 (or the proximity sensor 608) that the person is approaching, thus The command of the control unit 656 lights up the LED 665 for illumination of the control operation unit 650 shown in FIG. 58.

藉此,用戶即使在昏暗的環境下亦可看到控制操作部650的位置,從而可容易地操作控制操作部650。 Thereby, the user can see the position of the control operation portion 650 even in a dim environment, so that the control operation portion 650 can be easily operated.

當用戶欲用手指自玻璃製的前表面板21A、22A之上以非接觸的方式來觸摸操作開門操作部651、652的觸摸按鈕633時,較佳為,圖59的控制部656可將LED635的亮燈時的亮度設為多個階段。 When the user wants to touch the touch button 633 of the door opening operation portions 651, 652 in a non-contact manner from the glass front surface plates 21A, 22A with fingers, preferably, the control portion 656 of FIG. 59 can set the LED 635. The brightness at the time of lighting is set to multiple stages.

即,當接近感測器607(或接近感測器608)偵測到人的接近時,圖59的控制部656使LED635弱亮燈。並且,當用戶用手指以非接觸的方式來觸摸操作開門操作部651、652的觸摸按鈕633而左門21(或右門22)的開門操作成立時,圖59的控制部656使LED635完全亮燈以提高光量。 That is, when the proximity sensor 607 (or the proximity sensor 608) detects the approach of a person, the control portion 656 of FIG. 59 causes the LED 635 to be weakly lit. Further, when the user touches the touch button 633 of the door opening operation portions 651, 652 with a finger in a non-contact manner and the door opening operation of the left door 21 (or the right door 22) is established, the control portion 656 of FIG. 59 causes the LED 635 to be fully illuminated. Increase the amount of light.

隨後,當用戶使手指離開觸摸按鈕633時,控制部656使開門驅動部54(或開門驅動部55)進行動作,以打開左門21(右門22)。 Subsequently, when the user leaves the finger away from the touch button 633, the control portion 656 causes the door opening driving portion 54 (or the door opening driving portion 55) to operate to open the left door 21 (the right door 22).

藉此,當用戶用手指來觸摸操作開門操作部651、652的觸摸按鈕633而左門21(或右門22)的開門操作成立時,LED635由弱亮燈變為完全亮燈以提高光量,因此用戶藉由該光量的變更、即較佳為藉由光量的增加,而能以目視來確認開門操作成立。 Thereby, when the user touches the touch button 633 of the door opening operation portions 651, 652 with a finger and the door opening operation of the left door 21 (or the right door 22) is established, the LED 635 is turned from the weak light to the full light to increase the amount of light, so the user It is possible to visually confirm that the door opening operation is established by changing the amount of light, that is, by increasing the amount of light.

圖59所示的控制操作部650例如是為了供用戶變更操作冷卻控制內容而操作。控制部656將使圖58所示的控制操作部650的LED665亮燈的動作開始時刻(亮燈時機)設定成:與使圖57所示的開門操作部651、652的LED635亮燈的動作開始時刻(亮 燈時機)相比而不同,且延遲預定的延遲時間。即,控制操作部650的LED665的發光形態的時機與開門操作部651、652的LED635的發光形態的時機可進行變更。 The control operation unit 650 shown in FIG. 59 is operated, for example, for the user to change the operation of the cooling control content. The control unit 656 sets the operation start time (lighting timing) for turning on the LED 665 of the control operation unit 650 shown in FIG. 58 to start the operation of turning on the LED 635 of the door opening operation units 651 and 652 shown in FIG. 57. Moment The lamp timing is different and delays the predetermined delay time. That is, the timing of controlling the light emission pattern of the LED 665 of the operation unit 650 and the timing of the light emission pattern of the LEDs 635 of the door opening operation units 651 and 652 can be changed.

例如,開門操作部651、652的LED635的亮燈時機可早於控制操作部650的LED665的亮燈時機。然而,亦可相反地使控制操作部650的LED665的亮燈時機早於開門操作部651、652的LED635的亮燈時機。 For example, the lighting timing of the LEDs 635 of the door opening operating portions 651, 652 may be earlier than the lighting timing of the LEDs 665 of the control operating portion 650. However, the timing of lighting the LEDs 665 of the control operation unit 650 may be reversed earlier than the lighting timing of the LEDs 635 of the door opening operation units 651 and 652.

藉此,當接近感測器607(或接近感測器608)偵測到人的接近時,可不僅使開門操作部651、652的LED635亮燈,而且亦使控制操作部650的LED665亮燈。 Thereby, when the proximity sensor 607 (or the proximity sensor 608) detects the approach of the person, not only the LED 635 of the door opening operation portions 651, 652 is turned on, but also the LED 665 of the control operation portion 650 is turned on. .

如圖56所示,在左門21與右門22中,接近感測器607、608的位置被配置在控制操作部650的位置之下,並且接近感測器607、608分別配置在開門操作部651、652的觸摸按鈕633附近。 As shown in FIG. 56, in the left door 21 and the right door 22, the positions of the proximity sensors 607, 608 are disposed below the position of the control operation portion 650, and the proximity sensors 607, 608 are respectively disposed at the door opening operation portion 651. , 652 is near the touch button 633.

藉此,在用戶使手指接近至接近感測器607(或接近感測器608)並接觸至接近感測器607(或接近感測器608)之後,藉由直接使手指下移的微小移動,便可觸碰到開門操作部651、652的觸摸按鈕633,因此對於用戶而言便於使用。 Thereby, after the user brings the finger close to the proximity sensor 607 (or the proximity sensor 608) and contacts the proximity sensor 607 (or the proximity sensor 608), the micro movement is directly moved down by the finger. The touch buttons 633 of the door opening operating portions 651, 652 can be touched, and thus are convenient for the user.

接下來,圖60(a)-圖60(d)表示下述情況的示例:當在圖56所示的左門21的接近感測器607偵測到用戶的手指接近之後,手指接觸至開門操作部651的觸摸按鈕633時,左門21的控制操作部650與開門操作部651進行亮燈。 Next, FIGS. 60(a) to 60(d) show an example of a case where the finger touches to the door opening operation after the proximity sensor 607 of the left door 21 shown in FIG. 56 detects that the user's finger is approached. When the button 633 of the portion 651 is touched, the control operation portion 650 of the left door 21 and the door opening operation portion 651 are turned on.

圖60(a)中,用戶的手指為尚未完全接近至接近感測 器607的狀態。在此狀態下,控制部656為了使作為靜電開關的接近感測器607作為「接近感測器」發揮功能,控制部656將接近感測器607的靈敏度設定為「大」而提高靈敏度,藉此,作為「接近感測器」的功能為「有效」。 In Figure 60(a), the user's finger is not yet fully approached to proximity sensing. The state of the device 607. In this state, the control unit 656 functions to increase the sensitivity by setting the sensitivity of the proximity sensor 607 to "large" in order to activate the proximity sensor 607 as an electrostatic switch as a "proximity sensor". Therefore, the function as the "proximity sensor" is "valid".

此時,控制部656將開門操作部651的觸摸按鈕633的功能即左門21的開啟(開門操作)設為「無效」。並且,控制部656將控制操作部650的亮燈顯示與開門操作部651的亮燈顯示如虛線所示般設為「關閉狀態」。並且,控制操作部650的控制開關(控制按鈕)650CS與返回開關(返回按鈕)650HS的操作(開門操作)功能變為「無效」。 At this time, the control unit 656 sets the function of the touch button 633 of the door opening operation unit 651, that is, the opening (opening operation) of the left door 21 to "invalid". Further, the control unit 656 sets the lighting display of the control operation unit 650 and the lighting display of the door opening operation unit 651 to "closed state" as indicated by a broken line. Further, the operation (opening operation) function of the control switch (control button) 650CS and the return switch (return button) 650HS of the control operation unit 650 becomes "invalid".

接下來,圖60(b)中表示手指HT已接近至接近感測器607的狀態。在此狀態下,接近感測器607偵測到手指HT的接近,因此控制部656將接近感測器607的作為「接近感測器」的靈敏度由「大」切換為「小」而降低靈敏度,以降低接近感測器的功能。 Next, a state in which the finger HT has approached to the proximity sensor 607 is shown in FIG. 60(b). In this state, the proximity sensor 607 detects the approach of the finger HT, so the control unit 656 switches the sensitivity of the proximity sensor 607 as a "proximity sensor" from "large" to "small" to reduce the sensitivity. To reduce the proximity of the sensor.

因此,控制部656使開門操作部651的觸摸按鈕633發揮功能,因此由手指HT自前表面板的表面觸碰觸摸按鈕633而帶來的左門21的開啟操作(開門操作)功能由「無效」變為「有效」。 Therefore, since the control unit 656 causes the touch button 633 of the door opening operation unit 651 to function, the function of opening the door (opening operation) of the left door 21 by the finger HT touching the touch button 633 from the surface of the front surface plate is changed from "invalid" to "invalid". It is "effective".

並且,控制部656使控制操作部650的亮燈顯示與接近感測器607的開門操作部651的亮燈顯示如實線所示般變為「啟動狀態」,圖57所示的LED635與圖58所示的LED665例如弱亮燈。即,藉由圖58所示的LED665弱亮燈,從而自背後對控制操 作部650進行照明以使其發光,並且藉由圖57所示的LED635亮燈,從而自背後對開門操作部651進行照明以使其發光。 Further, the control unit 656 causes the lighting display of the control operation unit 650 and the lighting display of the door opening operation unit 651 of the proximity sensor 607 to be in the "activated state" as indicated by the solid line, and the LED 635 and FIG. 58 shown in FIG. The LED 665 shown is for example weakly lit. That is, the LED 665 shown in FIG. 58 is weakly lit, thereby controlling the operation from the back. The portion 650 is illuminated to emit light, and is illuminated by the LED 635 shown in FIG. 57, thereby illuminating the door opening operation portion 651 from behind to illuminate it.

較佳為,該亮燈顯示時間以規定的時間例如10秒鐘來亮燈,當在該10秒鐘的期間內手指HT未接觸至開門操作部651的觸摸按鈕633時,亦可使LED635、665再次熄燈。 Preferably, the lighting display time is turned on for a predetermined time, for example, 10 seconds. When the finger HT does not touch the touch button 633 of the door opening operation portion 651 during the 10 second period, the LEDs 635 and 665 may be made again. Turn off the light.

其中,控制部656可將使圖58所示的控制操作部650的LED665亮燈的動作開始時刻(亮燈時機)設定成:與使圖57所示的開門操作部651的LED635亮燈的動作開始時刻(亮燈時機)相比而不同,且延遲預定的延遲時間。即,控制部656可變更控制操作部650的LED665的發光形態的時機與開門操作部651的LED635的發光形態的時機。 The control unit 656 can set the operation start time (lighting timing) for turning on the LED 665 of the control operation unit 650 shown in FIG. 58 to activate the LED 635 of the door opening operation unit 651 shown in FIG. 57. The start time (lighting time) is different, and the predetermined delay time is delayed. In other words, the control unit 656 can change the timing of controlling the light emission pattern of the LED 665 of the operation unit 650 and the timing of the light emission pattern of the LED 635 of the door opening operation unit 651.

例如,開門操作部651的LED635的亮燈時機可早於控制操作部650的LED665的亮燈時機。然而,亦可相反地,使控制操作部650的LED665的亮燈時機早於開門操作部651的LED635的亮燈時機。藉由如此般使亮燈時機不同,從而可對用戶區別顯示控制操作部650的位置與開門操作部651的位置。 For example, the lighting timing of the LED 635 of the door opening operation unit 651 may be earlier than the lighting timing of the LED 665 of the control operation unit 650. However, conversely, the lighting timing of the LED 665 of the control operation portion 650 is made earlier than the lighting timing of the LED 635 of the door opening operation portion 651. By making the lighting timing different in this way, the position of the control operation portion 650 and the position of the door opening operation portion 651 can be displayed differently from the user.

並且,控制操作部650的控制開關650CS與返回開關650HS的操作功能變為啟動,由「無效」變為「有效」。 Then, the operation function of the control switch 650CS and the return switch 650HS of the control operation unit 650 is activated, and "invalid" is changed to "valid".

接下來,圖60(c)中表示手指HT接觸至開門操作部651的觸摸按鈕633的狀態。在此狀態下,控制部656維持接近感測器607的作為「接觸感測器」的靈敏度即「小」的狀態。控制部656將開門操作部651的觸摸按鈕633的功能即左門21的開啟 操作(開門操作)功能仍為「有效」。 Next, a state in which the finger HT comes into contact with the touch button 633 of the door opening operation portion 651 is shown in FIG. 60(c). In this state, the control unit 656 maintains a state in which the sensitivity of the proximity sensor 607 as the "contact sensor" is "small". The control unit 656 turns on the function of the touch button 633 of the door opening operation unit 651, that is, the opening of the left door 21. The operation (open door operation) function is still "active".

並且,控制操作部650的控制按鈕(控制開關)650CS與返回按鈕(返回開關)650HS的操作功能變為啟動而為「有效」,因此可進行操作。 Further, the operation function of the control button (control switch) 650CS and the return button (return switch) 650HS of the control operation unit 650 is activated to be "active", so that the operation can be performed.

並且,控制部656使控制操作部650的亮燈顯示與接近感測器607的開門操作部651的亮燈顯示如實線所示般維持「啟動狀態」。 Further, the control unit 656 maintains the "on state" of the lighting display of the control operation unit 650 and the lighting display of the door opening operation unit 651 of the proximity sensor 607 as indicated by a solid line.

此時,較佳為,圖60(b)中的控制操作部650的亮燈顯示的光量與接近感測器607的開門操作部651的亮燈顯示的光量相對較小而為弱亮燈。然而,在圖60(c)中的手指HT的接觸時,控制操作部650的亮燈顯示的光量與開門操作部651的亮燈顯示的光量由弱亮燈提高,以更大光量的完全亮燈來發光。 At this time, it is preferable that the amount of light displayed by the control operation unit 650 in FIG. 60(b) and the amount of light displayed by the door opening operation portion 651 of the proximity sensor 607 are relatively small and are weakly lit. However, at the contact of the finger HT in FIG. 60(c), the amount of light displayed by the control operation portion 650 and the amount of light displayed by the door opening operation portion 651 are increased by the weak light, and the light amount is completely bright. The light comes to illuminate.

藉此,當用戶用手指來觸摸操作開門操作部651的觸摸按鈕633而左門21的開門操作成立時,LED635由弱亮燈變為完全亮燈而提高光量,因此用戶藉由亮燈量的增加,能以目視來確認開門操作的成立。並且,用戶可更確實地看到控制操作部650的顯示與開門操作部651的顯示,並且可提高消耗電力的節能效果。 Thereby, when the user touches the touch button 633 of the door opening operation portion 651 with a finger and the door opening operation of the left door 21 is established, the LED 635 is changed from the weak lighting to the full lighting to increase the amount of light, so the user increases the amount of lighting. It is possible to confirm the establishment of the door opening operation by visual inspection. Further, the user can more surely see the display of the control operation portion 650 and the display of the door opening operation portion 651, and the energy saving effect of power consumption can be improved.

如上所述,在如圖60(b)所示般手指HT接近至接近感測器607的情況下、與圖60(c)所示的手指HT接觸至觸摸按鈕633的情況下,控制部656可如上所述般變更提高亮燈時的光量,以進行控制操作部650的照明與開門操作部651的照明。 As described above, in the case where the finger HT approaches the proximity sensor 607 as shown in FIG. 60(b) and the finger HT shown in FIG. 60(c) comes into contact with the touch button 633, the control portion 656 The amount of light at the time of lighting can be changed as described above to control the illumination of the operation unit 650 and the illumination of the door opening operation unit 651.

隨後,圖60(d)中表示用戶的手指HT自開門操作部52的觸摸按鈕633離開的狀態。在此狀態下,控制部656將來自開門操作部651的觸摸按鈕633的操作信號的輸入設為有效,並使開門驅動部54進行動作,藉此來進行相應的左門21的開門控制。藉此,左門21可自動打開。 Subsequently, a state in which the user's finger HT is separated from the touch button 633 of the door opening operation portion 52 is shown in FIG. 60(d). In this state, the control unit 656 activates the input of the operation signal from the touch button 633 of the door opening operation unit 651, and causes the door opening drive unit 54 to operate, thereby performing the door opening control of the corresponding left door 21. Thereby, the left door 21 can be automatically opened.

並且,控制部656使控制操作部650的亮燈顯示與接近感測器607的開門操作部651的亮燈顯示如實線所示般維持「啟動狀態」。並且,控制操作部650的控制開關650CS與返回開關650HS的操作功能變為關閉,由「有效」變為「無效」。 Further, the control unit 656 maintains the "on state" of the lighting display of the control operation unit 650 and the lighting display of the door opening operation unit 651 of the proximity sensor 607 as indicated by a solid line. Further, the operation function of the control switch 650CS and the return switch 650HS of the control operation unit 650 is turned off, and "valid" is changed to "invalid".

如上所述,使用圖56所示的右門22的開門操作部652的右門22的開啟動作亦可與參照圖60(a)-圖60(d)來說明的左門21的開啟動作同樣地進行。 As described above, the opening operation of the right door 22 using the door opening operation portion 652 of the right door 22 shown in FIG. 56 can be performed in the same manner as the opening operation of the left door 21 described with reference to FIGS. 60(a) to 60(d).

再者,當藉由左門21的開門操作部651的觸摸按鈕633來打開左門21時,對右門22的開門操作部652的觸摸按鈕633的功能進行切換,以將開門操作部652的開關功能設為無效,從而可避免右門22打開。相反的情況亦相同。 When the left door 21 is opened by the touch button 633 of the door opening operation portion 651 of the left door 21, the function of the touch button 633 of the door opening operation portion 652 of the right door 22 is switched to set the switching function of the door opening operation portion 652. Invalid, thereby preventing the right door 22 from opening. The opposite is also the case.

此外,當用戶欲用手指以非接觸的方式來觸摸操作開門操作部651、652的觸摸按鈕633時,較佳為,圖59的控制部656可改變LED635亮燈時的亮燈色。即,當接近感測器607(或接近感測器608)偵測到人的接近時,圖59的控制部656使LED635以作為第1發光色的例如藍色來亮燈。並且,當用戶用手指來觸摸操作開門操作部651、652的觸摸按鈕633而左門21(或右門 22)的開門操作成立時,圖59的控制部656使LED635以作為第2發光色的例如紅色來亮燈。 Further, when the user wants to touch the touch button 633 of the door opening operation portions 651, 652 with a finger in a non-contact manner, it is preferable that the control portion 656 of FIG. 59 can change the lighting color when the LED 635 is turned on. That is, when the proximity sensor 607 (or the proximity sensor 608) detects the approach of a person, the control unit 656 of FIG. 59 causes the LED 635 to light up, for example, blue as the first illuminating color. And, when the user touches the touch button 633 that operates the door opening operation portions 651, 652 with a finger, the left door 21 (or the right door) When the door opening operation of 22) is established, the control unit 656 of Fig. 59 causes the LED 635 to be lit, for example, red as the second illuminating color.

隨後,當用戶使手指離開觸摸按鈕633時,控制部656使開門驅動部54(或開門驅動部55)進行動作,以打開左門21(右門22)。 Subsequently, when the user leaves the finger away from the touch button 633, the control portion 656 causes the door opening driving portion 54 (or the door opening driving portion 55) to operate to open the left door 21 (the right door 22).

藉此,當用戶用手指來觸摸操作開門操作部651、652的觸摸按鈕633而左門21(或右門22)的開門操作成立時,LED635將亮燈色由紅色變更為藍色,因此用戶可藉由亮燈色的變更,以目視來確認開門操作的成立。再者,第1發光色與第2發光色的種類可任意選擇。 Thereby, when the user touches the touch button 633 of the door opening operation portions 651, 652 with a finger and the door opening operation of the left door 21 (or the right door 22) is established, the LED 635 changes the lighting color from red to blue, so the user can borrow The establishment of the door opening operation is visually confirmed by the change of the lighting color. Further, the types of the first illuminating color and the second illuminating color can be arbitrarily selected.

而且,亦可在如圖60(b)所示般使手指HT接近至接近感測器607的情況下,使LED635、665閃爍,而在圖60(c)所示的使手指HT接觸至觸摸按鈕633的情況下,使LED635、665始終亮燈。用戶能以目視來確認開門操作的成立。 Further, in the case where the finger HT is brought close to the proximity sensor 607 as shown in FIG. 60(b), the LEDs 635, 665 are caused to blink, and the finger HT is touched to the touch as shown in FIG. 60(c). In the case of the button 633, the LEDs 635 and 665 are always turned on. The user can visually confirm the establishment of the door opening operation.

而且,圖56所示的左門21與右門22是對開式地設置,但在左門21的開門期間,控制部656亦可使右門22中的開門操作部652的觸摸按鈕633的LED635始終亮燈。同樣,在右門22的開門期間,控制部656亦可使左門21中的開門操作部651的觸摸按鈕633的LED635始終亮燈。藉此,用戶即使在昏暗的環境下亦能以目視來確認未打開的一側的右門22(或未打開的一側的左門21)的開門操作部的位置,從而可容易地操作開門操作部。 Further, although the left door 21 and the right door 22 shown in FIG. 56 are provided in a split manner, the control unit 656 may also cause the LED 635 of the touch button 633 of the door opening operation portion 652 in the right door 22 to always be illuminated during the door opening period of the left door 21. Similarly, during the opening of the right door 22, the control unit 656 can also cause the LED 635 of the touch button 633 of the door opening operation unit 651 in the left door 21 to always be lit. Thereby, the user can visually confirm the position of the door opening operation portion of the right door 22 (or the left door 21 on the unopened side) of the unopened side even in a dim environment, so that the door opening operation portion can be easily operated. .

所述各實施形態中說明的內容可用在冰箱以外的家電 器具、例如洗滌(laundry)器具或烹飪器具等中,作為用作操作部的發明亦有效。 The contents described in the above embodiments can be used in home appliances other than refrigerators. An apparatus, such as a laundry apparatus, a cooking appliance, or the like, is also effective as an invention for use as an operation unit.

[第32實施形態] [32th embodiment]

圖61是表示第32實施形態的冰箱1的正面圖。圖62是圖61所示的冰箱1的平面圖,圖63是圖61所示的冰箱1的側面圖。 Fig. 61 is a front elevational view showing the refrigerator 1 of the 32nd embodiment. 62 is a plan view of the refrigerator 1 shown in FIG. 61, and FIG. 63 is a side view of the refrigerator 1 shown in FIG.

如圖61~圖63所示,一對左門21與右門22覆蓋冰箱1的冷藏室12的前表面開口部。因此,左門21與右門22分別以使冰箱本體即箱體11的左端部、右端部的上下利用鉸鏈部呈對開式地開閉的方式而安裝。 As shown in FIGS. 61 to 63, the pair of left door 21 and right door 22 cover the front surface opening of the refrigerator compartment 12 of the refrigerator 1. Therefore, the left door 21 and the right door 22 are attached so that the upper end of the left end portion and the right end portion of the casing 11 of the refrigerator main body are opened and closed by the hinge portion.

左門21、右門22均是隔熱結構構件,即:在前表面開口的扁平的內板的開口部,安裝有著色透明的玻璃製的前表面板21A、22A,且在內部空洞部中配置有真空隔熱材,並在未被真空隔熱材完全填埋的空洞部中,配置有聚胺基甲酸酯隔熱材(以下亦簡稱作胺基甲酸酯隔熱材)或預先成型的固體隔熱材(例如EPC)。 Each of the left door 21 and the right door 22 is a heat insulating structural member, that is, an opening portion of a flat inner plate that is open at the front surface, and a front surface plate 21A and 22A made of glass that is colored and transparent, and is disposed in the inner cavity portion. A vacuum heat insulating material is disposed in a cavity portion that is not completely filled with the vacuum heat insulating material, and is provided with a polyurethane heat insulating material (hereinafter also referred to simply as a urethane heat insulating material) or a preformed one. Solid insulation (eg EPC).

如圖61~圖63所示,開門操作部551、552分別設置在左門21的前表面板21A、右門22的前表面板22A的下邊附近。開門驅動部54、55在箱體11的頂板上表面的前端附近的左右部位,分別設置在與左門21、右門22上邊的敞開側端部附近對應的位置。 As shown in FIGS. 61 to 63, the door opening operation portions 551 and 552 are provided in the vicinity of the lower side of the front surface plate 21A of the left door 21 and the front surface plate 22A of the right door 22, respectively. The door opening drive units 54, 55 are provided at positions corresponding to the vicinity of the open side end portions of the upper side of the left door 21 and the right door 22, respectively, in the left and right portions near the front end of the top plate surface of the casing 11.

該些開門驅動部54、55是使左門21與右門22各自強 制性地進行開門動作的開門裝置。開門驅動部54、55藉由電磁鐵來朝前方推壓柱塞54A、55A,藉此,將左門21、右門22各自的敞開側端部附近的上邊向前方推壓,從而使左門21、右門22強制性地自動敞開。 The door opening driving portions 54, 55 are strong for the left door 21 and the right door 22, respectively. A door opening device that performs a door opening operation in a systematic manner. The door opening drive units 54 and 55 push the plungers 54A and 55A forward by the electromagnet, thereby pressing the upper side of the left side door 21 and the right door 22 toward the front side of the open side end portion, thereby causing the left door 21 and the right door. 22 mandatory automatic opening.

如圖61所示,其中一個開門操作部551被配置在左門21的右下位置,另一個開門操作部552配置在右門22的左下位置。開門操作部551配置在左門21的玻璃製前表面板21A的內部,開門操作部552配置在右門22的玻璃製前表面板22A的內部。 As shown in FIG. 61, one of the door opening operation portions 551 is disposed at the lower right position of the left door 21, and the other door opening operation portion 552 is disposed at the lower left position of the right door 22. The door opening operation portion 551 is disposed inside the glass front surface plate 21A of the left door 21, and the door opening operation portion 552 is disposed inside the glass front surface plate 22A of the right door 22.

而且,在左門21的前表面板21A的內部,設置有靜電電容式的控制操作部650,該靜電電容式的控制操作部650用於藉由用戶的手指,自前表面板21A的表面進行觸摸操作,從而操作冰箱。該控制操作部650配置在左門21中開門操作部551上部的位置。 Further, inside the front surface plate 21A of the left door 21, a capacitance type control operation portion 650 for performing a touch operation from the surface of the front surface plate 21A by a user's finger is provided. To operate the refrigerator. The control operation unit 650 is disposed at a position above the door opening operation unit 551 in the left door 21.

在該控制操作部650中,例如設置有:用於對冰箱周圍的環境狀態進行檢測的紅外線受光部;控制按鈕(控制開關)650CS與返回按鈕(返回開關)650HS;偵測對該返回按鈕650HS的觸摸並穿透顯示操作按鈕名、冷卻功能名、冷卻強度等的LED顯示燈;穿透顯示溫度值等變化數值的7段LED顯示裝置等。 The control operation unit 650 is provided with, for example, an infrared light receiving unit for detecting an environmental state around the refrigerator; a control button (control switch) 650CS and a return button (return switch) 650HS; and detecting the return button 650HS The LED display lamp that displays the operation button name, the cooling function name, the cooling intensity, and the like is touched and penetrated; the 7-segment LED display device that displays the change value such as the temperature value.

圖64(a)、圖64(b)表示圖61所示的開門操作部551的基板553的結構例。圖65是表示圖64(a)、圖64(b)所示的開門操作部551的基板553上配置的接近感測器560與防護電極570的圖。圖66是表示開門操作部551的結構例的分解立體圖。 64(a) and 64(b) show examples of the configuration of the substrate 553 of the door opening operation unit 551 shown in Fig. 61. 65 is a view showing the proximity sensor 560 and the guard electrode 570 disposed on the substrate 553 of the door opening operation unit 551 shown in FIGS. 64(a) and 64(b). FIG. 66 is an exploded perspective view showing a configuration example of the door opening operation unit 551.

圖61所示的開門操作部551與開門操作部552具有同樣的結構,但為左右對稱的形狀。圖64(a)、圖64(b)表示了開門操作部551的基板553的形狀例,但開門操作部552與開門操作部551為實質上同樣的形狀,因此參照圖64(a)、圖64(b)至圖66,以開門操作部551的基板553為代表來進行說明。 The door opening operation portion 551 shown in FIG. 61 has the same configuration as the door opening operation portion 552, but has a bilaterally symmetrical shape. 64(a) and 64(b) show examples of the shape of the substrate 553 of the door opening operation unit 551. However, the door opening operation unit 552 and the door opening operation unit 551 have substantially the same shape. Therefore, reference is made to FIG. 64(a) and FIG. 64(b) to 66, the substrate 553 of the door opening operation unit 551 will be described as a representative.

首先,參照圖66,開門操作部551具有基板裝配體500M、用於收納基板裝配體500M的被稱作明匣的塑膠製的收納空間構件585、及塑膠製的蓋構件590。在塑膠製的收納空間構件585的背面585R,較佳為黏貼有金屬體即例如鋁箔。在塑膠製的蓋構件590的內表面,黏貼有鋁箔等金屬體591。藉此,冰箱1的本體側所產生的電磁波不會對基板裝配體500M側造成影響。 First, referring to Fig. 66, the door opening operation unit 551 includes a substrate assembly 500M, a plastic storage space member 585 called alum for housing the substrate assembly 500M, and a plastic cover member 590. In the back surface 585R of the plastic storage space member 585, it is preferable to adhere a metal body, for example, an aluminum foil. A metal body 591 such as an aluminum foil is adhered to the inner surface of the plastic cover member 590. Thereby, electromagnetic waves generated on the body side of the refrigerator 1 do not affect the side of the substrate assembly 500M.

基板裝配體500M包含塑膠製的遮蔽板599、基板553、操作標牌597、及搭載有顯示用LED557的LED基板598。基板553為靜電觸摸開關基板,且被固定於遮蔽板599的前表面側。在基板553的前表面側,配置有操作標牌597。在遮蔽板599的背面側,固定有顯示用的LED基板598。在該LED基板598上搭載有多個LED577。 The substrate assembly 500M includes a plastic shield plate 599, a substrate 553, an operation label 597, and an LED substrate 598 on which the display LED 557 is mounted. The substrate 553 is an electrostatic touch switch substrate and is fixed to the front surface side of the shielding plate 599. On the front surface side of the substrate 553, an operation label 597 is disposed. An LED substrate 598 for display is fixed to the back side of the shielding plate 599. A plurality of LEDs 577 are mounted on the LED substrate 598.

在基板553的與操作標牌597對應的位置,形成有左右的狹縫574、575。該基板裝配體500M經由收納空間構件585的長方形的插入口即開口部分586而收納至收納空間構件585內。收納空間構件585的開口部分586由蓋構件590予以覆蓋。 Left and right slits 574, 575 are formed at positions corresponding to the operation label 597 of the substrate 553. The substrate assembly 500M is housed in the housing space member 585 via the opening portion 586 which is a rectangular insertion opening of the housing space member 585. The opening portion 586 of the accommodation space member 585 is covered by the cover member 590.

如圖64(a)與圖65所示,開門操作部551的基板553 為長方形或正方形,基板553具有圖64(a)所示的表面553A及圖64(b)所示的背面553B。在基板553上,設置有電子零件的搭載部分571、及接近感測器560與防護電極570的配置部分572。圖1所示的開門操作部551的基板553與開門操作部552的基板553較佳為設為左右對稱的形狀,從而可採用共用零件。 As shown in FIG. 64(a) and FIG. 65, the substrate 553 of the door opening operation portion 551 is opened. The rectangle 553 has a surface 553A as shown in Fig. 64 (a) and a back surface 553B shown in Fig. 64 (b). On the substrate 553, a mounting portion 571 of an electronic component and an arrangement portion 572 of the proximity sensor 560 and the guard electrode 570 are provided. The substrate 553 of the door opening operation portion 551 and the substrate 553 of the door opening operation portion 552 shown in Fig. 1 are preferably bilaterally symmetrical, and a common component can be employed.

圖64(b)所示的背面553B側的電子零件的搭載部分571在下端部分具有第1階部553M與第2階部553N。背面553B側的電子零件的搭載部分571的下端部分形成為階梯狀。 The mounting portion 571 of the electronic component on the side of the back surface 553B shown in FIG. 64(b) has a first step portion 553M and a second step portion 553N at the lower end portion. The lower end portion of the mounting portion 571 of the electronic component on the side of the back surface 553B is formed in a stepped shape.

並且,在背面553B側的電子零件的搭載部分571中,搭載有2個連接器零件CC1、CC2與未圖示的微電腦等電子零件等。連接器零件CC1配置於第1階部553M,連接器零件CC2配置於第2階部553N。 Further, in the electronic component mounting portion 571 on the side of the back surface 553B, two connector parts CC1 and CC2 and electronic components such as a microcomputer (not shown) are mounted. The connector part CC1 is disposed in the first step portion 553M, and the connector part CC2 is disposed in the second step portion 553N.

即,連接器零件CC1與連接器零件CC2並非沿水平方向橫向排列,連接器零件CC1安裝於基板553的背面553B的位置與連接器零件CC2安裝於基板553的背面553B的位置相比,在Z方向(上下方向)而位於下側的位置。連接器零件CC1沿著第1階部553M而配置,連接器零件CC2沿著第2階部553N而配置。 That is, the connector part CC1 and the connector part CC2 are not arranged laterally in the horizontal direction, and the position where the connector part CC1 is attached to the back surface 553B of the substrate 553 is compared with the position where the connector part CC2 is attached to the back surface 553B of the substrate 553, in the Z The direction (up and down direction) is located at the lower side. The connector component CC1 is disposed along the first step portion 553M, and the connector component CC2 is disposed along the second step portion 553N.

藉此,連接器零件CC1、CC2的位置在上下方向而錯開,因此在維護(maintenance)時拆卸或安裝連接器零件CC1、CC2時,容易使用工具來進行裝卸。 As a result, the positions of the connector parts CC1 and CC2 are shifted in the vertical direction. Therefore, when the connector parts CC1 and CC2 are removed or attached during maintenance, it is easy to attach and detach using a tool.

而且,由於連接器零件CC1、CC2的位置在上下方向而 錯開,因此,因結露產生的水容易自連接器零件CC1、CC2之間流下,因此可防止因結露產生的水貯留在連接器零件CC1、CC2之處。而且,由於連接器零件CC1、CC2自基板背面隔開,因此即使在收納部內貯留有水的情況下,連接器零件CC1、CC2亦不會沾到水。 Moreover, since the positions of the connector parts CC1, CC2 are in the up and down direction Since it is staggered, water due to dew condensation easily flows between the connector parts CC1 and CC2, so that water due to dew condensation can be prevented from being stored in the connector parts CC1 and CC2. Further, since the connector parts CC1 and CC2 are separated from the back surface of the substrate, even when water is stored in the housing portion, the connector parts CC1 and CC2 do not get water.

而且,在基板553的背面553B側的電子零件的搭載部分571,搭載有2個連接器零件CC1、CC2與未圖示的電子零件等,在基板553的表面553A未搭載電子零件。作為電子零件,例如為雜訊去除電容器、信號處理用電容器、電晶體(transistor)、微電腦等。由於如此般不將電子零件配置於基板553的表面553A而是配置於背面553B側,因此如圖66所示,操作標牌597的內表面不會受電子零件影響,而可相對於基板553的表面553A密接地配置。 In the mounting portion 571 of the electronic component on the side of the back surface 553B of the substrate 553, two connector parts CC1 and CC2 and electronic components (not shown) are mounted, and electronic components are not mounted on the surface 553A of the substrate 553. Examples of the electronic component include a noise removing capacitor, a signal processing capacitor, a transistor, a microcomputer, and the like. Since the electronic component is disposed on the side of the back surface 553B instead of the surface 553A of the substrate 553 as described above, the inner surface of the operation label 597 is not affected by the electronic component but can be opposed to the surface of the substrate 553 as shown in FIG. 553A dense grounding configuration.

並且,雖然在基板553的背面553B側的電子零件的搭載部分571中配置有2個連接器零件CC1、CC2,但藉由將連接器零件CC1、CC2與接近感測器560及防護電極570隔開地配置,從而防止來自連接器零件CC1、CC2的雜訊對接近感測器560與防護電極570造成影響。 Further, although two connector parts CC1 and CC2 are disposed in the mounting portion 571 of the electronic component on the side of the back surface 553B of the substrate 553, the connector parts CC1 and CC2 are separated from the proximity sensor 560 and the guard electrode 570. The ground configuration prevents the noise from the connector parts CC1, CC2 from affecting the proximity sensor 560 and the guard electrode 570.

在圖64(a)所示的基板533的表面553A側的配置部分572,配置有作為第1電極的接近感測器560、作為第3電極的防護電極570及作為第2電極的中間區域部分589。接近感測器560位於配置部分572的最中央,防護電極570位於配置部分572 的最外側。中間區域部分589設置在接近感測器560與防護電極570之間。接近感測器560、防護電極570與中間區域部分589為金屬電極,但彼此電性絕緣。作為第2電極的中間區域部分589具有輔助接近感測器560而作為接近感測器的功能。防護電極570進行接近感測器560的偵測有效範圍的變更。接近感測器560並非包含多個電極,而是包含1片長方形狀的電極。藉此,可採用用戶容易藉由手指來進行觸摸操作的形狀。 In the arrangement portion 572 on the surface 553A side of the substrate 533 shown in FIG. 64(a), the proximity sensor 560 as the first electrode, the guard electrode 570 as the third electrode, and the intermediate portion as the second electrode are disposed. 589. The proximity sensor 560 is located at the center of the configuration portion 572, and the guard electrode 570 is located at the configuration portion 572. The outermost side. The intermediate portion portion 589 is disposed between the proximity sensor 560 and the guard electrode 570. The proximity sensor 560, the guard electrode 570, and the intermediate portion portion 589 are metal electrodes, but are electrically insulated from each other. The intermediate portion portion 589 as the second electrode has a function of assisting the proximity sensor 560 as a proximity sensor. The guard electrode 570 performs a change in the detection effective range of the proximity sensor 560. The proximity sensor 560 does not include a plurality of electrodes, but includes one rectangular electrode. Thereby, a shape in which the user can easily perform a touch operation by a finger can be employed.

而且,如圖64(b)所示,在基板553的與配置部分572對應的背面553B,配置有作為第4電極的網狀的接地圖案573。藉此,該接地圖案573避免來自冰箱本體的雜訊對接近感測器560所產生的電磁場與防護電極570所產生的電磁場造成影響。 Further, as shown in FIG. 64(b), a mesh-shaped ground pattern 573 as a fourth electrode is disposed on the back surface 553B of the substrate 553 corresponding to the arrangement portion 572. Thereby, the ground pattern 573 prevents the noise from the refrigerator body from affecting the electromagnetic field generated by the proximity sensor 560 and the electromagnetic field generated by the guard electrode 570.

如圖64(a)與圖65所示,在接近感測器560的中央位置,形成有通孔560C。在該通孔560C上,如圖64(b)所示,連接有導線圖案560H。該導線圖案560H經由連結部分560A的部分而連接至通孔560C。導線圖案560H經由狹縫574、575以外的部位即連結部分560A的背側部分而配置。該連結部分560A將於後述進行說明。 As shown in FIG. 64(a) and FIG. 65, a through hole 560C is formed in the center of the proximity sensor 560. On the through hole 560C, as shown in FIG. 64(b), a wire pattern 560H is connected. The wire pattern 560H is connected to the through hole 560C via a portion of the joint portion 560A. The wire pattern 560H is disposed via a portion other than the slits 574 and 575, that is, a back side portion of the coupling portion 560A. This connecting portion 560A will be described later.

用戶用手指按壓(接觸)接近感測器560的行為通常是朝著接近感測器560的正中間來進行,因此對於通孔560C而言,通孔560C形成在接近感測器560的正中間的位置。 The user's action of pressing (contacting) the proximity sensor 560 with a finger is generally performed toward the center of the proximity sensor 560, so that the through hole 560C is formed in the middle of the proximity sensor 560 for the through hole 560C. s position.

如此般使通孔560C形成在接近感測器560的正中間的位置是基於下述理由。即,接近感測器560中,形成有該通孔560C 的中央的區域與其他區域相比,開關靈敏度最高。由此,藉由用戶的手指按壓具有通孔560C的接近開關560的正中間,以使手指能夠接觸靈敏度最佳之處。 The position in which the through hole 560C is formed in the middle of the proximity sensor 560 is based on the following reason. That is, in the proximity sensor 560, the through hole 560C is formed. The central area has the highest sensitivity compared to other areas. Thereby, the center of the proximity switch 560 having the through hole 560C is pressed by the user's finger to enable the finger to contact the sensitivity optimum.

圖64(a)、圖64(b)與圖65所示的接近感測器560為靜電觸摸(接觸)用的電極,且是靜電電容式的偵測部件,該靜電電容式的偵測部件用於在圖62與圖63所示的左門21與右門22的正面(前表面)方向,例如在約100mm內偵測人體或物體的接近。該接近感測器560在用戶的人體的一部分,具體而言,例如在手指接近時,偵測該手指的接近。接近感測器560為靜電電容式的觸摸感測器,但可使用互電容方式的觸摸感測器或自電容方式的觸摸感測器。 The proximity sensor 560 shown in FIGS. 64(a), 64(b) and 65 is an electrode for electrostatic touch (contact), and is a capacitive detecting component, and the capacitive detecting component For detecting the approach of the human body or the object in the front (front surface) direction of the left door 21 and the right door 22 shown in FIGS. 62 and 63, for example, within about 100 mm. The proximity sensor 560 detects the proximity of the finger on a portion of the user's body, specifically, for example, when the finger is approaching. The proximity sensor 560 is a capacitive touch sensor, but a mutual capacitance type touch sensor or a self capacitance type touch sensor can be used.

互電容方式中,包含1個發送電極與1個接收電極,當對發送電極供給電流時會生成電磁場,由接收電極來接收電磁場。例如當人體的手指接近至接近感測器560的偵測區域時,電磁場的一部分被吸收而被接收電極接收到,因此偵測到的能量的量減少,藉此,接近感測器560可偵測到手指的接近。 In the mutual capacitance method, one transmitting electrode and one receiving electrode are included, and when a current is supplied to the transmitting electrode, an electromagnetic field is generated, and the receiving electrode receives the electromagnetic field. For example, when the finger of the human body approaches to the detection area of the proximity sensor 560, a part of the electromagnetic field is absorbed and received by the receiving electrode, so the amount of detected energy is reduced, whereby the proximity sensor 560 can detect The proximity of the finger was measured.

自電容方式中,需要1個具備雜散電容的電極(接近感測器560)。電極(接近感測器560)的雜散電容受到位於該電極(接近感測器560)與其周邊的導電體(人體的手指)之間的寄生電容的影響。當人體的手指接近至接近感測器560時,受到寄生電容的影響而雜散電容的值增加,藉由對該增加的雜散電容進行計測,接近感測器560可偵測到手指的接近。 In the self-capacitance method, one electrode having a stray capacitance (proximity sensor 560) is required. The stray capacitance of the electrode (proximity sensor 560) is affected by the parasitic capacitance between the electrode (proximity sensor 560) and its surrounding electrical conductor (the finger of the human body). When the finger of the human body approaches to the proximity sensor 560, the value of the stray capacitance increases due to the parasitic capacitance, and by measuring the increased stray capacitance, the proximity sensor 560 can detect the proximity of the finger. .

如圖64(a)、圖64(b)與圖65所例示的,接近感測器560例如是沿縱向形成得較長的長方形狀的開關,在接近感測器560的周圍,以包圍電極的方式而形成有狹縫574、575。即,狹縫574、575是以包圍接近感測器560的周圍的方式,沿著Z方向而形成。藉此,藉由設置狹縫574、575,從而容易知曉接近感測器560的位置。如圖65所示,在該狹縫574、575處,例如覆蓋有透明膜體576,在透明膜體576上,多個作為照明裝置發揮功能的發光元件即LED577隔開間隔而配置。 As illustrated in FIGS. 64(a), 64(b) and 65, the proximity sensor 560 is, for example, a rectangular switch that is formed long in the longitudinal direction, around the proximity of the sensor 560 to surround the electrode. The slits 574, 575 are formed in a manner. That is, the slits 574 and 575 are formed along the Z direction so as to surround the periphery of the proximity sensor 560. Thereby, the position of the proximity sensor 560 can be easily known by providing the slits 574 and 575. As shown in FIG. 65, the slits 574 and 575 are covered with, for example, a transparent film body 576. On the transparent film body 576, a plurality of LEDs 577, which are light-emitting elements that function as illumination devices, are disposed at intervals.

其中,如圖65所示,多個LED577中的與狹縫574、575的4個角部576R對應的4個LED577,配置在脫離狹縫574、575內的外側位置。藉此,與4個角部576R對應的4個LED577所產生的照明光可對狹縫574、575進行照射而不會產生影子。 As shown in FIG. 65, among the plurality of LEDs 577, four LEDs 577 corresponding to the four corner portions 576R of the slits 574 and 575 are disposed at positions outside the slits 574 and 575. Thereby, the illumination light generated by the four LEDs 577 corresponding to the four corner portions 576R can illuminate the slits 574 and 575 without causing a shadow.

如圖65所示,接近感測器560的一端部藉由連結部分560A而連結於配置部分572,接近感測器560的另一端部藉由連結部分560B而連結於配置部分572。該些連結部分560A、560B以將接近感測器560與其周圍部分即中間區域部分589予以連接的方式而連結,亦稱作「橋部」。連結部分560A、560B是避開配置有所述LED577的部位而設置在配置有所述LED577的部位以外的位置。藉此,連結部分560A、560B不會妨礙到LED577的照明光。 As shown in FIG. 65, one end portion of the proximity sensor 560 is coupled to the arrangement portion 572 by the connection portion 560A, and the other end portion of the proximity sensor 560 is coupled to the arrangement portion 572 by the connection portion 560B. The connecting portions 560A and 560B are connected so as to connect the proximity sensor 560 to the peripheral portion 589 which is a peripheral portion thereof, and are also referred to as a "bridge portion". The connection portions 560A and 560B are provided at positions other than the portion where the LED 577 is disposed, away from the portion where the LED 577 is disposed. Thereby, the connecting portions 560A, 560B do not interfere with the illumination light of the LED 577.

在接近感測器560的中央部,形成有電性連接用的通孔560C。如此般在接近感測器560的中央部分形成通孔560C的原因 在於,如已說明的,設有通孔560C的接近感測器560的區域部分與其他區域部分相比,偵測靈敏度高。由於用戶的手指接近並接觸的區域部分是接近感測器560的中央部分,因此將通孔560C設置於接近感測器560的中央部分。 A through hole 560C for electrical connection is formed in a central portion of the proximity sensor 560. The reason why the through hole 560C is formed in the central portion of the proximity sensor 560 in this manner It is to be noted that, as already explained, the portion of the region of the proximity sensor 560 provided with the through hole 560C has higher detection sensitivity than the other portion of the region. Since the portion of the area where the user's finger approaches and contacts is the central portion of the proximity sensor 560, the through hole 560C is disposed in the central portion of the proximity sensor 560.

接下來,對圖64(a)、圖64(b)與圖65所示的防護電極570進行說明。 Next, the guard electrode 570 shown in FIGS. 64(a), 64(b) and 65 will be described.

防護電極570是在配置部分572中,在接近感測器560與中間區域部分589的周圍,形成為長方形狀的框型。防護電極570為金屬體,包含一對短邊電極部分570A與一對長邊電極部分570B。防護電極570產生與接近感測器560所產生的電磁場為相反方向的電磁場。 The guard electrode 570 is formed in a rectangular frame shape in the arrangement portion 572 around the proximity of the sensor 560 and the intermediate portion 589. The guard electrode 570 is a metal body and includes a pair of short side electrode portions 570A and a pair of long side electrode portions 570B. The guard electrode 570 generates an electromagnetic field that is opposite to the electromagnetic field generated by the proximity sensor 560.

藉此,如圖62與圖63所示,接近感測器560所產生的電磁場560P藉由防護電極570所產生的相反方向的電磁場而抑制擴展。因此,防護電極570所產生的電磁場抑制接近感測器560所產生的電磁場560P的擴展,藉此,防護電極570發揮作為偵測範圍的有效範圍變更部件的作用,所述偵測範圍的有效範圍變更部件對人體偵測範圍的有效範圍進行變更。 Thereby, as shown in FIG. 62 and FIG. 63, the electromagnetic field 560P generated by the proximity sensor 560 is suppressed from expanding by the electromagnetic field in the opposite direction generated by the guard electrode 570. Therefore, the electromagnetic field generated by the guard electrode 570 suppresses the spread of the electromagnetic field 560P generated by the proximity sensor 560, whereby the guard electrode 570 functions as an effective range changing unit of the detection range, and the effective range of the detection range The change component changes the effective range of the human body detection range.

防護電極570縮窄地變更對人體的例如手指的接近進行偵測時的接近感測器560的偵測範圍,藉此來變更接近感測器560的偵測範圍的有效範圍。具體而言,防護電極570對接近感測器560的偵測範圍的有效範圍進行變更,結果如圖62所示,左門21的開門操作部551的接近感測器560所產生的電磁場560P僅被導 向接近感測器560的正前方方向。同樣,右門22的開門操作部552的接近感測器560所產生的電磁場560P僅被導向接近感測器560的正前方方向。 The guard electrode 570 narrowly changes the detection range of the proximity sensor 560 when detecting the approach of the human body, for example, the finger, thereby changing the effective range of the detection range of the proximity sensor 560. Specifically, the guard electrode 570 changes the effective range of the detection range of the proximity sensor 560. As a result, as shown in FIG. 62, the electromagnetic field 560P generated by the proximity sensor 560 of the door opening operation portion 551 of the left door 21 is only guide It is directed to the front direction of the proximity sensor 560. Similarly, the electromagnetic field 560P generated by the proximity sensor 560 of the door opening operation portion 552 of the right door 22 is guided only to the front direction of the proximity sensor 560.

因此,如圖62所示,接近感測器560所產生的電磁場560P以不會朝作為左右方向的X方向擴展的方式而收縮。 Therefore, as shown in FIG. 62, the electromagnetic field 560P generated by the proximity sensor 560 contracts so as not to expand in the X direction which is the left-right direction.

並且,如圖63所示,左門21的開門操作部551的接近感測器560所產生的電磁場560P僅被導向接近感測器560的正前方方向。同樣,右門22的開門操作部552的接近感測器560所產生的電磁場560P僅被導向接近感測器560的正前方方向。因此,在圖63中,接近感測器560所產生的電磁場560P以不會朝作為上下方向的Z方向擴展的方式而收縮。 Further, as shown in FIG. 63, the electromagnetic field 560P generated by the proximity sensor 560 of the door opening operation portion 551 of the left door 21 is guided only to the front direction of the proximity sensor 560. Similarly, the electromagnetic field 560P generated by the proximity sensor 560 of the door opening operation portion 552 of the right door 22 is guided only to the front direction of the proximity sensor 560. Therefore, in FIG. 63, the electromagnetic field 560P generated by the proximity sensor 560 is contracted so as not to expand in the Z direction which is the vertical direction.

即,圖62與圖63所示的接近感測器560的電磁場560P表示人體偵測範圍的有效範圍,該人體偵測範圍的有效範圍相當於與接近感測器560的不同於前方的方向的範圍(朝上下、左右擴展的範圍)不同的範圍。 That is, the electromagnetic field 560P of the proximity sensor 560 shown in FIG. 62 and FIG. 63 represents the effective range of the human body detection range, and the effective range of the human body detection range is equivalent to the direction different from the front of the proximity sensor 560. The range (the range that extends up and down, left and right) is different.

接下來,圖67是表示控制部556、開門操作部551、552與作為開門裝置的開門驅動部54、55等的電性連接的方塊圖。 67 is a block diagram showing electrical connection between the control unit 556, the door opening operation units 551 and 552, and the door opening drive units 54, 55 as the door opening device.

如圖67所示,控制部556電性連接於開門操作部551、552的接近感測器560與防護電極570、開門驅動部54、55及多個作為照明裝置的LED577。 As shown in FIG. 67, the control unit 556 is electrically connected to the proximity sensor 560 of the door opening operation portions 551 and 552, the guard electrode 570, the door opening drive units 54, 55, and a plurality of LEDs 577 as illumination devices.

藉由控制部556的控制,將接近感測器560保持為「高靈敏度」狀態。當手指進入接近感測器560的偵測區域即圖62與 圖63所示的電磁場560P時,圖67的控制部556自接近感測器560接收手指接近至接近感測器560的信號SG。 The proximity sensor 560 is maintained in the "high sensitivity" state by the control of the control unit 556. When the finger enters the detection area of the proximity sensor 560, that is, FIG. 62 and At the electromagnetic field 560P shown in FIG. 63, the control unit 556 of FIG. 67 receives the signal SG from the proximity sensor 560 that the finger approaches the proximity sensor 560.

並且,圖67的控制部556在收到來自該接近感測器560的信號SG時,判斷為手指相對於接近感測器560而接近,從而停止對防護電極570的通電,並且將接近感測器560的靈敏度由「高靈敏度」變更降低至「低靈敏度」。並且,當控制部556收到來自該接近感測器560的信號SG時,控制部556使LED577亮燈以對接近開關560的周圍進行照明,藉此,藉由照明來使接近開關560的位置顯現,以使用戶能以視覺來確認接近開關560的位置。 Further, when receiving the signal SG from the proximity sensor 560, the control unit 556 of FIG. 67 determines that the finger is approaching with respect to the proximity sensor 560, thereby stopping the energization of the guard electrode 570, and the proximity sensing is performed. The sensitivity of the device 560 is reduced from "high sensitivity" to "low sensitivity". Further, when the control unit 556 receives the signal SG from the proximity sensor 560, the control unit 556 lights the LED 577 to illuminate the periphery of the proximity switch 560, whereby the position of the proximity switch 560 is made by illumination. Appears so that the user can visually confirm the position of the proximity switch 560.

並且,當手指自接近至接近感測器560的狀態而接觸至接近感測器560時,接近感測器560作為接觸開關發揮功能,接近感測器560對控制部556發送手指已接觸至接近感測器560的接觸信號SH。藉此,控制部556可使接近感測器560作為接觸感測器來發揮功能,且例如將左門21的開門操作設為有效,控制部56使開門驅動部54進行動作,以實際進行左門21的開門操作。所述的操作程序對於右門22亦相同。 And, when the finger comes into contact with the proximity sensor 560 from the state close to the proximity of the sensor 560, the proximity sensor 560 functions as a contact switch, and the proximity sensor 560 sends the finger to the control portion 556 that the finger has come into contact. The contact signal SH of the sensor 560. Thereby, the control unit 556 can cause the proximity sensor 560 to function as a contact sensor, and for example, the door opening operation of the left door 21 is enabled, and the control unit 56 causes the door opening drive unit 54 to operate to actually perform the left door 21 Opening the door. The operational procedure described is also the same for the right door 22.

藉此,對於配置在左門21或右門22的玻璃面內側的接近開關560的位置,用戶可在LED577的照明的幫助下以目視進行確認並觸碰,從而打開左門21或右門22。 Thereby, the user can confirm and touch the position of the proximity switch 560 disposed inside the glass surface of the left door 21 or the right door 22 with the aid of the illumination of the LED 577, thereby opening the left door 21 or the right door 22.

如上所述,控制部556將接近感測器560的靈敏度由手指接近時的「高靈敏度」切換至「低靈敏度」,藉此使接近感測器560作為接觸感測器來發揮功能。當手指接近至接近感測器560 時,控制部556為了使靜電開關560作為「接近感測器」來發揮功能,控制部556將接近感測器560的靈敏度設定為「大」,藉此,作為「接近感測器」的功能為「有效」。因此,控制部556不使接近感測器560作為「接觸感測器」來發揮功能,因此,接近感測器560對於開門操作部551、552的原本功能即左門21、右門22的開啟(開門操作)為「無效」。 As described above, the control unit 556 switches the sensitivity of the proximity sensor 560 from "high sensitivity" when the finger approaches, to "low sensitivity", whereby the proximity sensor 560 functions as a contact sensor. When the finger approaches to the proximity sensor 560 When the control unit 556 functions as the "proximity sensor", the control unit 556 sets the sensitivity of the proximity sensor 560 to "large", thereby functioning as a "proximity sensor". It is "effective". Therefore, since the control unit 556 does not function as the "contact sensor", the proximity sensor 560 opens the door to the left door 21 and the right door 22 which are the original functions of the door opening operation portions 551 and 552. Operation) is "invalid".

如上所述,當用戶的手指接近至接近感測器560,且手指進入接近感測器560的作為人體偵測範圍的有效範圍的電磁場560P時,接近感測器560將手指的接近通知給控制部556。並且,當自接近感測器560將手指的接近通知給控制部556時,控制部556將作為接近感測器560的靈敏度由「大」切換設定為「小」。並且,控制部556使接近感測器560的亮燈顯示由關閉狀態成為啟動狀態,接近感測器560的位置可藉由LED577來明示。因此,用戶能以目視來確認接近感測器560的位置,並用手指確實地觸碰接近感測器560。控制部56使接近感測器560作為原本功能即「接觸感測器」來發揮功能,因此藉由用手指觸碰接近感測器560,左門21或右門22的開啟操作(開門操作)變為「有效」。 As described above, when the user's finger approaches the proximity sensor 560 and the finger enters the electromagnetic field 560P of the sensor 560 that is within the effective range of the human body detection range, the proximity sensor 560 notifies the proximity of the finger to the control. Department 556. When the proximity sensor 560 notifies the control unit 556 of the approach of the finger, the control unit 556 switches the sensitivity of the proximity sensor 560 from "large" to "small". Further, the control unit 556 causes the lighting display of the proximity sensor 560 to be in the activated state from the off state, and the position of the proximity sensor 560 can be clearly indicated by the LED 577. Therefore, the user can visually confirm the position of the proximity sensor 560 and reliably touch the proximity sensor 560 with the finger. The control unit 56 causes the proximity sensor 560 to function as a "contact sensor" which is the original function. Therefore, by touching the proximity sensor 560 with a finger, the opening operation (opening operation) of the left door 21 or the right door 22 becomes "effective".

所述的左門21的開啟操作(開門操作)與右門22的開啟操作(開門操作)相同,因此省略其說明。 The opening operation (opening operation) of the left door 21 is the same as the opening operation (opening operation) of the right door 22, and therefore the description thereof will be omitted.

如圖64(a)、圖64(b)與圖65所示,藉由在接近感測器560的周圍配置防護電極570,接近感測器560的人體偵測範圍的有效範圍即電磁場560P在左門21與右門22的正面方向(前 方方向),例如在約100mm的範圍內偵測人的手或手指的接近。此時,接近感測器560的人體偵測範圍的有效範圍即電磁場560P藉由配置防護電極570而限制成不會朝上下方向與左右方向擴展。 As shown in FIG. 64(a), FIG. 64(b) and FIG. 65, by arranging the guard electrode 570 around the proximity sensor 560, the effective range of the human body detection range of the proximity sensor 560, that is, the electromagnetic field 560P is The front direction of the left door 21 and the right door 22 (front The square direction), for example, detects the proximity of a human hand or finger within a range of about 100 mm. At this time, the effective range of the human body detection range of the proximity sensor 560, that is, the electromagnetic field 560P is restricted by the guard electrode 570 so as not to expand in the up and down direction and the left and right direction.

如圖62所示,藉由在左右方向(X方向)上限制接近感測器560的人體偵測範圍的有效範圍的擴展,從而如圖62所示,當欲使左門21沿著箭頭21M所示的軌跡打開而使手指接近左門21的接近感測器560時,可使得關閉的右門22的接近感測器560不會來偵測手指。同樣,當欲使右門22沿著箭頭22M所示的軌跡打開而使手指接近右門22的接近感測器560時,可使得關閉的左門21的接近感測器560不會來偵測手指。 As shown in FIG. 62, by extending the effective range of the human body detection range of the proximity sensor 560 in the left-right direction (X direction), as shown in FIG. 62, when the left door 21 is to be along the arrow 21M When the illustrated trajectory is opened and the finger approaches the proximity sensor 560 of the left door 21, the proximity sensor 560 of the closed right door 22 can be prevented from detecting the finger. Similarly, when the right door 22 is to be opened along the trajectory shown by the arrow 22M to bring the finger close to the proximity sensor 560 of the right door 22, the proximity sensor 560 of the closed left door 21 can be prevented from detecting the finger.

因此,右門22的接近感測器560的人體偵測範圍的有效範圍即電磁場560P不會進入打開作為移動部件的左門21時的軌跡內。同樣,左門21的接近感測器560的人體偵測範圍的有效範圍即電磁場560P不會進入打開作為移動部件的右門22時的軌跡內。 Therefore, the effective range of the human body detection range of the proximity sensor 560 of the right door 22, that is, the electromagnetic field 560P does not enter the trajectory when the left door 21 as the moving member is opened. Similarly, the effective range of the human body detection range of the proximity sensor 560 of the left door 21, that is, the electromagnetic field 560P does not enter the trajectory when the right door 22 as the moving member is opened.

藉此,在打開左門21或右門22時,可防止未打開而關閉的一側的右門22或左門21的接近感測器560不經意地誤偵測到用戶的手指或者左門21或右門22。 Thereby, when the left door 21 or the right door 22 is opened, the proximity sensor 560 of the right door 22 or the left door 21 on the side that is not opened and closed can be prevented from inadvertently erroneously detecting the user's finger or the left door 21 or the right door 22.

而且,如圖63所示,藉由在上下方向(Z方向)上限制接近感測器560的人體偵測範圍的有效範圍的擴展,從而在沿箭頭方向抽出作為移動部件的抽拉式的門23時,左門21的接近感測器560的人體偵測範圍的有效範圍即電磁場560P、與右門22 的接近感測器560的人體偵測範圍的有效範圍即電磁場560P不會進入打開抽拉式的門23時的軌跡內。 Further, as shown in FIG. 63, by extending the effective range of the human body detection range of the proximity sensor 560 in the up and down direction (Z direction), the pull type door as the moving member is extracted in the arrow direction. At 2300, the effective range of the human body detection range of the proximity sensor 560 of the left door 21 is the electromagnetic field 560P and the right door 22 The effective range of the human body detection range of the proximity sensor 560, that is, the electromagnetic field 560P does not enter the trajectory when the pull-out door 23 is opened.

藉此,在打開抽拉式的門23時,可防止左門21的接近感測器560與右門22的接近感測器560不經意地誤偵測到用戶的手指或抽拉式的門23。 Thereby, when the pull-out door 23 is opened, the proximity sensor 560 of the left door 21 and the proximity sensor 560 of the right door 22 can be prevented from inadvertently detecting the user's finger or the pull-out door 23 inadvertently.

圖64(a)與圖65所示的防護電極570如上所述,防護電極570為金屬體,且包含一對短邊電極部分570A與一對長邊電極部分570B。例如,當水分附著於圖61所示的左門21的前表面板21A,且該水分附著至防護電極570的位置的前表面板21A,防護電極570因水分而偵測到靜電電容的變化時,圖67所示的控制部556將基於接近感測器560而實現的開門驅動部(開門裝置)54、55的開門動作設為無效。 64(a) and the guard electrode 570 shown in FIG. 65, as described above, the guard electrode 570 is a metal body and includes a pair of short side electrode portions 570A and a pair of long side electrode portions 570B. For example, when moisture adheres to the front surface plate 21A of the left door 21 shown in FIG. 61, and the moisture adheres to the front surface plate 21A at the position of the guard electrode 570, when the guard electrode 570 detects a change in electrostatic capacitance due to moisture, The control unit 556 shown in FIG. 67 disables the door opening operation of the door opening drive units (door opening devices) 54 and 55 realized by the proximity sensor 560.

具體而言,例如當用戶用濕潤的毛巾擦拭左門21的前表面板21A的表面或右門22的前表面板22A的表面時,若防護電極570偵測到水分,則即使接近感測器560感測到濕潤的毛巾而成為啟動狀態,圖67所示的控制部556亦將基於接近感測器560而實現的開門驅動部(開門裝置)54、55的開門動作設為「無效」,以避免左門21或右門22隨意打開。藉此,防止左門21或右門22不經意地打開。 Specifically, for example, when the user wipes the surface of the front surface plate 21A of the left door 21 or the front surface plate 22A of the right door 22 with a wet towel, if the guard electrode 570 detects moisture, even if it is close to the sensor 560 The wetted towel is detected to be in an activated state, and the control unit 556 shown in FIG. 67 also sets the door opening operation of the door opening drive units (door opening devices) 54 and 55 based on the proximity sensor 560 to "invalid" to avoid The left door 21 or the right door 22 is free to open. Thereby, the left door 21 or the right door 22 is prevented from being inadvertently opened.

而且,控制部556在用戶用手指觸碰防護電極570之後觸碰接近感測器560時,將基於接近感測器560而實現的開門驅動部(開門裝置)54、55的開門動作設為「無效」。進而,控制部 556在用戶用手指觸碰防護電極570的同時觸碰接近感測器560時,將基於接近感測器560而實現的開門驅動部(開門裝置)54、55的開門動作設為「無效」。 Further, when the user touches the proximity sensor 560 after the user touches the guard electrode 570 with a finger, the control unit 556 sets the door opening operation of the door opening drive units (door opening devices) 54 and 55 based on the proximity sensor 560 to " invalid". Further, the control unit 556 When the user touches the proximity sensor 560 while touching the guard electrode 570 with a finger, the door opening operation of the door opening drive units (door opening devices) 54 and 55 based on the proximity sensor 560 is set to "invalid".

藉此,防止在防護電極570誤偵測到人體時,左門21或右門22不經意地打開的情況。 Thereby, the case where the left door 21 or the right door 22 is inadvertently opened when the guard electrode 570 is erroneously detected to the human body is prevented.

如圖61所示,在左門21的前表面板21A的內側,設置有控制操作部650,在控制操作部650的下部,設置有開門操作部551。因而,在控制操作部650與開門操作部551的接近感測器551之間的位置,配置有開門操作部551的防護電極570的短邊電極部分570A。該短邊電極部分570A在圖64(a)、圖64(b)與圖65中均示出。 As shown in FIG. 61, a control operation portion 650 is provided inside the front surface plate 21A of the left door 21, and a door opening operation portion 551 is provided at a lower portion of the control operation portion 650. Therefore, the short-side electrode portion 570A of the guard electrode 570 of the door opening operation portion 551 is disposed at a position between the control operation portion 650 and the proximity sensor 551 of the door opening operation portion 551. The short side electrode portion 570A is shown in FIGS. 64(a), 64(b) and 65.

藉此,例如當用戶使用濕潤的毛巾來擦拭左門21的前表面板21A表面的控制操作部650時,該水將沿著前表面板21A滴落而到達防護電極570。此時,若防護電極570的短邊電極部分570A偵測到水分,則即使接近感測器560感測到濕潤的毛巾而成為啟動狀態,圖67所示的控制部556亦將基於接近感測器560而實現的開門驅動部(開門裝置)54的開門動作設為「無效」,藉此避免左門21隨意打開。藉此,防止左門21不經意地打開。 Thereby, for example, when the user wipes the control operation portion 650 of the surface of the front surface plate 21A of the left door 21 with a wet towel, the water will drip along the front surface plate 21A to reach the guard electrode 570. At this time, if the short-side electrode portion 570A of the guard electrode 570 detects moisture, the control portion 556 shown in FIG. 67 will be based on proximity sensing even if the proximity sensor 560 senses a wet towel to be activated. The door opening operation of the door opening drive unit (door opening device) 54 realized by the device 560 is set to "invalid", thereby preventing the left door 21 from being freely opened. Thereby, the left door 21 is prevented from being inadvertently opened.

此外,圖65所示的防護電極570的橫向的電極間隙間隔HF與縱向的電極間隙間隔RF大於人體的手指HT的寬度MF。防護電極570的橫向的電極間隙間隔HF與縱向的電極間隙間隔RF較佳為可在15mm至75mm的範圍內選擇。藉此,當用戶使 手指HT接近並觸碰到接近感測器560時,可防止手指HT不經意地觸碰到防護電極570。 Further, the lateral electrode gap interval HF and the longitudinal electrode gap interval RF of the guard electrode 570 shown in FIG. 65 are larger than the width MF of the human body finger HT. The lateral electrode gap interval HF of the guard electrode 570 and the longitudinal electrode gap interval RF are preferably selected from the range of 15 mm to 75 mm. Thereby, when the user makes When the finger HT approaches and touches the proximity sensor 560, the finger HT can be prevented from inadvertently touching the guard electrode 570.

而且,防護電極570的橫向的電極間隙間隔HF與縱向的電極間隙間隔RF的大小為:即使人體彎曲的肘部碰到亦不會觸碰到防護電極570。該些防護電極570的橫向的電極間隙間隔HF與縱向的電極間隙間隔RF例如可在30mm至75mm的範圍內選擇。藉由如此般設定防護電極570的大小,即使在用戶雙手拿著鍋或碟等,而用彎曲的肘部而非手指來接觸至接近感測器560,以欲打開左門21或右門22的情況下,亦可防止肘部同時觸碰到接近感測器560與防護電極570兩者。藉此,用戶無論是用手指抑或是肘部皆可打開左門21或右門22。 Moreover, the horizontal electrode gap interval HF of the guard electrode 570 and the longitudinal electrode gap interval RF are such that the protective electrode 570 is not touched even if the bent elbow of the human body is hit. The lateral electrode gap spacing HF and the longitudinal electrode gap spacing RF of the guard electrodes 570 can be selected, for example, in the range of 30 mm to 75 mm. By setting the size of the guard electrode 570 in this way, even if the user holds the pot or the dish or the like with both hands, the curved elbow is used instead of the finger to contact the proximity sensor 560 to open the left door 21 or the right door 22. In this case, it is also possible to prevent the elbow from simultaneously touching both the proximity sensor 560 and the guard electrode 570. Thereby, the user can open the left door 21 or the right door 22 whether with a finger or an elbow.

接下來,參照圖68(a)-圖68(c),對左門21與右門22中的基板553的收納結構例進行說明。圖68(a)-圖68(c)是表示左門21與右門22中的基板553的收納結構例的圖。圖68(a)是左門21與右門22的正面圖,圖68(b)是展示表示基板553的收納結構的左門21的內側端面部21T(右門22的內側端面部22T)的結構的立體圖。圖68(c)是表示蓋構件590的示例的圖。 Next, an example of the storage structure of the substrate 553 in the left door 21 and the right door 22 will be described with reference to FIGS. 68(a) to 68(c). 68(a) to 68(c) are diagrams showing an example of a storage structure of the substrate 553 in the left door 21 and the right door 22. 68(a) is a front view of the left door 21 and the right door 22, and FIG. 68(b) is a perspective view showing a configuration of the inner end surface portion 21T (the inner end surface portion 22T of the right door 22) of the left door 21 showing the storage structure of the substrate 553. Fig. 68 (c) is a view showing an example of the cover member 590.

如圖68(a)所示,在將左門21與右門22關閉的狀態下,左門21的內側端面部21T與右門22的內側端面部22T相對。收納空間構件585的長方形的開口部分586位於各內側端面部21T處,基板裝配體500M的收納空間構件585位於左門21與右門22 的內部。基板裝配體500M自開口部分586插入並收納於收納空間構件585內。 As shown in FIG. 68(a), in a state where the left door 21 and the right door 22 are closed, the inner end surface portion 21T of the left door 21 faces the inner end surface portion 22T of the right door 22. The rectangular opening portion 586 of the housing space member 585 is located at each of the inner end surface portions 21T, and the housing space member 585 of the substrate assembly 500M is located at the left door 21 and the right door 22 internal. The substrate assembly 500M is inserted into and housed in the housing space member 585 from the opening portion 586.

其中,在如此般將基板裝配體500M插入並收納至收納空間構件585內的情況下,如圖66所示,是使基板553的配置部分572側來到蓋構件590側,而自電子零件的搭載部分571側向開口部分586插入且使電子零件的搭載部分571側到達收納空間構件585的裏側。 In the case where the substrate assembly 500M is inserted into and housed in the housing space member 585, as shown in FIG. 66, the arrangement portion 572 side of the substrate 553 is brought to the side of the cover member 590, and the electronic component is used. The mounting portion 571 is inserted into the lateral opening portion 586 and the mounting portion 571 side of the electronic component reaches the back side of the housing space member 585.

如此,在接近感測器560與防護電極570配置於基板553的表面,在基板553的背面設置有電子零件的搭載部分571,且基板553被保持在左門21內的狀態下,電子零件的搭載部分571與位於插入口即開口部分586側的基板553的配置部分572位於相反側。 In this way, the proximity sensor 560 and the guard electrode 570 are disposed on the surface of the substrate 553, and the mounting portion 571 of the electronic component is provided on the back surface of the substrate 553, and the substrate 553 is held in the left door 21, and the electronic component is mounted. The portion 571 is located on the opposite side to the arrangement portion 572 of the substrate 553 located on the side of the insertion opening, that is, the opening portion 586.

藉此,在將基板裝配體500M插入並收納至收納空間構件585內的情況下,作業者能一邊以目視來確認電子零件的搭載部分571的第1階部553M與第2階部553N的位置,一邊將基板裝配體500M插入至收納空間構件585內,因此防止將基板裝配體500M沿錯誤的插入方向插入。 When the substrate assembly 500M is inserted into the storage space member 585, the operator can visually check the position of the first step portion 553M and the second step portion 553N of the mounting portion 571 of the electronic component. Since the substrate assembly 500M is inserted into the housing space member 585, the substrate assembly 500M is prevented from being inserted in the wrong insertion direction.

開口部分586在收納基板裝配體500M之後,藉由蓋構件590而關閉。在該蓋構件590的內表面,配置有鋁箔帶或鐵板之類的金屬體591。金屬體591是變更部件,該變更部件對接近感測器560所產生的作為人體偵測範圍的有效範圍的電磁場進行限制,以變更接近感測器560的偵測範圍的有效範圍。作為偵測範 圍的有效範圍變更部件的金屬體591配置在鄰接的移動部件即左門21與右門22之間。 The opening portion 586 is closed by the cover member 590 after the substrate assembly 500M is housed. On the inner surface of the cover member 590, a metal body 591 such as an aluminum foil tape or an iron plate is disposed. The metal body 591 is a changing member that limits the electromagnetic field that is close to the effective range of the human body detection range generated by the sensor 560 to change the effective range of the detection range of the proximity sensor 560. As a detection The metal body 591 of the surrounding effective range changing member is disposed between the left door 21 and the right door 22 which are adjacent moving members.

藉由如此般在蓋構件590上配置金屬體591,金屬體591在左門21與右門22之間阻斷電磁場。因而,左門21的接近感測器560的電磁場與防護電極570的電磁場不會對右門22的接近感測器560與防護電極570的電磁場側造成影響。而且,來自右門22的接近感測器560的電磁場與防護電極570的電磁場不會對左門21的接近感測器560與防護電極570的電磁場側造成影響。 By disposing the metal body 591 on the cover member 590 as described above, the metal body 591 blocks the electromagnetic field between the left door 21 and the right door 22. Thus, the electromagnetic field of the proximity sensor 560 of the left door 21 and the electromagnetic field of the guard electrode 570 do not affect the electromagnetic field sides of the proximity sensor 560 and the guard electrode 570 of the right door 22. Moreover, the electromagnetic field of the proximity sensor 560 from the right door 22 and the electromagnetic field of the guard electrode 570 do not affect the electromagnetic field sides of the proximity sensor 560 and the guard electrode 570 of the left door 21.

接下來,參照圖61~圖63與圖67,對用戶打開例如左門21時的動作例進行說明。 Next, an operation example when the user opens, for example, the left door 21 will be described with reference to FIGS. 61 to 63 and 67.

當用戶使手指接近圖62與圖63所示的左門21側的接近感測器560,並進入圖62與圖63所示的作為人體偵測範圍的有效範圍的電磁場560P時,高靈敏度狀態的接近感測器560偵測到手指接近至接近感測器560。藉此,圖67的控制部556接收表示手指接近至接近感測器560的信號SG。 When the user brings the finger closer to the proximity sensor 560 on the left door 21 side shown in FIG. 62 and FIG. 63, and enters the electromagnetic field 560P as the effective range of the human body detection range shown in FIGS. 62 and 63, the high sensitivity state is obtained. Proximity sensor 560 detects that the finger is approaching to proximity sensor 560. Thereby, the control unit 556 of FIG. 67 receives the signal SG indicating that the finger approaches the proximity sensor 560.

並且,圖67的控制部556根據來自該接近感測器560的信號SG,停止對防護電極570的通電,並且,控制部556將接近感測器560的靈敏度降低而由「高靈敏度」變更為「低靈敏度」。並且,控制部556使LED577亮燈以對接近開關560進行照明,藉此來明示接近開關560的位置,以使用戶能以視覺來確認接近開關560的位置。 Further, the control unit 556 of FIG. 67 stops the energization of the guard electrode 570 based on the signal SG from the proximity sensor 560, and the control unit 556 changes the sensitivity of the proximity sensor 560 to be changed from "high sensitivity" to "high sensitivity". "Low sensitivity". Further, the control unit 556 lights the LED 577 to illuminate the proximity switch 560, thereby indicating the position of the proximity switch 560 so that the user can visually confirm the position of the proximity switch 560.

並且,當手指觸碰到接近感測器560時,低靈敏度的接 近感測器560作為用於打開左門21的觸摸開關(接觸開關)來發揮功能,向圖67的控制部556發送手指已接觸至接近感測器560的接觸信號SH。藉此,控制部556將左門21的開門操作設為有效,控制部556使開門驅動部54進行動作,因此可打開左門21。 And, when the finger touches the proximity sensor 560, the low sensitivity is connected. The proximity sensor 560 functions as a touch switch (contact switch) for opening the left door 21, and transmits a contact signal SH that the finger has touched to the proximity sensor 560 to the control unit 556 of FIG. 67. Thereby, the control unit 556 activates the door opening operation of the left door 21, and the control unit 556 operates the door opening drive unit 54, so that the left door 21 can be opened.

再者,用戶打開右門22時的動作例與所述的打開左門21時的動作例相同,因此省略說明。 In addition, the operation example when the user opens the right door 22 is the same as the operation example when the left door 21 is opened, and thus the description thereof is omitted.

如此,在用戶用手指觸碰到作為接觸感測器來發揮功能的接近感測器560時,控制部556可自動打開左門21或右門22。 As such, when the user touches the proximity sensor 560 functioning as a contact sensor with a finger, the control portion 556 can automatically open the left door 21 or the right door 22.

當用戶僅觸碰接近感測器560時,控制部556使接近感測器560作為觸摸感測器(接觸感測器)來發揮功能,以將左門21的開門操作設為「有效」,藉此來進行左門21的開門操作。對右門22亦同樣如此。 When the user only touches the proximity sensor 560, the control unit 556 causes the proximity sensor 560 to function as a touch sensor (contact sensor) to set the door opening operation of the left door 21 to "valid". This performs the door opening operation of the left door 21. The same is true for the right door 22.

此外,在用戶不經意地觸碰到圖64(a)、圖64(b)所示的接近感測器560與防護電極570兩者的情況下,控制部556不使接近感測器560作為接觸感測器發揮功能,而將左門21的開門操作設為「無效」,藉此,不進行左門21的開門操作。藉此,控制部556在用戶的例如肘部等不經意地觸碰到接近感測器560與防護電極570兩者的情況下,可將左門21的開門操作設為「無效」,從而禁止左門21的開門操作。 Further, in the case where the user inadvertently touches both the proximity sensor 560 and the guard electrode 570 shown in FIGS. 64(a) and 64(b), the control portion 556 does not make the proximity sensor 560 a contact. When the sensor functions, the door opening operation of the left door 21 is set to "invalid", whereby the door opening operation of the left door 21 is not performed. Thereby, when the user, for example, the elbow or the like, inadvertently touches both the proximity sensor 560 and the guard electrode 570, the control unit 556 can set the door opening operation of the left door 21 to "invalid", thereby prohibiting the left door 21 Opening the door.

並且,在因水滴的附著而圖64(a)、圖64(b)所示的接近感測器560與防護電極570兩者偵測到的情況下,控制部556亦不使接近感測器560作為接觸感測器發揮功能,而將左門21的 開門操作設為「無效」,藉此,不進行左門21的開門操作。所述的開門操作的禁止對於右門22而言亦相同。 Further, in the case where both the proximity sensor 560 and the guard electrode 570 shown in FIGS. 64(a) and 64(b) are detected due to the adhesion of water droplets, the control portion 556 does not cause the proximity sensor. 560 functions as a contact sensor while the left door 21 The door opening operation is set to "invalid", whereby the door opening operation of the left door 21 is not performed. The prohibition of the door opening operation is the same for the right door 22.

而且,在單開式的冰箱而非對開式的冰箱的情況下,當人體或物體來到冰箱的側面時,可防止門的接近感測器不經意地誤偵測到該人體或物體。 Moreover, in the case of a single-open refrigerator rather than a split-type refrigerator, when a human body or an object comes to the side of the refrigerator, the proximity sensor of the door can be prevented from inadvertently detecting the human body or object.

此外,圖64(a)、圖64(b)所示的接近感測器560對用戶的手指HT的接近進行偵測的「接近偵測模式」、與接近感測器560作為對用戶的手指HT的接觸進行偵測的接觸感測器發揮功能的「靜電觸摸模式」能以如下方式來進行切換。 Further, the proximity sensor 560 shown in FIGS. 64(a) and 64(b) detects the proximity of the user's finger HT, and the proximity sensor 560 serves as a finger to the user. The "static touch mode" in which the touch sensor for detecting the contact of the HT functions can be switched as follows.

如圖64(a)、圖64(b)所例示的,作為第1電極的接近感測器560與作為第2電極的中間區域部分589連接於控制部556的微電腦599C。 As illustrated in FIGS. 64(a) and 64(b), the proximity sensor 560 as the first electrode and the intermediate portion 589 as the second electrode are connected to the microcomputer 599C of the control unit 556.

作為切換模式的情況,有自所述的「接近偵測模式」切換至「靜電觸摸模式」時、與自「靜電觸摸模式」切換至「接近偵測模式」時。 In the case of the switching mode, when the "proximity detection mode" is switched to the "electrostatic touch mode" and the "static touch mode" is switched to the "proximity detection mode".

當自「接近偵測模式」切換至「靜電觸摸模式」時,在接近感測器560偵測到手指HT的接近後,微電腦599C切斷作為第1電極的接近感測器560與作為第2電極的中間區域部分589的內部連接,僅接近感測器560作為「靜電觸摸模式」下的靜電觸摸感測器發揮功能。 When switching from the "proximity detection mode" to the "electrostatic touch mode", after the proximity sensor 560 detects the approach of the finger HT, the microcomputer 599C cuts off the proximity sensor 560 as the first electrode and as the second The internal connection of the intermediate portion 589 of the electrode is performed only by the proximity sensor 560 as an electrostatic touch sensor in the "electrostatic touch mode".

相反,當自「靜電觸摸模式」切換至「接近偵測模式」時,在手指HT離開接近感測器560並自「靜電觸摸模式」經過規 定時間例如10秒鐘時,或者在自門開啟重設(reset)為門關閉等時,微電腦599C進行作為第1電極的接近感測器560與作為第2電極的中間區域部分589的內部連接。 On the contrary, when switching from "static touch mode" to "proximity detection mode", the finger HT leaves the proximity sensor 560 and passes through the "static touch mode". The microcomputer 599C performs internal connection of the proximity sensor 560 as the first electrode and the intermediate portion 589 as the second electrode when the predetermined time is, for example, 10 seconds, or when the door is reset to the door closed or the like. .

接下來,圖74(a)、圖74(b)表示如下情況的示例,即:在使手指HT接觸至第32實施形態中的圖51(a)、圖51(b)與圖52所示的作為第1電極的接近感測器560而打開左側的門21的情況下,進行作為第1電極的接近感測器560與作為第2電極的中間區域部分589的切換,左門21的控制操作部650與接近感測器560亮燈。該情況對於右側的門22而言亦相同。 Next, Fig. 74 (a) and Fig. 74 (b) show an example in which the finger HT is brought into contact with Fig. 51 (a), Fig. 51 (b) and Fig. 52 in the 32nd embodiment. When the left side door 21 is opened as the proximity sensor 560 of the first electrode, switching between the proximity sensor 560 as the first electrode and the intermediate portion 589 as the second electrode is performed, and the control operation of the left door 21 is performed. The portion 650 and the proximity sensor 560 are illuminated. This case is also the same for the door 22 on the right side.

圖74(a)中,用戶的手指為尚未完全接近至接近感測器560的狀態。在此狀態下,控制部556為了使作為靜電開關的接近感測器560作為「接近感測器」發揮功能,控制部556啟動接近感測器560並將接近感測器560的靈敏度設定為「大」而提高靈敏度,藉此,作為「接近感測器」的功能為「有效」。並且,控制部556啟動中間區域部分589並將中間區域部分589的靈敏度設定為「大」而提高靈敏度,藉此,作為「接近感測器」的功能為「有效」。 In FIG. 74(a), the user's finger is in a state in which it is not completely approached to the proximity sensor 560. In this state, in order to cause the proximity sensor 560 as an electrostatic switch to function as a "proximity sensor", the control unit 556 activates the proximity sensor 560 and sets the sensitivity of the proximity sensor 560 to " The sensitivity is increased, and the function as a "proximity sensor" is "effective". Further, the control unit 556 activates the intermediate portion 589 and sets the sensitivity of the intermediate portion 589 to "large" to increase the sensitivity, whereby the function as the "proximity sensor" is "valid".

此時,控制部556將開門操作部651的觸摸按鈕633的功能即左門21的開啟(開門操作)設為「無效」。並且,控制部556將控制操作部650的亮燈顯示與接近感測器560的亮燈顯示設為「關閉狀態」。並且,控制操作部650的控制開關(控制按鈕)650CS與返回開關(返回按鈕)650HS的操作(開門操作)功能 變為「無效」。 At this time, the control unit 556 sets the function of the touch button 633 of the door opening operation unit 651, that is, the opening (opening operation) of the left door 21 to "invalid". Further, the control unit 556 sets the lighting display of the control operation unit 650 and the lighting display of the proximity sensor 560 to the "off state". And, the operation (opening operation) function of the control switch (control button) 650CS and the return switch (return button) 650HS of the control operation unit 650 is controlled. Becomes "invalid".

接下來,圖74(b)中表示手指HT已接近至接近感測器560的狀態。在此狀態下,接近感測器560偵測到手指HT的接近,因此控制部556將接近感測器560設為啟動狀態,將接近感測器560的作為「接近感測器」的靈敏度由「大」切換為「小」而降低靈敏度,以降低接近感測器的功能,但將中間區域部分589設為關閉。 Next, a state in which the finger HT has approached to the proximity sensor 560 is shown in FIG. 74(b). In this state, the proximity sensor 560 detects the approach of the finger HT, so the control unit 556 sets the proximity sensor 560 to the activated state, and the sensitivity of the proximity sensor 560 as the "proximity sensor" is Switching "Large" to "Small" reduces the sensitivity to reduce the proximity sensor function, but sets the middle portion 589 to off.

因此,控制部556使接近感測器560作為接觸感測器發揮功能,因此由手指HT自前表面板的表面觸碰作為接觸感測器發揮功能的接近感測器560而帶來的左門21的開啟操作(開門操作)功能由「無效」變為「有效」。 Therefore, the control unit 556 causes the proximity sensor 560 to function as a contact sensor, and therefore the left door 21 is brought about by the finger HT touching the proximity sensor 560 functioning as a contact sensor from the surface of the front surface plate. The open operation (open door operation) function changes from "invalid" to "active".

並且,控制部556使控制操作部650的LED的亮燈顯示與接近感測器560的LED的亮燈顯示成為「啟動狀態」,作為兩個LED的亮燈狀態,例如為弱亮燈。即,藉由圖58所示的LED665弱亮燈,從而自背後對控制操作部650進行照明以使其發光,並且藉由圖52所示的LED577弱亮燈,從而經由狹縫574、575而自背後對作為接觸感測器發揮功能的接近感測器560進行照明以使其發光。此時,較佳為,該亮燈顯示時間以規定的時間例如10秒鐘來亮燈,當在該10秒鐘的期間內手指HT未接觸至作為接觸感測器發揮功能的接近感測器560時,亦可使LED635、577再次熄燈。 Further, the control unit 556 causes the lighting display of the LED of the control operation unit 650 and the lighting display of the LED of the proximity sensor 560 to be in the "activated state", and is, for example, a weakly lit state as the lighting state of the two LEDs. That is, the LED 665 shown in FIG. 58 is weakly lit, thereby illuminating the control operation portion 650 from the back to emit light, and the LED 577 shown in FIG. 52 is weakly lit, thereby passing through the slits 574, 575. The proximity sensor 560 functioning as a contact sensor is illuminated from behind to illuminate it. At this time, it is preferable that the lighting display time is turned on for a predetermined time, for example, 10 seconds, when the finger HT does not touch the proximity sensor 560 functioning as a contact sensor during the 10-second period. It is also possible to turn off the LEDs 635 and 577 again.

其中,控制部556可將使圖58所示的控制操作部650 的LED665亮燈的動作開始時刻(亮燈時機)設定成:與使圖52所示的接近感測器560的LED577亮燈的動作開始時刻(亮燈時機)相比而不同,且延遲預定的延遲時間。即,控制部556可變更控制操作部650的LED665的發光形態的時機與接近感測器560的LED577的發光形態的時機。例如,接近感測器560的LED577的亮燈時機可早於控制操作部650的LED665的亮燈時機。然而,亦可相反地,使控制操作部650的LED665的亮燈時機早於接近感測器560的LED577的亮燈時機。藉由如此般使亮燈時機不同,從而可對用戶區別顯示控制操作部650的位置與接近感測器560及中間區域部分589的位置。 The control unit 556 can make the control operation unit 650 shown in FIG. 58 The operation start time (lighting timing) of the LED 665 lighting is set to be different from the operation start time (lighting timing) for turning on the LED 577 of the proximity sensor 560 shown in FIG. 52, and the delay is predetermined. delay. In other words, the control unit 556 can change the timing of controlling the light emission pattern of the LED 665 of the operation unit 650 and the timing of the light emission pattern of the LED 577 of the proximity sensor 560. For example, the lighting timing of the LED 577 of the proximity sensor 560 may be earlier than the lighting timing of the LED 665 of the control operating portion 650. However, conversely, the lighting timing of the LED 665 of the control operation portion 650 is made earlier than the lighting timing of the LED 577 of the proximity sensor 560. By thus different lighting timings, the position of the control operation unit 650 and the position of the proximity sensor 560 and the intermediate portion 589 can be displayed differently from the user.

並且,控制操作部650的控制開關650CS與返回開關650HS的操作功能變為啟動,由「無效」變為「有效」。 Then, the operation function of the control switch 650CS and the return switch 650HS of the control operation unit 650 is activated, and "invalid" is changed to "valid".

接下來,圖74(c)中表示手指HT接觸至作為接觸感測器發揮功能的接近感測器560的狀態。在此狀態下,控制部556維持接近感測器560的作為「接觸感測器」的靈敏度即「小」的狀態。控制部556將作為接觸感測器發揮功能的接近感測器560的功能即左門21的開啟操作(開門操作)功能仍為「有效」。並且,作為接近感測器560的LED的亮燈顯示的亮燈狀態,控制部556由弱亮燈變更發光形態而設為通常的亮燈。 Next, a state in which the finger HT is brought into contact with the proximity sensor 560 functioning as a contact sensor is shown in FIG. 74(c). In this state, the control unit 556 maintains a state in which the sensitivity of the proximity sensor 560 as the "contact sensor" is "small". The control unit 556 activates the function of the proximity sensor 560 functioning as a contact sensor, that is, the opening operation (opening operation) function of the left door 21 is still "active". Further, as the lighting state of the lighting display of the LED of the proximity sensor 560, the control unit 556 changes the light emission pattern by the weak lighting, and sets it as normal lighting.

即,藉由圖58所示的LED665進行通常的亮燈,從而自背後以變得更亮的方式來對控制操作部650進行照明以使其發光,並且藉由圖52所示的LED577進行通常的亮燈,從而經由狹 縫574、575自背後以變得更亮的方式來對作為接觸感測器發揮功能的接近感測器560進行照明以使其發光。即,在圖74(c)中的手指HT接觸時,控制操作部650的亮燈顯示的光量與接近感測器560的亮燈顯示的光量由弱亮燈提高至通常亮燈,以更大光量的完全亮燈來發光,藉此,接近感測器560的亮燈顯示變得更亮。控制部556亦將控制操作部650的LED的亮燈狀態由弱亮燈設為通常的亮燈。 That is, the LED 665 shown in FIG. 58 performs normal lighting to illuminate the control operation portion 650 from the back to make it light, and the LED 577 shown in FIG. Light up through The slits 574, 575 illuminate the proximity sensor 560 functioning as a contact sensor from the back in a brighter manner to cause it to emit light. That is, when the finger HT in FIG. 74(c) is in contact, the amount of light displayed by the control operation portion 650 and the amount of light displayed by the proximity sensor 560 are increased from the weakly lit lamp to the normally lit lamp to be larger. The light amount is completely illuminated to illuminate, whereby the lighting display of the proximity sensor 560 becomes brighter. The control unit 556 also sets the lighting state of the LED of the control operation unit 650 to the normal lighting by the weak lighting.

並且,控制操作部650的控制按鈕(控制開關)650CS與返回按鈕(返回開關)650HS的操作功能變為啟動而為「有效」,因此可進行操作。 Further, the operation function of the control button (control switch) 650CS and the return button (return switch) 650HS of the control operation unit 650 is activated to be "active", so that the operation can be performed.

藉此,當用戶用手指來觸摸操作接近感測器560而左門21的開門操作成立時,LED577由弱亮燈變為完全亮燈而提高光量,因此用戶藉由亮燈量的增加,能以目視來確認開門操作的成立。並且,用戶可更確實地看到控制操作部650的顯示與LED577的顯示,並且可提高消耗電力的節能效果。 Thereby, when the user touches the proximity sensor 560 with a finger and the door opening operation of the left door 21 is established, the LED 577 is changed from the weak lighting to the full lighting to increase the amount of light, so that the user can increase the amount of lighting by increasing the amount of lighting. Visually confirm the establishment of the door opening operation. Further, the user can more surely see the display of the control operation unit 650 and the display of the LED 577, and can improve the energy saving effect of power consumption.

如上所述,在如圖74(b)所示般手指HT接近至接近感測器560的情況下、與圖74(c)所示的手指HT接觸至觸摸按鈕633的情況下,控制部556可如上所述般變更提高亮燈時的光量,以進行控制操作部650的照明與接近感測器560的照明。 As described above, in the case where the finger HT approaches the proximity sensor 560 as shown in FIG. 74(b) and the finger HT shown in FIG. 74(c) comes into contact with the touch button 633, the control portion 556 The amount of light at the time of lighting can be changed as described above to control the illumination of the operation unit 650 and the illumination of the proximity sensor 560.

隨後,圖74(d)中表示用戶的手指HT自作為接觸感測器發揮功能的接近感測器560離開的狀態。在此狀態下,控制部556將來自接近感測器560的操作信號的輸入設為有效,並使 開門驅動部54作動,藉此來進行相應的左門21的開門控制。藉此,左門21可自動打開。並且,控制部556將作為接觸感測器發揮功能的接近感測器560的功能設為「無效」。 Subsequently, a state in which the user's finger HT is separated from the proximity sensor 560 functioning as a contact sensor is shown in FIG. 74(d). In this state, the control unit 556 sets the input of the operation signal from the proximity sensor 560 to be effective, and enables The door opening drive unit 54 is actuated to thereby perform the door opening control of the corresponding left door 21. Thereby, the left door 21 can be automatically opened. Further, the control unit 556 sets the function of the proximity sensor 560 functioning as a contact sensor to "invalid".

並且,控制部556使控制操作部650的亮燈顯示與接近感測器560的狹縫574、575中的LED577的亮燈顯示如實線所示般維持「啟動狀態」。並且,控制操作部650的控制開關650CS與返回開關650HS的操作功能變為關閉,由「有效」變為「無效」。 Further, the control unit 556 maintains the "on state" of the lighting display of the control operation unit 650 and the lighting display of the LED 577 in the slits 574 and 575 of the proximity sensor 560 as indicated by the solid line. Further, the operation function of the control switch 650CS and the return switch 650HS of the control operation unit 650 is turned off, and "valid" is changed to "invalid".

如上所述,使用圖56所示的右門22的開門操作部652的右門22的開啟動作亦可與參照圖74(a)-圖74(d)來說明的左門21的開啟動作同樣地進行。 As described above, the opening operation of the right door 22 using the door opening operation portion 652 of the right door 22 shown in Fig. 56 can be performed in the same manner as the opening operation of the left door 21 described with reference to Figs. 74(a) to 74(d).

接下來,參照圖75,對接近感測器560偵測手指的接觸的原理進行說明。圖75是表示接近感測器560偵測手指HT的接觸的原理的電路圖。 Next, the principle in which the proximity sensor 560 detects the contact of the finger will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 75 is a circuit diagram showing the principle in which the proximity sensor 560 detects the contact of the finger HT.

圖75所示的接觸偵測電路888具有作為接觸感測器(Cx)的接近感測器560、調整電容器(Cmod)889、時脈(clock)產生源890、IDAC(電流輸出數位類比轉換器)891、鎖存器(latch)892、計時器893、及(AND)電路894以及計數器(counter)895。IDAC891使每次相同的電流以脈波(pulse)的方式多次流經作為接觸感測器的接近感測器(Cx)560與調整電容器(Cmod)889,從而在作為接觸感測器的接近感測器(Cx)560與調整電容器(Cmod)889中逐次少許地蓄積電荷。繼續蓄積電荷,直至作為接觸感測器(Cx)的接近感測器560與調整電容器(Cmod)889 成為同電位為止,計數器895對直至在調整電容器(Cmod)889中蓄積有規定電荷為止的脈波的次數進行計數。 The contact detecting circuit 888 shown in FIG. 75 has a proximity sensor 560 as a contact sensor (Cx), a regulating capacitor (Cmod) 889, a clock generating source 890, and an IDAC (current output digital analog converter). 891, latch 892, timer 893, and (AND) circuit 894, and counter 895. The IDAC 891 causes each of the same current to flow through the proximity sensor (Cx) 560 and the adjustment capacitor (Cmod) 889 as a contact sensor in a pulse manner, thereby being in proximity as a contact sensor. The sensor (Cx) 560 and the adjustment capacitor (Cmod) 889 accumulate a small amount of charge one by one. Continue to accumulate charge until the proximity sensor 560 and the adjustment capacitor (Cmod) 889 act as contact sensors (Cx) The counter 895 counts the number of times of the pulse wave until the predetermined charge is accumulated in the adjustment capacitor (Cmod) 889 until the potential is the same.

當手指HT觸碰到作為接觸感測器(Cx)的接近感測器560時,作為接觸感測器的接近感測器(Cx)560的靜電電容增加,因此流經並蓄積於調整電容器(Cmod)889中的電荷變少,直至電荷在調整電容器(Cmod)889中的蓄積結束為止須耗費時間,因此計數器895所計數的脈波的計數個數變多(斜率平緩),結果,斜率的位移將發生變化。利用該斜率的位移的差分來判定手指的有無。即,當計數器895所計數的脈波的計數個數與通常的計數個數(基礎計數(base count))相比而成為超過固定臨限值的值時,控制部556判斷為手指HT觸碰到作為接觸感測器(Cx)的接近感測器560。 When the finger HT touches the proximity sensor 560 as the contact sensor (Cx), the electrostatic capacitance of the proximity sensor (Cx) 560 as the contact sensor increases, and thus flows through and accumulates in the adjustment capacitor ( The charge in Cmod) 889 is small, and it takes time until the accumulation of charge in the adjustment capacitor (Cmod) 889 is completed. Therefore, the number of pulses of the pulse wave counted by the counter 895 is increased (slope is gentle), and as a result, the slope is The displacement will change. The presence or absence of the finger is determined by the difference in the displacement of the slope. In other words, when the number of pulses of the pulse wave counted by the counter 895 becomes a value exceeding the fixed threshold value compared with the normal number of counts (base count), the control unit 556 determines that the finger HT is touched. To the proximity sensor 560 as a contact sensor (Cx).

接下來,對手指HT所觸碰的作為接觸感測器(Cx)的接近感測器560中的靈敏度的變更方法進行說明。 Next, a method of changing the sensitivity in the proximity sensor 560 as the contact sensor (Cx) touched by the finger HT will be described.

作為靈敏度的變更方法,當減少IDAC891的電流值時,若蓄積在接近感測器(Cx)560中的電荷量相同,則充電結束的時間變長,從而變得平緩。若變得平緩,則在利用相同的臨限值來進行判斷時,靈敏度變高。 As a method of changing the sensitivity, when the current value of the IDAC 891 is reduced, if the amount of charge accumulated in the proximity sensor (Cx) 560 is the same, the charging end time becomes long and becomes gentle. If it is gentle, the sensitivity is increased when the judgment is made using the same threshold value.

在斜率平緩的狀態(電流值小)下,當由手指未接觸的狀態偵測到手指接觸的狀態時,斜率的變化變大,容易超過臨限值,從而靈敏度大。而且,在斜率不平緩的狀態(電流值大)下,當由手指未接觸的狀態偵測到手指接觸的狀態時,斜率的變化變 小,難以超過臨限值,從而靈敏度小。 In a state where the slope is gentle (the current value is small), when the state of the finger contact is detected by the state in which the finger is not in contact, the change in the slope becomes large, and it is easy to exceed the threshold value, so that the sensitivity is large. Moreover, in a state where the slope is not gentle (the current value is large), when the state of the finger contact is detected by the state in which the finger is not in contact, the change in the slope becomes Small, it is difficult to exceed the threshold, so the sensitivity is small.

即,與在以手指肚整體接觸時才開始超過臨限值而偵測到的狀態相比,藉由減小電流值,即使僅以手指的前端進行接觸亦可偵測到,從而可提高靈敏度。而且,藉由減小臨限值,靈敏度亦提高,但存在亦會偵測到雜訊的問題,因此利用所述的靈敏度變更方法來變更靈敏度。 In other words, by reducing the current value, it is possible to detect even if the contact is made only by the tip end of the finger, thereby improving the sensitivity, compared to the state detected when the fingertip is in contact with the fingertip. . Further, by reducing the threshold value, the sensitivity is also improved, but there is also a problem that noise is detected. Therefore, the sensitivity is changed by the sensitivity change method described above.

接下來,圖76是表示接近感測器的基本結構的圖。 Next, Fig. 76 is a diagram showing the basic structure of the proximity sensor.

如圖76所示,接近感測器560與銅壓蓋(gland)569位於包覆層560R、絕緣體(dielectric)層560D之間,將接近感測器560自身的靜電電容CP與手指HT的靜電電容CF相加所得的電容是手指接觸時的接近感測器560的靜電電容CX。 As shown in FIG. 76, the proximity sensor 560 and the copper gland 569 are located between the cladding layer 560R and the dielectric layer 560D, and will approach the electrostatic capacitance CP of the sensor 560 itself and the static electricity of the finger HT. The capacitance obtained by adding the capacitance CF is the electrostatic capacitance CX of the proximity sensor 560 when the finger is in contact.

在手指HT對接近感測器560的靜電觸摸動作中,對手指HT觸碰時的接近感測器560的靜電電容CX的變化進行偵測。而且,在對手指HT接近至接近感測器560的情況進行偵測的動作中,對手指接近時的接近感測器560自身的靜電電容CP的變化進行偵測。在手指的接近時,藉由改變接近感測器560自身的靜電電容CP,從而改變接近距離(靈敏度)。在接近時,對因手指接近引起的微弱的靜電電容CP的變化進行偵測。靜電電容CP為三維方向的電場,當電場中有手指存在時,會微弱地發生變化,因此整個接近感測器的靜電電容CX發生變化,從而可藉由所述偵測來偵測手指。 In the electrostatic touch action of the finger HT to the proximity sensor 560, the change in the electrostatic capacitance CX of the proximity sensor 560 when the finger HT is touched is detected. Further, in the operation of detecting that the finger HT is approaching the proximity sensor 560, the change in the electrostatic capacitance CP of the proximity sensor 560 itself when the finger approaches is detected. At the approach of the finger, the proximity distance (sensitivity) is changed by changing the electrostatic capacitance CP of the proximity sensor 560 itself. When approaching, the change in the weak electrostatic capacitance CP caused by the approach of the finger is detected. The electrostatic capacitance CP is an electric field in a three-dimensional direction. When a finger is present in the electric field, it changes weakly, so that the electrostatic capacitance CX of the entire proximity sensor changes, so that the detection can be used to detect the finger.

接下來,圖77是針對圖74(a)-圖74(d)所示的第1 電極即作為接觸感測器發揮功能的接近感測器560與作為第2電極的中間區域部分589,對接近模式與靜電觸摸模式之間的切換操作進行說明的圖。 Next, Fig. 77 is the first shown in Figs. 74(a) to 74(d). The electrode is a diagram in which the proximity sensor 560 functioning as a contact sensor and the intermediate portion 589 as the second electrode, the switching operation between the approach mode and the electrostatic touch mode.

如圖77所示,第1電極即作為接觸感測器發揮功能的接近感測器560與作為第2電極的中間區域部分589連接於多工器(multiplexer)556R。該多工器556R可根據控制部556的微電腦556M的指令,對接近感測器560與中間區域部分589進行內部連接,或者解除內部連接。 As shown in FIG. 77, the first electrode, that is, the proximity sensor 560 functioning as a contact sensor and the intermediate portion 589 as a second electrode are connected to a multiplexer 556R. The multiplexer 556R can internally connect the proximity sensor 560 to the intermediate portion 589 or cancel the internal connection in accordance with an instruction from the microcomputer 556M of the control unit 556.

(1)由接近模式向靜電觸摸模式的切換動作時 (1) When switching from the approach mode to the electrostatic touch mode

在進行由接近模式向靜電觸摸模式的切換動作的情況下,如圖74(a)至圖74(b)所示,當指HT接近至接近感測器560而接近感測器560偵測到手指HT時,由接近模式切換至靜電觸摸模式。即,根據圖77的微電腦556M的指令,多工器556R將接近感測器560與中間區域部分589由內部連接狀態設為內部連接的解除狀態,以切斷接近感測器560與中間區域部分589的連接。藉此,僅使用接近感測器560作為靜電接觸感測器來發揮功能,從而中間區域部分589變為關閉而不使用。 In the case where the switching operation from the approach mode to the electrostatic touch mode is performed, as shown in FIGS. 74(a) to 74(b), when the finger HT approaches to the proximity sensor 560, the proximity sensor 560 detects When the finger HT is pressed, the proximity mode is switched to the electrostatic touch mode. That is, according to the instruction of the microcomputer 556M of FIG. 77, the multiplexer 556R sets the proximity sensor 560 and the intermediate portion 589 from the internal connection state to the release state of the internal connection to cut off the proximity sensor 560 and the intermediate portion. 589 connection. Thereby, only the proximity sensor 560 is used as the electrostatic contact sensor to function, so that the intermediate portion portion 589 becomes closed without being used.

(2)由靜電觸摸模式向接近模式的切換動作時 (2) When switching from electrostatic touch mode to proximity mode

相反地,進行由靜電觸摸模式向接近模式的切換動作的情況例如是自靜電觸摸模式經過10秒鐘,或者由門的開啟重設為門的關閉等的情況。此時,根據微電腦556M的指令,多工器556R可使接近感測器560與中間區域部分589的內部連接的解除狀態 恢復為內部連接狀態,以將接近感測器560與中間區域部分589予以連接。 Conversely, the case where the switching operation from the electrostatic touch mode to the approach mode is performed is, for example, 10 seconds after the electrostatic touch mode is applied, or the door is reset to the door closing or the like. At this time, according to the instruction of the microcomputer 556M, the multiplexer 556R can release the state in which the proximity sensor 560 is connected to the inside of the intermediate portion 589. The internal connection state is restored to connect the proximity sensor 560 with the intermediate portion portion 589.

進而,參照圖48至圖50。圖48至圖50表示作為第1電極的接近感測器560與作為第2電極的中間區域部分589的接近偵測有效範圍的變更例。 Furthermore, reference is made to FIGS. 48 to 50. 48 to 50 show a modified example of the proximity detection effective range of the proximity sensor 560 as the first electrode and the intermediate portion 589 as the second electrode.

當僅使用作為第1電極的接近感測器560時,接近感測器560的接近偵測有效範圍為小圓HC1的範圍。並且,藉由除了接近感測器560以外亦並用作為第2電極的中間區域部分589,從而接近感測器560的接近偵測有效範圍可將範圍由小圓HC1擴大至大圓HC2。 When only the proximity sensor 560 as the first electrode is used, the proximity detection effective range of the proximity sensor 560 is the range of the small circle HC1. Further, by using the intermediate portion 589 as the second electrode in addition to the proximity sensor 560, the proximity detection effective range of the proximity sensor 560 can expand the range from the small circle HC1 to the large circle HC2.

然而,若欲如此般擴大接近偵測有效範圍,則在大圓HC2的接近感測器的接近偵測有效範圍內,作為移動部件的相鄰的門21(或門22)、或放入門背側的門格的寶特瓶(PET bottle)等有可能會反應在接近感測器560的接近偵測有效範圍內,從而發出打開門的指令,造成不欲打開的一側的門不經意地打開。 However, if the proximity detection effective range is to be expanded as such, the adjacent door 21 (or the door 22) as the moving member or the back side of the door is placed in the proximity detection effective range of the proximity sensor of the large circle HC2. The door of the PET bottle or the like may be reflected in the proximity detection effective range of the proximity sensor 560, thereby issuing an instruction to open the door, causing the door on the side not to be opened to inadvertently open.

因此,為了進行接近感測器560的接近偵測有效範圍的變更,作為接近偵測有效範圍的變更部件,設置有圖78(a)、圖78(b)與圖51(b)所示的作為第4電極的接地圖案573與圖51(a)所示的作為第3電極的防護電極570。 Therefore, in order to change the proximity detection effective range of the proximity sensor 560, the changing means for the proximity detection effective range is provided with the components shown in FIGS. 78(a), 78(b) and 51(b). The ground pattern 573 as the fourth electrode and the guard electrode 570 as the third electrode shown in FIG. 51(a).

圖78(a)、圖78(b)是對接近感測器560與中間區域部分589中的接近範圍的變更進行說明的圖。 78(a) and 78(b) are diagrams for explaining changes in the proximity range in the proximity sensor 560 and the intermediate portion 589.

如圖78(a)、圖78(b)所示,在如圖51(b)所示般 基板553的與配置部分572對應的背面553B,配置有作為第4電極的網狀的接地圖案573。該接地圖案(網狀電極)573覆蓋接近感測器560與中間區域部分589的背面側的基板553。藉由將接地圖案573與接近感測器560設為相同的電壓,從而自接近感測器560與中間區域部分589對接地圖案573不會形成電場。藉此,可變更電場範圍,以去除不欲由接近感測器560來偵測的範圍。來自接地圖案573的電場僅對接近感測器560與中間區域部分589方向產生電場,而抵消自接近感測器560與中間區域部分589朝向接地圖案573的電場,從而朝向基板553的背方向的電場消失(消除(cancel))。 As shown in Fig. 78 (a) and Fig. 78 (b), as shown in Fig. 51 (b) A mesh-shaped ground pattern 573 as a fourth electrode is disposed on the back surface 553B of the substrate 553 corresponding to the arrangement portion 572. The ground pattern (mesh electrode) 573 covers the substrate 553 on the back side of the proximity sensor 560 and the intermediate portion 589. By setting the ground pattern 573 to the proximity sensor 560 at the same voltage, the electric field is not formed from the proximity sensor 560 and the intermediate portion 589 to the ground pattern 573. Thereby, the electric field range can be changed to remove the range that is not to be detected by the proximity sensor 560. The electric field from the ground pattern 573 generates an electric field only in the direction of the proximity sensor 560 and the intermediate portion 589, and cancels the electric field from the proximity sensor 560 and the intermediate portion 589 toward the ground pattern 573, thereby facing the back direction of the substrate 553. The electric field disappears (cancel).

藉此,當如圖78(a)所示,在基板553的背面配置作為第4電極的接地圖案573時,可使接近感測器560與中間區域部分589的接近偵測範圍DL1比圖78(b)所示的接近偵測範圍DL2大。接地圖案573為網狀金屬屏蔽電極,若比較圖78(a)與圖78(b),則藉由接地圖案573的配置,於圖78(a)中,後方向的電場減少圖49所示的範圍A或消失。 Thereby, when the ground pattern 573 as the fourth electrode is disposed on the back surface of the substrate 553 as shown in FIG. 78(a), the proximity detection range DL1 of the proximity sensor 560 and the intermediate portion portion 589 can be made larger than that of FIG. The proximity detection range DL2 shown in (b) is large. The ground pattern 573 is a mesh metal shield electrode. When comparing FIGS. 78(a) and 78(b), the ground pattern 573 is arranged, and in FIG. 78(a), the electric field in the rear direction is reduced as shown in FIG. The range A or disappears.

而且,如圖51(a)所示,藉由將框型的防護電極570配置於基板553上,且防護電極570包圍接近感測器560與中間區域部分589,從而左右方向的電場減少圖49所示的範圍U。藉此,如圖48至圖50所示,接近感測器560的接近偵測有效範圍可由大圓HC2變更為小的形狀HC3,而且,如圖50所示,在上下方向上,減少了範圍V。 Further, as shown in FIG. 51(a), by disposing the frame type guard electrode 570 on the substrate 553, and the guard electrode 570 surrounds the proximity sensor 560 and the intermediate portion portion 589, the electric field in the left and right direction is reduced. The range U shown. Thereby, as shown in FIGS. 48 to 50, the proximity detection effective range of the proximity sensor 560 can be changed from the large circle HC2 to the small shape HC3, and as shown in FIG. 50, the range V is reduced in the up and down direction. .

藉此,接近感測器560的接近偵測有效範圍如圖50的小的形狀HC3所示,整體上僅接近感測器560與中間區域部分589的接近偵測範圍DL1的前方方向伸長,從而可在長距離的範圍內進行接近偵測。並且,藉由設置圖53所示的金屬體591,亦使電場發揮作用,從而亦具有使接近感測器的接近偵測有效範圍不超過金屬體591的功能,可進一步防止接近感測器的誤偵測。 Thereby, the proximity detection effective range of the proximity sensor 560 is as shown by the small shape HC3 of FIG. 50, and only the proximity of the proximity detection range DL1 of the proximity sensor 560 and the intermediate portion 589 is extended as a whole, thereby Proximity detection is possible over long distances. Further, by providing the metal body 591 shown in FIG. 53, the electric field is also activated, so that the proximity detection effective range of the proximity sensor does not exceed the metal body 591, and the proximity sensor can be further prevented. False detection.

[第33實施形態] [Thirty-third embodiment]

圖69是表示第33實施形態的冰箱1的正面圖。 Fig. 69 is a front elevational view showing the refrigerator 1 of the thirty-third embodiment.

如圖69所示,冰箱1具有冷藏室12、蔬菜室13、切換室14、冷凍室15、製冰室16。一對左門21與右門22覆蓋冷藏室12的前表面開口部。因此,左門21與右門22分別以使冰箱本體即箱體11的左端部、右端部的上下利用鉸鏈部呈對開式地開閉的方式而安裝。本例中,右門22的寬度比左門21的寬度大。 As shown in FIG. 69, the refrigerator 1 has a refrigerating compartment 12, a vegetable compartment 13, a switching compartment 14, a freezing compartment 15, and an ice making compartment 16. A pair of left door 21 and right door 22 cover the front surface opening of the refrigerating compartment 12. Therefore, the left door 21 and the right door 22 are attached so that the upper end of the left end portion and the right end portion of the casing 11 of the refrigerator main body are opened and closed by the hinge portion. In this example, the width of the right door 22 is larger than the width of the left door 21.

左門21、右門22均是隔熱結構構件,即:在前表面開口的扁平的內板的開口部,安裝有著色透明的玻璃製的前表面板21A、22A,且在內部空洞部中配置有真空隔熱材,並在未被真空隔熱材完全填埋的空洞部中,配置有聚胺基甲酸酯隔熱材(以下亦簡稱作胺基甲酸酯隔熱材)或預先成型的固體隔熱材(例如EPC)。 Each of the left door 21 and the right door 22 is a heat insulating structural member, that is, an opening portion of a flat inner plate that is open at the front surface, and a front surface plate 21A and 22A made of glass that is colored and transparent, and is disposed in the inner cavity portion. A vacuum heat insulating material is disposed in a cavity portion that is not completely filled with the vacuum heat insulating material, and is provided with a polyurethane heat insulating material (hereinafter also referred to simply as a urethane heat insulating material) or a preformed one. Solid insulation (eg EPC).

如圖69所示,1個操作偵測部701例如設置在尺寸比左門21大的右門22的前表面板22A的下部位置。 As shown in FIG. 69, one operation detecting unit 701 is provided, for example, at a lower position of the front surface plate 22A of the right door 22 having a larger size than the left door 21.

開門驅動部54、55在箱體11的頂板上表面的前端附近 的左右部位,分別設置在與左門21、右門22上邊的敞開側端部附近對應的位置。 The door opening driving portions 54, 55 are near the front end of the top plate surface of the casing 11. The left and right portions are respectively provided at positions corresponding to the vicinity of the open side end portions of the left door 21 and the right door 22.

該些開門驅動部54、55是使左門21、右門22各自強制性地進行開門動作的門開閉裝置(開門裝置)。開門驅動部54、55藉由電磁鐵來朝前方推壓柱塞54A、55A,藉此,將左門21、右門22各自的敞開側端部附近的上邊向前方推壓,從而使左門21、右門22強制性地自動敞開。 The door opening and driving units 54 and 55 are door opening and closing devices (door opening devices) for forcibly opening the left door 21 and the right door 22, respectively. The door opening drive units 54 and 55 push the plungers 54A and 55A forward by the electromagnet, thereby pressing the upper side of the left side door 21 and the right door 22 toward the front side of the open side end portion, thereby causing the left door 21 and the right door. 22 mandatory automatic opening.

圖70是表示圖69所示的ZR-ZR線上的操作偵測部701的結構例的剖面圖。 FIG. 70 is a cross-sectional view showing a configuration example of the operation detecting unit 701 on the ZR-ZR line shown in FIG. 69.

圖69所示的操作偵測部701如圖70所示,在玻璃製的前表面板22A的內表面側,藉由印刷等而配置有遮蔽用的薄片材721。該薄片材721是為了防止通過前表面板22A看到內部而配置。 As shown in FIG. 70, the operation detecting unit 701 shown in FIG. 69 is provided with a sheet material 721 for shielding on the inner surface side of the glass front surface plate 22A by printing or the like. This sheet member 721 is disposed to prevent the inside from being seen through the front surface plate 22A.

在前表面板22A的內表面側,配置有第1基板731與第2基板732。第1基板731與第2基板732隔開間隔且相對於前表面板22A平行地配置。 The first substrate 731 and the second substrate 732 are disposed on the inner surface side of the front surface plate 22A. The first substrate 731 is spaced apart from the second substrate 732 and arranged in parallel with respect to the front surface plate 22A.

在第1基板631的表面,配置有作為非接觸感測器的例如4個靜電電容式的接近感測器711、712、713、714,且在背面配置有連接器729。該些接近感測器711、712、713、714例如二維(在平面上)地配置在右門22內的第1基板631上。 For example, four capacitive proximity sensors 711, 712, 713, and 714 as non-contact sensors are disposed on the surface of the first substrate 631, and a connector 729 is disposed on the back surface. The proximity sensors 711, 712, 713, and 714 are disposed on the first substrate 631 in the right door 22, for example, two-dimensionally (on a plane).

如圖69所示,接近感測器711、712、713、714分別配置在正方形的各角部的位置,接近感測器711配置在左上的角部,接近感測器712配置在右上的角部,接近感測器713配置在右下 的角部,並且,接近感測器714配置在左下的角部。 As shown in FIG. 69, the proximity sensors 711, 712, 713, and 714 are respectively disposed at positions of the corner portions of the square, the proximity sensor 711 is disposed at the upper left corner, and the proximity sensor 712 is disposed at the upper right corner. The proximity sensor 713 is arranged in the lower right The corners are, and the proximity sensor 714 is disposed at the lower left corner.

該些接近感測器711、712、713、714當然能以非接觸的方式來偵測用戶(人體)的手指移動的狀態,而且能以非接觸的方式來偵測用戶(人體)的手掌(掌心、手背)或者手的側部或肘部等移動的狀態。藉此,藉由使開門驅動部54或開門驅動部55驅動操作,從而打開左門21或右門22。 The proximity sensors 711, 712, 713, and 714 can of course detect the state of the finger movement of the user (human body) in a non-contact manner, and can detect the palm of the user (human body) in a non-contact manner ( The state of the palm, the back of the hand, or the side or elbow of the hand. Thereby, the left door 21 or the right door 22 is opened by driving the door opening drive unit 54 or the door opening drive unit 55 to operate.

接近感測器711、712、713、714為靜電觸摸(接觸)用的電極,且是例如靜電電容式的偵測部件,該靜電電容式的偵測部件用於在右門22的正面(前表面)方向上,經由前表面板22A而以非接觸的方式來偵測用戶的手或肘部等的接近。該接近感測器711~714在用戶的人體的一部分、具體而言例如手掌(掌心、手背)或者手的側部或肘部等接近時,偵測該接近。接近感測器711~714為靜電電容式的觸摸感測器,可使用互電容方式的觸摸感測器或自電容方式的觸摸感測器。 The proximity sensors 711, 712, 713, and 714 are electrodes for electrostatic touch (contact), and are, for example, electrostatic capacitance type detecting members for the front surface (front surface) of the right door 22 In the direction, the approach of the user's hand or elbow or the like is detected in a non-contact manner via the front surface plate 22A. The proximity sensors 711 to 714 detect the approach when a part of the user's human body, specifically, for example, the palm (palm, back of the hand) or the side or elbow of the hand approaches. The proximity sensors 711 to 714 are electrostatic capacitance type touch sensors, and a mutual capacitance type touch sensor or a self capacitance type touch sensor can be used.

如圖70所示,在第2基板732的表面,配置有多個LED735與連接器736。第2基板732的連接器736相對於第1基板731的連接器729而藉由中繼線束728來連接。 As shown in FIG. 70, a plurality of LEDs 735 and a connector 736 are disposed on the surface of the second substrate 732. The connector 736 of the second substrate 732 is connected to the connector 729 of the first substrate 731 by the trunk wire harness 728.

各LED735配置在與第1基板731的各孔734對應的位置。藉此,各LED635所產生的光可經由各孔734而自背後對接近感測器711~714進行照明。藉此,即使是昏暗的環境,用戶亦能通過前表面板22A與薄片材721而以目視來確認各接近感測器711~714的位置。 Each of the LEDs 735 is disposed at a position corresponding to each of the holes 734 of the first substrate 731. Thereby, the light generated by each of the LEDs 635 can illuminate the proximity sensors 711 to 714 from behind through the respective holes 734. Thereby, even in a dim environment, the user can visually confirm the positions of the proximity sensors 711 to 714 through the front surface plate 22A and the sheet member 721.

圖71是表示控制部756、操作偵測部701與作為開門裝置的開門驅動部54、55等的電性連接的方塊圖。 71 is a block diagram showing electrical connection between the control unit 756, the operation detecting unit 701, and the door opening driving units 54, 55 as the door opening device.

如圖71所示,控制部756電性連接於操作偵測部701、開門驅動部54、55、多個LED735與距離測定部件777。 As shown in FIG. 71, the control unit 756 is electrically connected to the operation detecting unit 701, the door opening driving units 54, 55, the plurality of LEDs 735, and the distance measuring unit 777.

圖69所示的冰箱1中,當用戶打開冰箱1的左門21(或右門22)時,若為昏暗的環境,則當用戶要用手指而以非接觸的方式來對操作偵測部701進行操作時,難以看到操作偵測部701的各接近感測器711~714的位置。如此,為了改善各接近感測器711~714難以操作的情況,在各接近感測器711~714的背面分別搭載有LED735。 In the refrigerator 1 shown in FIG. 69, when the user opens the left door 21 (or the right door 22) of the refrigerator 1, if the user is in a dim environment, the user has to use the finger to perform the operation detecting portion 701 in a non-contact manner. During the operation, it is difficult to see the positions of the proximity sensors 711 to 714 of the operation detecting unit 701. As described above, in order to improve the difficulty in operating the proximity sensors 711 to 714, the LEDs 735 are mounted on the back surfaces of the proximity sensors 711 to 714, respectively.

當接近感測器711~714以預定的特定順序偵測到手指、或者甚至手掌(掌心、手背)或者手的側部或肘部的接近時,控制部756自各接近感測器711、712、713、714接收告知有人接近的信號,控制部756藉由作為開門裝置的開門驅動部54或開門驅動部55來使左門21或右門22進行開門動作。 When the proximity sensors 711-714 detect the proximity of the finger, or even the palm (palm, back) or the side or elbow of the hand in a predetermined specific order, the control portion 756 is from each proximity sensor 711, 712, 713 and 714 receive a signal indicating that the person is approaching, and the control unit 756 causes the left door 21 or the right door 22 to open the door by the door opening drive unit 54 or the door opening drive unit 55 as the door opening device.

此時,控制部756自各接近感測器711、712、713、714接收告知有人接近的信號,因此根據控制部756的指令,LED735可亮燈。 At this time, the control unit 756 receives a signal informing that a person is approaching from each of the proximity sensors 711, 712, 713, and 714, and therefore the LED 735 can be turned on according to an instruction from the control unit 756.

藉此,用戶即使在昏暗的環境下亦能以目視來確認操作偵測部701的各接近感測器711、712、713、714的位置,以可容易地操作各接近感測器711、712、713、714,從而可打開左門21(或右門22)。 Thereby, the user can visually confirm the positions of the proximity sensors 711, 712, 713, and 714 of the operation detecting portion 701 even in a dim environment, so that the proximity sensors 711, 712 can be easily operated. , 713, 714, so that the left door 21 (or the right door 22) can be opened.

如上所述,第33實施形態的操作偵測部701並非藉由接觸偵測來進行人的操作偵測,而是藉由非接觸偵測來打開左門21或右門22。當藉由接觸偵測來打開門時,手指必須觸碰到接觸偵測部分,在用戶手持某些物品的狀態下,難以打開門,或者必須用肘部來打開門。與此相對,操作偵測部701採用不需要觸碰接觸偵測部分的非接觸操,藉此,可抑制因用戶的動作或周圍環境的變化造成用戶未意圖的門的打開動作。 As described above, the operation detecting unit 701 of the 33rd embodiment does not perform human operation detection by contact detection, but opens the left door 21 or the right door 22 by non-contact detection. When the door is opened by contact detection, the finger must touch the contact detecting portion, and it is difficult to open the door in the state where the user holds some items, or the elbow must be used to open the door. On the other hand, the operation detecting unit 701 employs a non-contact operation in which it is not necessary to touch the contact detecting portion, whereby the opening operation of the door which the user does not intend due to the user's motion or the change in the surrounding environment can be suppressed.

圖69與圖70所示的操作偵測部701的各接近感測器711、712、713、714藉由用戶進行使手指、或者甚至使手掌(掌心、手背)或者手的側部或肘部等移動的動作即所謂的手勢,從而能以非接觸的方式來打開左門21或右門22,藉由無須觸碰接觸偵測部分的非接觸操作,可抑制因用戶的動作或周圍環境的變化引起的用戶未意圖的門的打開動作。 The proximity sensors 711, 712, 713, and 714 of the operation detecting unit 701 shown in FIG. 69 and FIG. 70 are used by the user to make a finger, or even a palm (palm, back of the hand) or a side or elbow of the hand. The moving action is a so-called gesture, so that the left door 21 or the right door 22 can be opened in a non-contact manner, and the non-contact operation of the contact detecting portion is not required to be touched, thereby suppressing the change of the user's motion or the surrounding environment. The user does not intend to open the door.

如圖69所示,操作偵測部701的各接近感測器711、712、713、714隔開相同的間隔而在上下方向(VT方向)與左右方向(HL方向)上二維地配置,較佳為分別位於正方形的4個角部。藉由用戶的手或肘部等相對於操作偵測部701的各接近感測器711、712、713、714而以非接觸的方式沿特定順序(上下方向、左右方向、斜方向)移動,從而圖71的控制部756辨識由各接近感測器711、712、713、714所偵測到的手指、或者甚至手掌或手的側部或肘部的移動。藉此,控制部756例如發揮驅動左門21的開門驅動部54來打開左門21的功能,或者控制部756發揮驅動 右門22的開門驅動部55來打開右門22的功能。 As shown in FIG. 69, each of the proximity sensors 711, 712, 713, and 714 of the operation detecting unit 701 is two-dimensionally arranged in the vertical direction (VT direction) and the horizontal direction (HL direction) at the same interval. Preferably, they are respectively located at four corners of the square. By the user's hand or elbow or the like, the proximity sensors 711, 712, 713, and 714 of the operation detecting unit 701 are moved in a non-contact manner in a specific order (up and down direction, left and right direction, oblique direction). Thus, the control unit 756 of FIG. 71 recognizes the movement of the finger or even the side or elbow of the palm or hand detected by each of the proximity sensors 711, 712, 713, 714. Thereby, the control unit 756 functions to open the door opening drive unit 54 of the left door 21 to open the left door 21, for example, or the control unit 756 is driven. The door opening drive unit 55 of the right door 22 opens the function of the right door 22.

操作偵測部701可安裝於右門22的任一個分隔部上。藉此,操作偵測部701可與玻璃製前表面板的有無無關地,而且與門的新穎設計或各種動作顯示無關地配置。 The operation detecting unit 701 can be attached to any one of the partitions of the right door 22. Thereby, the operation detecting portion 701 can be disposed regardless of the presence or absence of the glass front surface plate, and regardless of the novel design of the door or various operation displays.

操作偵測部701的各接近感測器711、712、713、714採用設置於1片第1基板731上的結構,因此可使製造變得容易。而且,操作偵測部701的各接近感測器711、712、713、714亦可並非設置於1片第1基板731上,而是設置於多個基板上。藉此,操作偵測部701的各接近感測器711、712、713、714的配置上的自由度進一步提高。 Since each of the proximity sensors 711, 712, 713, and 714 of the operation detecting unit 701 is provided on one first substrate 731, manufacturing can be facilitated. Further, each of the proximity sensors 711, 712, 713, and 714 of the operation detecting unit 701 may be provided not on one of the first substrates 731 but on a plurality of substrates. Thereby, the degree of freedom in the arrangement of the proximity sensors 711, 712, 713, and 714 of the operation detecting unit 701 is further improved.

接下來,對所述冰箱1的使用例進行說明。 Next, an example of use of the refrigerator 1 will be described.

以下說明的使用例中,對如下情況進行說明:在用戶用雙手的手指拿著物品例如碟或鍋等而騰不出雙手的狀態下,無法使用手指並藉由接觸來對圖69所示的接近感測器711~714進行操作,以使例如左門21(或右門22)進行開門動作。 In the following description of the use case, the following will be described: in the state where the user holds the article with a finger of both hands, such as a dish or a pot, and the hands are unable to be lifted, the finger cannot be used and the contact is made by FIG. 69. The proximity sensors 711 to 714 are shown to operate, for example, the left door 21 (or the right door 22) to perform a door opening operation.

此時,作為能以非接觸的方式來操作接近感測器711~714的用戶的人體的部位,為手掌(掌心、手背)或者手的側部或肘部等。 At this time, the part of the human body that can operate the proximity sensors 711 to 714 in a non-contact manner is a palm (palm, back of the hand) or a side or elbow of the hand.

如上所述,當用戶使用手掌或手的側部或肘部等,使接近感測器711~714以預定的特定順序進行偵測時,控制部756可驅動例如左門21的開門驅動部54來打開左門21,或者控制部756可驅動右門22的開門驅動部55來打開右門22。 As described above, when the user uses the palm or the side of the hand or the elbow or the like to cause the proximity sensors 711 to 714 to detect in a predetermined specific order, the control portion 756 can drive the door opening driving portion 54 of the left door 21, for example. The left door 21 is opened, or the control portion 756 can drive the door opening driving portion 55 of the right door 22 to open the right door 22.

圖72(a)、圖72(b)表示如下示例:用戶藉由手掌或手的側部或肘部等的動作(手勢),以預定的特定順序來對接近感測器711~714進行接近操作。 72(a) and 72(b) show an example in which the user approaches the proximity sensors 711 to 714 in a predetermined specific order by an action (gesture) such as a side or an elbow of the palm or the hand. operating.

該特定順序是指用戶的手掌或手的側部或肘部向接近感測器711~714中的至少2個以上的接近感測器接近地移動的路徑,且該特定順序是預定的。 This particular sequence refers to a path in which the side or elbow of the user's palm or hand moves toward the proximity sensor of at least two of the proximity sensors 711-714, and the particular order is predetermined.

作為圖72(a)所示的特定順序,可藉由如下方式來獲得,即:藉由用戶的手掌或手的側部或肘部沿著右方向箭頭所示的第1方向DD1的移動,2個接近感測器711、712依序偵測人體(手掌或手的側部或肘部),且藉由沿著與第1方向DD1不同的左方向箭頭所示的第2方向(相反方向)DD2的移動,2個接近感測器712、711依序偵測人體(手掌或手的側部或肘部)。 The specific sequence shown in FIG. 72(a) can be obtained by moving the side or elbow of the user's palm or hand along the first direction DD1 indicated by the arrow in the right direction. The two proximity sensors 711 and 712 sequentially detect the human body (side or elbow of the palm or hand), and are in the second direction (opposite direction) indicated by a left-direction arrow different from the first direction DD1. The movement of DD2, the two proximity sensors 712, 711 sequentially detect the human body (the side or elbow of the palm or hand).

此時,第1方向DD1與第2方向DD2構成第1特定方向F1,該第1特定方向F1的特定順序例如對控制部756指示藉由開門驅動部54來進行左門21的開門動作的功能。 At this time, the first direction DD1 and the second direction DD2 constitute the first specific direction F1, and the specific order of the first specific direction F1 instructs the control unit 756 to perform the function of opening the door of the left door 21 by the door opening drive unit 54, for example.

作為圖72(b)所示的另一特定順序,可藉由如下方式來獲得,即:藉由用戶的手掌或手的側部或肘部沿著右方向箭頭所示的第1方向DD1的移動,2個接近感測器711、712依序偵測人體(手掌或手的側部或肘部),且藉由沿著與第1方向DD1不同的下方向箭頭所示的第3方向DD3的移動,2個接近感測器712、713依序偵測人體(手掌或手的側部或肘部)。 Another specific sequence shown in FIG. 72(b) can be obtained by the side or elbow of the palm or hand of the user along the first direction DD1 indicated by the arrow in the right direction. Moving, the two proximity sensors 711, 712 sequentially detect the human body (side or elbow of the palm or hand), and are in the third direction DD3 indicated by a downward direction arrow different from the first direction DD1. The two proximity sensors 712, 713 sequentially detect the human body (the side or elbow of the palm or hand).

此時,第1方向DD1與第3方向DD3構成第2特定方 向F2,該第2特定方向F2的特定順序例如對控制部756指示所謂的「快速冷凍」功能,所述「快速冷凍」功能是指對作為冰箱1的收納室的例如圖69所示的可對冰箱內設定溫度進行切換的切換室14內進行急速冷凍。該「快速冷凍」功能是指如下所述的功能,即,快速通過食品的水分結凍的-1℃~-5℃的溫度段,以抑制冷凍時的細胞損傷,保持美味。 At this time, the first direction DD1 and the third direction DD3 constitute the second specific party. In the specific order of the second specific direction F2 to the F2, for example, the control unit 756 is instructed to perform a so-called "quick freeze" function, which means that the storage compartment as the refrigerator 1 is, for example, as shown in FIG. The inside of the switching chamber 14 that switches the set temperature in the refrigerator is rapidly frozen. The "quick freezing" function refers to a function of rapidly freezing the temperature of the food by -1 ° C to -5 ° C to suppress cell damage during freezing and to maintain delicious taste.

如上所述,用戶藉由手掌或手的側部或肘部等的動作(手勢),以預定的特定順序來對接近感測器711~714中的至少2個接近感測器進行接近操作,藉此,作為預定的功能,例如可打開左門21或打開右門22。 As described above, the user performs the approach operation of at least two of the proximity sensors 711 to 714 in a predetermined specific order by the action (gesture) of the side or the elbow of the palm or the hand. Thereby, as a predetermined function, for example, the left door 21 or the right door 22 can be opened.

藉此,即使將接近感測器711~714配置於左門21或右門22,亦可防止用戶只是單純地通過冰箱1之前,左門21或右門22便會打開的情況。 Thereby, even if the proximity sensors 711 to 714 are disposed in the left door 21 or the right door 22, it is possible to prevent the user from opening the left door 21 or the right door 22 just before passing through the refrigerator 1.

而且,圖73(a)-圖73(d)是表示以另一預定的特定順序來對接近感測器進行接近操作的示例的圖。 Moreover, FIGS. 73(a) to 73(d) are diagrams showing an example of performing a proximity operation on the proximity sensor in another predetermined specific order.

如圖73(a)-圖73(d)所例示的,當在用戶使用雙手的手指來保持碟或鍋等而騰不出雙手的狀態下,無法將雙手的手指用於針對接近感測器711~714的接近操作時,藉由使用手掌(掌心、手背)或者手的側部或肘部等,以非接觸的方式使接近感測器711~714以預定的特定順序進行偵測,藉此亦可對控制部756指示預定的任意功能。 As exemplified in FIGS. 73(a) to 73(d), when the user uses the fingers of both hands to hold the disc or the pot and the like, and the hands are not able to be used, the fingers of both hands cannot be used for the approaching. When the proximity of the sensors 711 to 714 is performed, the proximity sensors 711 to 714 are detected in a predetermined specific order in a non-contact manner by using the palm (palm, back of the hand) or the side or elbow of the hand. In this way, the control unit 756 can also be instructed to perform any predetermined function.

對於使手掌(掌心、手背)或者手的側部或肘部作出手 勢來移動的方向,可將上下方向、左右方向、斜方向中的2個或3個以上任意組合地使用。 For making the palm (palm, back of the hand) or the side or elbow of the hand Two or three or more of the up-down direction, the left-right direction, and the oblique direction can be used in any combination in the direction in which the potential moves.

例如,圖73(a)中表示第1方向(右方向)DD1與第4方向(斜下方向)DD4的組合,圖73(b)中表示第5方向(下方向)DD5與第6方向(上方向)DD6的組合。 For example, FIG. 73(a) shows a combination of the first direction (right direction) DD1 and the fourth direction (slanted downward direction) DD4, and FIG. 73(b) shows the fifth direction (downward direction) DD5 and the sixth direction ( Up direction) combination of DD6.

圖73(c)中表示第3方向(下方向)DD3與第7方向(上方向)DD7的組合,圖73(d)中表示第8方向(右方向)DD8與第9方向(左方向)DD9的組合。 73(c) shows a combination of the third direction (lower direction) DD3 and the seventh direction (upward direction) DD7, and FIG. 73(d) shows the eighth direction (right direction) DD8 and the ninth direction (left direction). The combination of DD9.

藉由該些多個方向的手勢組合,控制部756可發揮例如打開左門21或打開右門22等各種功能。 The control unit 756 can perform various functions such as opening the left door 21 or opening the right door 22 by the combination of the gestures in the plurality of directions.

此外,在圖示的例子中,操作偵測部701包含4個接近感測器711、712、713、714。然而,並不限於此,操作偵測部701亦可包含2個接近感測器、3個接近感測器、5個以上的接近感測器。該些接近感測器可二維(平面狀)地配置在門上。 Further, in the illustrated example, the operation detecting unit 701 includes four proximity sensors 711, 712, 713, and 714. However, the operation detecting unit 701 may include two proximity sensors, three proximity sensors, and five or more proximity sensors. The proximity sensors can be arranged on the door in two dimensions (planar).

所述的冰箱1中,具備兩開閉式的左門21與右門22,在左門21與右門22的前表面側,配置有玻璃板的前表面板21A、22A。然而,並不限於此,左門21與右門22的前表面側亦可並非玻璃板,而是鋼板等金屬板。而且,作為冰箱,亦可具有單開式的1扇門。 The refrigerator 1 includes two open and closed left doors 21 and 22, and front glass plates 21A and 22A are disposed on the front surface side of the left door 21 and the right door 22. However, the present invention is not limited thereto, and the front surface side of the left door 21 and the right door 22 may not be a glass plate but a metal plate such as a steel plate. Further, as the refrigerator, it is also possible to have one door of a single opening type.

操作偵測部701的各接近感測器711、712、713、714為靜電電容式,但並不限於此,亦可採用藉由紅外線而以非接觸的方式來偵測用戶手指的方式。 The proximity sensors 711, 712, 713, and 714 of the operation detecting unit 701 are of a capacitive type. However, the present invention is not limited thereto, and a method of detecting a user's finger in a non-contact manner by infrared rays may be employed.

而且,在冰箱中,例如可將圖69與圖71中例示的距離測定部件777配置於左門21的玻璃製前表面板21A的背側或右門22的玻璃製前表面板22A的背側、冰箱的框架、或者對各貯藏室進行劃分的分隔部分等。 Further, in the refrigerator, for example, the distance measuring member 777 illustrated in FIGS. 69 and 71 may be disposed on the back side of the glass front surface plate 21A of the left door 21 or the back side of the glass front surface plate 22A of the right door 22, and the refrigerator. The frame, or the partition that divides each storage room, and the like.

該距離測定部件777對自冰箱1至用戶的人體為止的距離進行測定。例如,有時須根據設置冰箱的房屋的大小,來對由距離測定部件777所測定的人體的距離進行變更。若將冰箱設置在廣闊的房屋內,則冰箱1與人體的距離變大,若將冰箱設置在狹窄的房屋內,則冰箱1與人體的距離變小。 The distance measuring unit 777 measures the distance from the refrigerator 1 to the human body of the user. For example, the distance of the human body measured by the distance measuring unit 777 may be changed depending on the size of the house in which the refrigerator is installed. When the refrigerator is installed in a wide house, the distance between the refrigerator 1 and the human body becomes large, and if the refrigerator is installed in a narrow house, the distance between the refrigerator 1 and the human body becomes small.

因而,基於對由距離測定部件777所測定的直至人體為止的距離進行變更的情況,控制部756可構成為,可對作為非接觸感測器的接近感測器711、712、713、714可偵測人體的動作變為有效的範圍進行變更。即,使接近感測器711、712、713、714偵測時的靈敏度可在高靈敏度至中靈敏度程度之間進行調整。 Therefore, based on the case where the distance to the human body measured by the distance measuring unit 777 is changed, the control unit 756 can be configured to be able to be used for the proximity sensors 711, 712, 713, and 714 as the non-contact sensors. The range in which the detection of the human body becomes effective is changed. That is, the sensitivity when the proximity sensors 711, 712, 713, and 714 are detected can be adjusted between the high sensitivity and the medium sensitivity.

操作偵測部701的各接近感測器711、712、713、714能以嵌入式而安裝在不具有玻璃製前表面板的且為通常結構的鋼板製的例如右門22上。藉由採用此種結構,操作偵測部701可配置於門的任意位置。 Each of the proximity sensors 711, 712, 713, and 714 of the operation detecting unit 701 can be attached to, for example, the right door 22 of a steel plate having a normal structure without a glass front surface plate. By adopting such a configuration, the operation detecting portion 701 can be disposed at any position of the door.

操作偵測部701可設置在圖70所示的前表面板22A的內側且胺基甲酸酯隔熱材內。藉此,操作偵測部701可配置於門的任意位置。 The operation detecting portion 701 can be disposed inside the front surface plate 22A shown in FIG. 70 and inside the urethane heat insulating material. Thereby, the operation detecting unit 701 can be disposed at any position of the door.

操作偵測部701可安裝於右門22的緣部分所配置的塑 膠製的端蓋上或端蓋下。藉此,操作偵測部701可與玻璃製前表面板的有無無關地,而且與門的新穎設計或各種動作顯示部分的配置無關地配置。 The operation detecting unit 701 can be mounted on the edge of the right door 22 Glued end caps or under the end caps. Thereby, the operation detecting portion 701 can be disposed regardless of the presence or absence of the glass front surface plate, and regardless of the novel design of the door or the arrangement of various operation display portions.

對本發明的若干實施形態進行了說明,但該些實施形態僅為例示,並不意圖限定發明的範圍。該些新穎的實施形態能以其他各種形態來實施,可與各種實施形態進行組合,可在不脫離發明的主旨的範圍內進行各種省略、替換、變更。該些實施形態或其變形包含在發明的範圍或主旨內,並且包含在申請專利範圍所記載的發明及其均等的範圍內。 The embodiments of the present invention have been described, but the embodiments are merely illustrative and are not intended to limit the scope of the invention. The present invention can be implemented in various other forms and can be combined with various embodiments without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention. The invention or its modifications are intended to be included within the scope and spirit of the invention and are included in the scope of the invention described herein.

再者,亦可配合LED的顯示來實施表示操作位置的印刷等。該印刷較佳為LED光透過的半透明的印刷等。 Further, printing indicating the operation position or the like can be performed in accordance with the display of the LED. This printing is preferably translucent printing or the like in which LED light is transmitted.

1‧‧‧冰箱 1‧‧‧ refrigerator

11‧‧‧冰箱本體 11‧‧‧ refrigerator body

21‧‧‧左門 21‧‧‧Left door

21A、22A‧‧‧前表面板 21A, 22A‧‧‧ front surface plate

22‧‧‧右門 22‧‧‧right door

50‧‧‧控制操作部 50‧‧‧Control Operations Department

51、52‧‧‧開門操作部 51, 52‧‧‧Open Door Operation Department

51A、52A‧‧‧開門操作顯示部 51A, 52A‧‧‧Open door operation display

54、55‧‧‧開門驅動部 54, 55‧‧‧Open door drive department

61、62‧‧‧把手 61, 62‧‧‧Hands

Claims (85)

一種冰箱,其特徵在於包括:冰箱本體,其前表面開口;隔熱性的門,安裝於所述冰箱本體的前表面開口部;以及開門裝置,安裝於所述冰箱本體,使所述門強制性地進行開門動作。 A refrigerator comprising: a refrigerator body having a front surface opening; a heat insulating door attached to an opening of a front surface of the refrigerator body; and a door opening device mounted to the refrigerator body to force the door Sexually open the door. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述的冰箱,其包括:控制操作部,設置於所述門上,用於進行變更所述冰箱的冷卻控制內容的操作;開門操作部,設置於所述門上,用於操作所述開門裝置的開門動作;以及控制部,輸入來自所述控制操作部與所述開門操作部的操作信號,進行相應的冷卻控制與開門控制,且對所述開門操作部給予開門操作輸入的部分是所述門的前表面板的一部分且與該前表面板一體地接續,針對所述控制操作部的操作與針對所述開門操作部的操作採用不同的操作方法。 The refrigerator according to claim 1, comprising: a control operation unit provided on the door for performing an operation of changing a cooling control content of the refrigerator; and a door opening operation unit disposed on the door a door opening operation for operating the door opening device; and a control unit that inputs an operation signal from the control operation portion and the door opening operation portion, performs a corresponding cooling control and a door opening control, and gives the door opening operation portion The portion of the door opening operation input is a part of the front surface plate of the door and is integrally connected to the front surface plate, and a different operation method is adopted for the operation of the control operation portion and the operation for the door opening operation portion. 如申請專利範圍第2項所述的冰箱,其中所述開門操作部包含設置於所述門上的多個操作偵測部,從所述多個操作偵測部對所述控制部輸出操作偵測信號,所述控制部對來自所述多個操作偵測部的所述操作偵測信號判斷是否為規定操作,當為所述規定操作時判斷為開門操作,並對所述開門裝 置進行所述開門控制。 The refrigerator according to the second aspect of the invention, wherein the door opening operation portion includes a plurality of operation detecting portions provided on the door, and the operation detecting is outputted from the plurality of operation detecting portions to the control portion The control unit determines whether the operation detection signal from the plurality of operation detecting units is a predetermined operation, and determines that the door opening operation is performed when the predetermined operation is performed, and installs the door opening The door opening control is performed. 如申請專利範圍第3項所述的冰箱,其中所述開門操作部包含設置於所述門上的多個操作偵測部,所述控制部在收到針對所述多個操作偵測部中的1個操作偵測部的所述操作偵測信號之後,若在固定時間以內未收到針對所述多個操作偵測部中的其他操作偵測部的所述操作偵測信號的情況下,則不對所述開門裝置進行所述開門控制。 The refrigerator according to claim 3, wherein the door opening operation portion includes a plurality of operation detecting portions disposed on the door, and the control portion is received in the plurality of operation detecting portions. If the operation detection signal is not received within the fixed time, the operation detection signal for the other operation detection units of the plurality of operation detection units is not received after the operation detection signal of the one operation detection unit And the door opening control is not performed on the door opening device. 如申請專利範圍第4項所述的冰箱,其中所述開門操作部包含設置於所述門上的3個以上的所述多個操作偵測部,所述控制部在所述3個以上的所述多個操作偵測部中的至少2個以上的所述多個操作偵測部依序輸出所述操作偵測信號時判斷為所述開門操作,對所述開門裝置進行所述開門控制。 The refrigerator according to claim 4, wherein the door opening operation unit includes three or more of the plurality of operation detecting units provided on the door, and the control unit is the three or more When the plurality of operation detecting units of the plurality of operation detecting units sequentially output the operation detecting signal, the door opening operation is determined, and the door opening device is controlled by the door opening device. . 如申請專利範圍第5項所述的冰箱,其中所述控制部在所述3個以上的所述多個操作偵測部中的至少3個操作偵測部依序輸出所述操作偵測信號時判斷為所述開門操作,對所述開門裝置進行所述開門控制。 The refrigerator according to claim 5, wherein the control unit sequentially outputs the operation detection signal in at least three of the three or more operation detection units. It is determined that the door opening operation is performed, and the door opening control is performed on the door opening device. 如申請專利範圍第3項至第6項中任一項所述的冰箱,其中所述多個操作偵測部是沿左右橫向排列設置。 The refrigerator according to any one of claims 3 to 6, wherein the plurality of operation detecting portions are arranged side by side in the lateral direction. 如申請專利範圍第2項至第7項中任一項所述的冰箱,其中 所述隔熱性的門在所述冰箱本體的所述前表面開口部安裝有多扇,所述開門操作部分別設置於所述多扇門上,所述控制部在所述多扇門上分別偵測不同的操作而判斷為所述開門操作,並進行所述開門控制。 The refrigerator according to any one of claims 2 to 7, wherein The heat-insulating door is mounted with a plurality of fans at the opening of the front surface of the refrigerator body, the door opening operation portions are respectively disposed on the plurality of doors, and the control portion is on the plurality of doors The different operations are separately detected to determine the door opening operation, and the door opening control is performed. 如申請專利範圍第2項至第8項中任一項所述的冰箱,其中所述開門操作部包含靜電電容式的觸摸感測器。 The refrigerator according to any one of claims 2 to 8, wherein the door opening operation portion includes a capacitive touch sensor. 如申請專利範圍第3項至第9項中任一項所述的冰箱,其中所述多個操作偵測部是在所述門的上邊或下邊附近沿左右橫向排列設置。 The refrigerator according to any one of claims 3 to 9, wherein the plurality of operation detecting portions are arranged side by side in the lateral direction in the vicinity of the upper side or the lower side of the door. 如申請專利範圍第10項所述的冰箱,其中所述多個操作偵測部排列設置在1片左右橫向細長的基板上,所述基板是自所述門的上端面或下端面以橫向較長的狀態,插入並固定至所述門的上邊附近或下邊附近。 The refrigerator according to claim 10, wherein the plurality of operation detecting portions are arranged on one of the horizontally elongated substrates, wherein the substrate is laterally oriented from an upper end surface or a lower end surface of the door. The long state is inserted and fixed to the vicinity of the upper side or the lower side of the door. 如申請專利範圍第2項至第6項中任一項所述的冰箱,其中所述隔熱性的門是以左右兩扇且呈對開式地開閉的方式,安裝在所述冰箱本體的所述前表面開口部,所述開門操作部被分別設置在所述左右兩扇門上且距離地面為相同高度的位置。 The refrigerator according to any one of claims 2 to 6, wherein the heat-insulating door is attached to the refrigerator body in such a manner that the left and right doors are opened and closed in a split manner. The front surface opening portion is provided at a position on the left and right doors and at the same height from the ground. 如申請專利範圍第2項至第11項中任一項所述的冰箱,其中所述開門操作部沿左右方向設置在所述門的敞開端附近,所述控制部對針對所述開門操作部而自所述敞開端側朝向其相反方向移動的滑動操作進行偵測,以判斷為所述開門操作,並進行所述開門控制。 The refrigerator according to any one of claims 2 to 11, wherein the door opening operation portion is disposed in a left-right direction near an open end of the door, and the control portion is directed to the door opening operation portion And a sliding operation that moves from the open end side toward the opposite direction is detected to determine the door opening operation, and the door opening control is performed. 如申請專利範圍第2項至第7項中任一項所述的冰箱,其中所述開門操作部被設置在所述門的四角的任一個端部,所述控制部在針對所述開門操作部的開門操作方向為朝向所述門外側的方向的情況下判斷為所述開門操作,並進行所述開門控制。 The refrigerator according to any one of claims 2 to 7, wherein the door opening operation portion is provided at any one of four corners of the door, and the control portion operates for the door opening When the door opening operation direction is the direction toward the outside of the door, the door opening operation is determined, and the door opening control is performed. 如申請專利範圍第2項至第14項中任一項所述的冰箱,其中在與所述門上的所述開門操作部的設置部位對應的所述前表面板的相應位置,設置有表示開門操作方向的標記。 The refrigerator according to any one of claims 2 to 14, wherein a corresponding position of the front surface plate corresponding to an installation portion of the door opening operation portion on the door is provided with a representation The marking of the direction of opening the door. 如申請專利範圍第2項至第15項中任一項所述的冰箱,其中所述開門操作是針對所述開門操作部的朝向單向的滑動操作,在所述開門操作部上,沿所述滑動操作的方向配設有多個滑動偵測用的觸摸感測器,且所述多個觸摸感測器使沿滑動方向相 鄰的觸摸感測器彼此在與所述滑動操作的方向不同的方向上部分重疊。 The refrigerator according to any one of claims 2 to 15, wherein the door opening operation is a one-way sliding operation for the door opening operation portion, and the door opening operation portion is along the a plurality of touch sensors for sliding detection are disposed in a direction of the sliding operation, and the plurality of touch sensors are arranged along the sliding direction The adjacent touch sensors partially overlap each other in a direction different from the direction of the sliding operation. 如申請專利範圍第2項至第6項及第9項中任一項所述的冰箱,其中所述開門操作是針對所述開門操作部的滑動操作,在所述開門操作部上,上下、左右配設有多個滑動偵測用的觸摸感測器,所述控制部在所述開門操作部的所述多個觸摸感測器以描繪固定圖案的方式受到觸摸操作時判斷為所述開門操作,並進行所述開門控制。 The refrigerator according to any one of claims 2 to 6, wherein the door opening operation is a sliding operation for the door opening operation portion, on the door opening operation portion, up and down, A plurality of touch sensors for detecting a slip are disposed on the right and left sides, and the control unit determines that the door is opened when the plurality of touch sensors of the door opening operation portion are subjected to a touch operation in a manner of drawing a fixed pattern Operate and perform the door opening control. 如申請專利範圍第2項至第7項、第9項、第11項及第15項中任一項所述的冰箱,其中所述控制部對針對所述開門操作部的朝向單向的滑動操作判斷為所述開門操作,並在判斷為朝向所述門的敞開端側的方向的滑動操作時,進行所述開門控制。 The refrigerator according to any one of claims 2 to 7, wherein the control unit unidirectionally slides toward the opening operation portion. The operation is judged to be the door opening operation, and the door opening control is performed when it is determined to be a sliding operation in a direction toward the open end side of the door. 如申請專利範圍第2項至第18項中任一項所述的冰箱,其中在所述門上,在與所述開門操作部的設置部位不同的部位設置有用於手動開閉門的把手。 The refrigerator according to any one of claims 2 to 18, wherein the door is provided with a handle for manually opening and closing the door at a portion different from the installation portion of the door opening operation portion. 如申請專利範圍第2項所述的冰箱,其包括:連接於所述控制部的語音辨識部件,且所述冰箱構成為當所述語音辨識部件偵測到基於聲音的用 於打開所述門的指示時,所述開門操作部根據所述控制部的指令來打開所述門。 The refrigerator according to claim 2, comprising: a voice recognition component connected to the control unit, and the refrigerator is configured to detect sound-based use when the voice recognition component detects The opening operation portion opens the door in accordance with an instruction from the control portion when the instruction to open the door is opened. 如申請專利範圍第20項所述的冰箱,其中所述冰箱記憶收容物的名稱與收容所述收容物的所述門的名稱或貯藏室的名稱之間的關聯,根據所述收容物的名稱來打開對應的所述門。 The refrigerator according to claim 20, wherein the name of the refrigerator memory storage object is associated with the name of the door or the name of the storage room in which the storage object is stored, according to the name of the storage item To open the corresponding door. 如申請專利範圍第21項所述的冰箱,其包括:關聯輸入登記部件,輸入並加以登記所述收容物的名稱與收容所述收容物的所述門的名稱或所述貯藏室的名稱之間的關聯。 The refrigerator according to claim 21, comprising: an input input registration unit, inputting and registering a name of the storage object and a name of the door or a name of the storage room in which the storage object is accommodated; The relationship between. 如申請專利範圍第20項所述的冰箱,其中所述語音辨識部件配置在所述門的內部,所述語音辨識部件經由設置於所述門上的孔部來辨識外部的聲音。 The refrigerator according to claim 20, wherein the voice recognition component is disposed inside the door, and the voice recognition component recognizes an external sound via a hole provided in the door. 如申請專利範圍第23項所述的冰箱,其中所述孔部被設置在所述門的下部。 The refrigerator according to claim 23, wherein the hole portion is provided at a lower portion of the door. 如申請專利範圍第20項所述的冰箱,其中所述語音辨識部件被配置在收納盒內,所述收納盒被配置在所述冰箱的外部。 The refrigerator according to claim 20, wherein the voice recognition member is disposed in a storage box, and the storage box is disposed outside the refrigerator. 如申請專利範圍第20項所述的冰箱,其包括:告知部件,當根據所述語音辨識部件所偵測到的聲音來打開所述門時,所述告知部件告知所述門打開。 The refrigerator according to claim 20, comprising: a notification unit that notifies the door to open when the door is opened according to a sound detected by the voice recognition unit. 如申請專利範圍第20項所述的冰箱,其包括: 語音產生部,以語音向使用者側詢問是否可打開所述門,當所述語音辨識部件反應於來自所述語音產生部的詢問而偵測到所述使用者的表示可打開所述門的語音時,所述開門操作部根據所述控制部的指令來打開所述門。 The refrigerator according to claim 20, which comprises: a voice generating unit that asks the user side by voice whether the door can be opened, and when the voice recognition component detects an inquiry from the voice generating unit and detects that the user's representation can open the door In the case of voice, the door opening operation unit opens the door in accordance with an instruction from the control unit. 如申請專利範圍第20項所述的冰箱,其中根據所述控制部的指令來改變所述開門操作部打開所述門的速度。 The refrigerator according to claim 20, wherein the speed at which the door opening operation portion opens the door is changed according to an instruction of the control portion. 如申請專利範圍第28項所述的冰箱,其包括:身高計測感測器,計測使用者的身高,根據所述身高計測感測器所檢測出的所述身高值的大小來改變打開所述門的速度。 The refrigerator according to claim 28, comprising: a height measuring sensor, measuring a height of the user, and changing according to the size of the height value detected by the height measuring sensor The speed of the door. 如申請專利範圍第20項所述的冰箱,其中所述控制部獲得用於開始所述語音辨識的契機即觸發之後,當所述語音辨識部件偵測到基於語音的用於打開所述門的指示時,所述開門操作部根據所述控制部的指令來打開所述門。 The refrigerator according to claim 20, wherein the control unit detects a trigger for starting the voice recognition, that is, after the triggering, the voice recognition unit detects a voice-based opening for opening the door. When instructed, the door opening operation unit opens the door in accordance with an instruction from the control unit. 如申請專利範圍第30項所述的冰箱,其中被用作所述觸發的所述語音是與所述冰箱動作時產生的聲音不同的聲音。 The refrigerator according to claim 30, wherein the voice used as the trigger is a sound different from a sound generated when the refrigerator is operated. 如申請專利範圍第20項所述的冰箱,其中對於根據所述控制部的指示而自所述冰箱產生的警告內容而言,當自使用者對所述控制部有反覆產生所述警告內容的指示時,則反覆告知所述警告內容。 The refrigerator according to claim 20, wherein, for the warning content generated from the refrigerator according to the instruction of the control unit, when the user has repeatedly generated the warning content from the control unit When indicated, the warning content is repeatedly notified. 如申請專利範圍第20項所述的冰箱,其中所述控制部在所述門敞開時,不接受其他的打開所述門的操作。 The refrigerator according to claim 20, wherein the control unit does not accept other operations of opening the door when the door is open. 如申請專利範圍第20項所述的冰箱,其中所述開門操作部具有對使用者接近所述冰箱的情況進行偵測的接近感測器的作用,當所述使用者的手指接近所述開門操作部時,所述開門操作部發光。 The refrigerator according to claim 20, wherein the door opening operation portion has a function of a proximity sensor that detects a user approaching the refrigerator, when the user's finger approaches the door opening In the operation unit, the door opening operation unit emits light. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述的冰箱,其包括:所述冰箱本體,其前表面開口;隔熱性的所述門,安裝於所述冰箱本體的所述前表面開口;所述開門裝置,安裝於所述冰箱本體,使所述門強制性地進行開門動作;開門操作部,設置於所述門上,用於操作所述開門裝置的所述開門動作;人體偵測部件,用於偵測所述冰箱的使用者的人體;以及控制部,當由所述人體偵測部件偵測到所述人體時,將來自所述開門操作部的操作信號的輸入設為有效,以進行相應的所述門的所述開門控制。 The refrigerator according to claim 1, comprising: the refrigerator body, wherein a front surface thereof is open; the heat-insulating door is mounted on the front surface opening of the refrigerator body; and the door opening device Installed in the refrigerator body to make the door forcibly open the door; the door opening operation portion is disposed on the door for operating the door opening operation of the door opening device; the human body detecting component is used for Detecting a human body of the user of the refrigerator; and a control unit that, when the human body detecting component detects the human body, sets an input of an operation signal from the door opening operation portion to be effective to perform corresponding The door opening control of the door. 如申請專利範圍第35項所述的冰箱,其中所述控制部在由所述人體偵測部件偵測到所述人體時,打開所述開門操作部的顯示。 The refrigerator according to claim 35, wherein the control unit opens the display of the door opening operation portion when the human body detecting member detects the human body. 如申請專利範圍第36項所述的冰箱,其中所述控制部根據所述門的開門操作的方式來切換所述開門操作部的顯示。 The refrigerator according to claim 36, wherein the control unit switches the display of the door opening operation unit in accordance with a manner in which the door is opened. 如申請專利範圍第35項至第37項中任一項所述的冰箱,其中所述人體偵測部件為靜電開關,在所述靜電開關進行所述人體的偵測時,將所述靜電開關的靈敏度切換得較高來實施。 The refrigerator according to any one of claims 35 to 37, wherein the human body detecting component is an electrostatic switch, and the electrostatic switch is used when the electrostatic switch performs the detection of the human body The sensitivity is switched higher to implement. 如申請專利範圍第35項所述的冰箱,其中所述人體偵測部件為接近感測器,所述控制部切換所述接近感測器的靈敏度而將所述門的開門操作設為有效,並且所述控制部在偵測到所述使用者已觸碰到所述接近感測器時,實際進行所述門的所述開門操作。 The refrigerator according to claim 35, wherein the human body detecting component is a proximity sensor, and the control unit switches the sensitivity of the proximity sensor to set the door opening operation of the door to be effective. And the control unit actually performs the door opening operation of the door when detecting that the user has touched the proximity sensor. 如申請專利範圍第35項所述的冰箱,其中所述人體偵測部件包括:遠程偵測感測器,偵測位於遠處位置的所述使用者的人體;接近偵測感測器,偵測位於比所述遠處位置近的位置的所述使用者的人體;以及切換部件,用於對所述控制部發出採用所述遠程偵測感測器與所述接近偵測感測器中的哪一個的切換的指令。 The refrigerator according to claim 35, wherein the human body detecting component comprises: a remote detecting sensor for detecting a human body of the user located at a remote location; a proximity detecting sensor, detecting Measuring the human body of the user located at a position closer to the remote location; and switching means for transmitting the remote detection sensor and the proximity detection sensor to the control unit Which one of the instructions to switch. 如申請專利範圍第40項所述的冰箱,其中 所述遠程偵測感測器為紅外線感測器,所述接近偵測感測器為靜電偵測感測器。 The refrigerator according to claim 40, wherein The remote detection sensor is an infrared sensor, and the proximity detection sensor is an electrostatic detection sensor. 如申請專利範圍第41項所述的冰箱,其包括:靈敏度調整部件,調整所述靜電偵測感測器的靈敏度。 The refrigerator according to claim 41, comprising: a sensitivity adjusting component that adjusts sensitivity of the electrostatic detecting sensor. 如申請專利範圍第36項至第42項中任一項所述的冰箱,其包括:控制操作部,設置於所述門上,用於進行變更所述冰箱的冷卻控制內容的操作,所述開門操作部配置於所述控制操作部的下方,且所述開門操作部配置在相對於所述控制操作部而朝左右方向錯開的位置。 The refrigerator according to any one of claims, wherein the refrigerator includes: a control operation unit provided on the door for performing an operation of changing a cooling control content of the refrigerator, The door opening operation unit is disposed below the control operation unit, and the door opening operation unit is disposed at a position shifted in the left-right direction with respect to the control operation unit. 如申請專利範圍第2項所述的冰箱,其中在所述冰箱本體的頂板部,配置有盒體,在所述盒體內,收容有辨識語音的語音辨識部件,在所述盒體上形成有孔。 The refrigerator according to claim 2, wherein a casing is disposed in a top plate portion of the refrigerator body, and a voice recognition member for recognizing a voice is accommodated in the casing, and the casing is formed with hole. 如申請專利範圍第44項所述的冰箱,其中在收容有所述語音辨識部件的所述盒體內,配置有控制基板,在所述控制基板上設置有所述語音辨識部件,收容有所述語音辨識部件的所述盒體的高度與所述開門裝置的盒體的高度相同,或者比所述開門裝置的盒體的高度低。 The refrigerator according to claim 44, wherein a control substrate is disposed in the casing in which the voice recognition component is housed, and the voice recognition component is disposed on the control substrate, and the The height of the casing of the voice recognition member is the same as the height of the casing of the door opening device or lower than the height of the casing of the door opening device. 如申請專利範圍第45項所述的冰箱,其中所述控制基板與所述盒體配置在所述冰箱本體的所述頂板部 上所設的凹部內,所述控制基板的支持部被嵌入於所述冰箱本體的所述頂板部內的隔熱材中。 The refrigerator according to claim 45, wherein the control substrate and the casing are disposed on the top plate portion of the refrigerator body. In the recess provided above, the support portion of the control board is embedded in the heat insulating material in the top plate portion of the refrigerator body. 如申請專利範圍第45項或第46項所述的冰箱,其中在所述冰箱本體的所述頂板部內,彎折地配置有真空隔熱材,所述真空隔熱材以覆蓋所述開門裝置的下側區域部分及所述控制基板的下側區域部分的方式而配置。 The refrigerator according to claim 45, wherein in the top plate portion of the refrigerator body, a vacuum heat insulating material is disposed in a folded manner, the vacuum heat insulating material covering the door opening device The lower region portion and the lower region portion of the control substrate are disposed. 如申請專利範圍第47項所述的冰箱,其中所述冰箱本體的箱內的頂板照明被嵌在所述頂板部的內壁的凹部內,所述頂板照明與所述真空隔熱材隔開。 The refrigerator according to claim 47, wherein the ceiling illumination in the box of the refrigerator body is embedded in a recess of the inner wall of the top plate portion, the ceiling illumination is separated from the vacuum insulation material . 如申請專利範圍第47項所述的冰箱,其中所述真空隔熱材是與所述冰箱本體的所述頂板部的內壁相接地配置,所述冰箱本體的箱內的頂板照明露出於所述頂板部的內壁之外,且配置於所述頂板部的所述內壁的彎折部中。 The refrigerator according to claim 47, wherein the vacuum heat insulating material is disposed in contact with an inner wall of the top plate portion of the refrigerator body, and a ceiling illumination in the box of the refrigerator body is exposed The outer wall of the top plate portion is disposed outside the inner wall of the top plate portion and is disposed in a bent portion of the inner wall of the top plate portion. 如申請專利範圍第45項或第46項所述的冰箱,其中所述真空隔熱材分割成多個部分,分割而成的各所述部分以覆蓋所述開門裝置的下側區域部分及所述控制基板的下側區域部分的方式而配置。 The refrigerator according to claim 45, wherein the vacuum heat insulating material is divided into a plurality of portions, and the divided portions are covered to cover a lower portion of the door opening device and a portion thereof. It is disposed so as to control the lower region portion of the substrate. 如申請專利範圍第47項所述的冰箱,其中所述頂板部的所述內壁的彎折部是傾斜地形成, 在所述彎折部中,嵌入有所述冰箱本體的冰箱內的頂板照明,所述頂板照明是與所述真空隔熱材隔開。 The refrigerator according to claim 47, wherein the bent portion of the inner wall of the top plate portion is formed obliquely, In the bent portion, a ceiling illumination in a refrigerator in which the refrigerator body is embedded is provided, and the ceiling illumination is separated from the vacuum heat insulating material. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述的冰箱,其包括:所述冰箱本體,其前表面開口;隔熱性的所述門,安裝於所述冰箱本體的前表面開口;所述開門裝置,安裝於所述冰箱本體,使所述門強制性地進行開門動作;接近感測器,設置於所述門上,可偵測人體向所述冰箱的接近,且成為藉由所述人體觸碰而進行所述開門裝置的所述開門動作的開關;以及偵測範圍的有效範圍變更部件,用於對偵測所述人體的接近時的所述接近感測器的偵測範圍的有效範圍進行變更。 The refrigerator according to claim 1, comprising: the refrigerator body, wherein a front surface thereof is open; the heat insulating door is mounted on a front surface of the refrigerator body; the door opening device is installed In the refrigerator body, the door is forcibly opened to open the door; the proximity sensor is disposed on the door to detect the proximity of the human body to the refrigerator, and is caused by the human body touching a switch for performing the opening operation of the door opening device; and an effective range changing unit of the detection range for changing a valid range of the detection range of the proximity sensor when detecting the approach of the human body . 如申請專利範圍第52項所述的冰箱,其中所述接近感測器為靜電電容式的接近感測器,所述偵測範圍的有效範圍變更部件改變自所述接近感測器產生的電磁場的範圍,以變更所述接近感測器的所述偵測範圍的所述有效範圍。 The refrigerator according to claim 52, wherein the proximity sensor is a capacitive proximity sensor, and the effective range changing component of the detection range changes an electromagnetic field generated from the proximity sensor a range to change the effective range of the detection range of the proximity sensor. 如申請專利範圍第52項或第53項所述的冰箱,其中所述偵測範圍的所述有效範圍不同於所述接近感測器的與前方不同的方向的範圍。 The refrigerator according to claim 52, wherein the effective range of the detection range is different from a range of the proximity sensor in a direction different from the front. 如申請專利範圍第52項至第54項中任一項所述的冰箱,其中在所述接近感測器的周圍,配置有移動部件。 The refrigerator according to any one of claims 52 to 54, wherein a moving part is disposed around the proximity sensor. 如申請專利範圍第55項所述的冰箱,其中所述移動部件為所述門。 The refrigerator according to claim 55, wherein the moving member is the door. 如申請專利範圍第55項或第56項所述的冰箱,其中所述接近感測器的所述偵測範圍的所述有效範圍不進入所述移動部件的移動軌跡內。 The refrigerator of claim 55 or claim 56, wherein the effective range of the detection range of the proximity sensor does not enter a movement trajectory of the moving part. 如申請專利範圍第52項至第57項中任一項所述的冰箱,其中所述偵測範圍的有效範圍變更部件為配置在所述接近感測器周圍的金屬體。 The refrigerator according to any one of claims 52 to 57, wherein the effective range changing unit of the detection range is a metal body disposed around the proximity sensor. 如申請專利範圍第58項所述的冰箱,其中所述偵測範圍的有效範圍變更部件配置在鄰接的所述移動部件之間。 The refrigerator according to claim 58, wherein the effective range changing unit of the detection range is disposed between the adjacent moving parts. 如申請專利範圍第53項或第54項所述的冰箱,其中所述接近感測器所產生的所述電磁場的朝向、與所述偵測範圍的有效範圍變更部件所產生的電磁場的朝向為相反。 The refrigerator according to claim 53 or claim 54, wherein the orientation of the electromagnetic field generated by the proximity sensor and the orientation of an electromagnetic field generated by the effective range changing component of the detection range is in contrast. 如申請專利範圍第52項所述的冰箱,其中在搭載有所述接近感測器的基板上,配置有網狀的接地圖案。 The refrigerator according to claim 52, wherein a mesh-shaped ground pattern is disposed on the substrate on which the proximity sensor is mounted. 如申請專利範圍第58項所述的冰箱,其中所述金屬體配置在堵塞開口部分的蓋構件上,所述開口部分用於將搭載有所述接近感測器的基板插入所述門內。 The refrigerator according to claim 58, wherein the metal body is disposed on a cover member that blocks an opening portion for inserting a substrate on which the proximity sensor is mounted into the door. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述的冰箱,其包括:所述冰箱本體,其前表面開口; 隔熱性的所述門,安裝於所述冰箱本體的前表面開口;所述開門裝置,安裝於所述冰箱本體,使所述門強制性地進行開門動作;控制操作部,設置於所述門上,用於進行變更所述冰箱的冷卻控制內容的操作;以及開門操作部,具有接近感測器及觸摸按鈕,所述接近感測器設置於所述門上,可偵測使用者接近所述冰箱的情況,所述觸摸按鈕用於藉由人體觸碰而進行所述開門裝置的所述開門動作,且所述開門操作部採用當所述使用者的手指接近時亮燈的結構,對所述手指接近所述接近感測器時的所述開門操作部的亮燈的發光形態、與觸碰到所述觸摸按鈕時的所述開門操作部的亮燈的發光形態進行變更。 The refrigerator according to claim 1, comprising: the refrigerator body, the front surface of which is open; The door having heat insulation is installed on the front surface of the refrigerator body; the door opening device is attached to the refrigerator body to force the door to open the door; the control operation portion is disposed in the a door for performing an operation of changing a cooling control content of the refrigerator; and a door opening operation portion having a proximity sensor and a touch button, the proximity sensor being disposed on the door to detect a user approaching In the case of the refrigerator, the touch button is used to perform the door opening operation of the door opening device by a human touch, and the door opening operation portion adopts a structure that lights up when the user's finger approaches. The light-emitting form of the light-opening operation portion when the finger approaches the proximity sensor and the light-emitting form of the light-on operation of the door opening operation portion when the touch button is touched are changed. 如申請專利範圍第63項所述的冰箱,其中所述控制操作部在所述人體接近所述接近感測器時亮燈。 The refrigerator according to claim 63, wherein the control operation portion lights up when the human body approaches the proximity sensor. 如申請專利範圍第64項所述的冰箱,其中對所述控制操作部的亮燈時機與所述開門操作部的亮燈時機進行變更。 The refrigerator according to claim 64, wherein the lighting timing of the control operation unit and the lighting timing of the opening operation unit are changed. 如申請專利範圍第64項或第65項所述的冰箱,其包括:其中一個所述門與另一個所述門,當所述其中一個所述門打開時,所述開門操作部亮燈,並且所述另一個所述門的所述開門操作部亦亮燈。 The refrigerator according to claim 64 or claim 65, comprising: one of the door and the other of the doors, when the one of the doors is opened, the door opening operation portion lights up, And the door opening operation portion of the other of the doors is also illuminated. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述的冰箱,其包括:所述冰箱本體,其前表面開口;隔熱性的所述門,安裝於所述冰箱本體的前表面開口;所述開門裝置,安裝於所述冰箱本體,使所述門強制性地進行開門動作;接近感測器,設置於所述門上,可偵測人體向所述冰箱的接近,且成為藉由所述人體觸碰而進行所述開門裝置的所述開門動作的開關;防護電極,配置在所述接近感測器的周圍;以及控制部,當所述防護電極偵測到變化時,將基於所述接近感測器的所述開門裝置的所述開門動作設為無效。 The refrigerator according to claim 1, comprising: the refrigerator body, wherein a front surface thereof is open; the heat insulating door is mounted on a front surface of the refrigerator body; the door opening device is installed In the refrigerator body, the door is forcibly opened to open the door; the proximity sensor is disposed on the door to detect the proximity of the human body to the refrigerator, and is caused by the human body touching a switch that performs the opening operation of the door opening device; a guard electrode disposed around the proximity sensor; and a control portion that is based on the proximity sensor when the guard electrode detects a change The opening operation of the door opening device is set to be invalid. 如申請專利範圍第67項所述的冰箱,其中當在所述防護電極偵測到所述人體之後,所述接近感測器偵測到所述人體時,所述控制部將基於所述接近感測器的所述開門裝置的所述開門動作設為無效,當所述防護電極與所述接近感測器同時偵測到所述人體時,所述控制部將基於所述接近感測器的所述開門裝置的開門動作設為無效。 The refrigerator according to claim 67, wherein the control unit is based on the proximity when the proximity sensor detects the human body after the guard electrode detects the human body The opening operation of the door opening device of the sensor is set to be invalid, and when the guard electrode detects the human body simultaneously with the proximity sensor, the control portion is based on the proximity sensor The door opening action of the door opening device is set to be invalid. 如申請專利範圍第67項或第68項所述的冰箱,其包括:控制操作部,設置於所述門上,用於進行變更冰箱的冷卻控制內容的操作,在所述控制操作部與所述接近感測器之間的位置,配置有所 述防護電極。 The refrigerator according to claim 67 or claim 68, comprising: a control operation unit provided on the door for performing an operation of changing a cooling control content of the refrigerator, wherein the control operation unit and the The position between the proximity sensors, the configuration Said guard electrode. 如申請專利範圍第67項至第69項中任一項所述的冰箱,其中所述防護電極所形成的間隙的間隔大於所述人體的手指的寬度。 The refrigerator according to any one of claims 67 to 69, wherein the gap formed by the guard electrode is larger than a width of a finger of the human body. 如申請專利範圍第67項至第69項中任一項所述的冰箱,其中所述防護電極所形成的間隙的間隔為即使所述人體的彎曲的肘部碰到,亦不會觸碰到所述防護電極的大小。 The refrigerator according to any one of claims 67 to 69, wherein the gap formed by the guard electrode is spaced apart so that even if the curved elbow of the human body is touched, the gap is not touched. The size of the guard electrode. 如申請專利範圍第67項至第71項中任一項所述的冰箱,其中在所述防護電極的內側區域且所述接近感測器的周圍形成有孔,自所述孔來照射照明用的光。 The refrigerator according to any one of claims 67 to 71, wherein a hole is formed in an inner region of the guard electrode and around the proximity sensor, and the illumination is illuminated from the hole Light. 如申請專利範圍第72項所述的冰箱,其中所述孔是沿著所述接近感測器的周圍而設置,所述接近感測器與包圍所述接近感測器的周圍區域是藉由連結部分而連結。 The refrigerator according to claim 72, wherein the hole is disposed along a circumference of the proximity sensor, and the proximity sensor and a surrounding area surrounding the proximity sensor are Linked to the link. 如申請專利範圍第73項所述的冰箱,其中在所述孔內配置有照明用的發光元件,所述發光元件配置在所述連結部分背側的位置以外的所述孔內。 The refrigerator according to claim 73, wherein a light-emitting element for illumination is disposed in the hole, and the light-emitting element is disposed in the hole other than a position on a back side of the connection portion. 如申請專利範圍第74項所述的冰箱,其中所述發光元件配置在所述孔的外側的角部。 The refrigerator according to claim 74, wherein the light emitting element is disposed at a corner of an outer side of the hole. 如申請專利範圍第72項至第75項中任一項所述的冰箱, 其中所述接近感測器包含1個電極,在所述接近感測器上設置有通孔,所述通孔不設置在所述接近感測器的端部的位置。 The refrigerator according to any one of claims 72 to 75, Wherein the proximity sensor comprises one electrode, and a through hole is disposed on the proximity sensor, and the through hole is not disposed at a position of the end of the proximity sensor. 如申請專利範圍第76項所述的冰箱,其中針對所述通孔的配線是穿過所述連結部分而配置。 The refrigerator according to claim 76, wherein the wiring for the through hole is disposed through the joint portion. 如申請專利範圍第67項至第77項中任一項所述的冰箱,其包括:基板,自所述門的插入口插入並保持,所述接近感測器與所述防護電極配置在所述基板的表面側,在所述基板的背面側設置有零件搭載區域,在所述基板被保持於所述門內的狀態下,所述零件搭載區域是位於與位於所述插入口側的所述基板的部分為相反側。 The refrigerator according to any one of claims 67 to 77, comprising: a substrate inserted and held from an insertion opening of the door, the proximity sensor and the guard electrode being disposed in the same On the surface side of the substrate, a component mounting region is provided on the back side of the substrate, and the component mounting region is located on the side of the insertion port in a state where the substrate is held in the door. The portion of the substrate is the opposite side. 如申請專利範圍第67項至第78項中任一項所述的冰箱,其中將作為第1電極的所述接近感測器與作為第2電極的中間區域部分構成為:在為偵測所述人體接近的接近偵測模式時,切斷所述接近感測器與所述中間區域部分的連接,在所述人體接觸所述接近感測器而作為接觸感測器發揮功能時,進行所述接近感測器與所述中間區域部分的連接,藉此來變更所述接近感測器的靈敏度。 The refrigerator according to any one of claims 67 to 78, wherein the proximity sensor as the first electrode and the intermediate portion as the second electrode are configured as: When the human body approaches the proximity detection mode, the connection between the proximity sensor and the intermediate portion is cut off, and when the human body contacts the proximity sensor to function as a contact sensor, The proximity sensor is connected to the intermediate portion portion, thereby changing the sensitivity of the proximity sensor. 如申請專利範圍第79項所述的冰箱,其中 所述中間區域部分配置在所述接近感測器的周圍。 A refrigerator according to claim 79, wherein The intermediate portion portion is disposed around the proximity sensor. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述的冰箱,其包括:所述冰箱本體,其前表面開口;隔熱性的所述門,安裝於所述冰箱本體的前表面開口;所述開門裝置,安裝於所述冰箱本體,使所述門強制性地進行開門動作;多個非接觸感測器,設置於所述門上,可偵測人體向所述冰箱的接近;以及控制部,當所述多個非接觸感測器以預定的特定順序偵測到所述人體的接近時,藉由所述開門裝置來進行所述開門動作。 The refrigerator according to claim 1, comprising: the refrigerator body, wherein a front surface thereof is open; the heat insulating door is mounted on a front surface of the refrigerator body; the door opening device is installed In the refrigerator body, the door is forcibly opened to open the door; a plurality of non-contact sensors are disposed on the door to detect the proximity of the human body to the refrigerator; and a control unit, when When the plurality of non-contact sensors detect the approach of the human body in a predetermined specific order, the door opening operation is performed by the door opening device. 如申請專利範圍第81項所述的冰箱,其中所述特定順序是藉由如下方式而獲得:根據所述人體沿著第1方向的移動,所述多個非接觸感測器偵測所述人體,且根據所述人體沿著與所述第1方向不同的第2方向的移動,所述多個非接觸感測器偵測所述人體。 The refrigerator according to claim 81, wherein the specific order is obtained by: the plurality of non-contact sensors detecting the movement according to the movement of the human body along the first direction The plurality of non-contact sensors detect the human body according to movement of the human body in a second direction different from the first direction. 如申請專利範圍第81項或第82項所述的冰箱,其中所述多個非接觸感測器二維地配置在所述門上。 The refrigerator according to claim 81, wherein the plurality of non-contact sensors are two-dimensionally disposed on the door. 如申請專利範圍第81項至第83項中任一項所述的冰箱,其中所述特定順序對所述控制部指示藉由所述開門裝置來進行所述開門動作的功能,另一所述特定順序對所述控制部指示使所述冰箱的貯藏室急 速冷凍的功能。 The refrigerator according to any one of claims 81 to 83, wherein the specific order instructs the control unit to perform the function of the door opening operation by the door opening device, and the other In a specific order, the control unit is instructed to make the storage room of the refrigerator urgent Quick freezing function. 如申請專利範圍第84項所述的冰箱,其包括:距離測定部件,測定與所述人體的距離,基於由所述距離測定部件所測定的所述人體的距離發生變更的情況,將所述非接觸感測器偵測所述人體的動作變為有效。 The refrigerator according to claim 84, comprising: a distance measuring unit that measures a distance from the human body, and the distance of the human body measured by the distance measuring unit is changed, The action of the non-contact sensor detecting the human body becomes effective.
TW103121915A 2013-06-25 2014-06-25 Refrigerator TWI572837B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2013132645 2013-06-25
JP2013197435 2013-09-24
JP2013272191 2013-12-27
JP2014014535 2014-01-29
JP2014106232 2014-05-22
JP2014112829 2014-05-30
JP2014119511 2014-06-10
JP2014126223A JP6373653B2 (en) 2013-06-25 2014-06-19 refrigerator

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201512619A true TW201512619A (en) 2015-04-01
TWI572837B TWI572837B (en) 2017-03-01

Family

ID=52141917

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW103121915A TWI572837B (en) 2013-06-25 2014-06-25 Refrigerator

Country Status (6)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6373653B2 (en)
KR (4) KR102184333B1 (en)
CN (26) CN107166858A (en)
MY (1) MY183145A (en)
TW (1) TWI572837B (en)
WO (1) WO2014208585A1 (en)

Cited By (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN106152697A (en) * 2015-04-21 2016-11-23 青岛海尔智能技术研发有限公司 Control method and the refrigerator of refrigerator switch gate
CN106352645A (en) * 2015-07-17 2017-01-25 东芝生活电器株式会社 Refrigerator
TWI630363B (en) * 2015-06-22 2018-07-21 東芝生活電器股份有限公司 Refrigerator
TWI637135B (en) * 2015-07-14 2018-10-01 Lg電子股份有限公司 A door for home appliance and home appliance having the same
TWI683081B (en) * 2017-08-02 2020-01-21 日商日立環球生活方案股份有限公司 refrigerator
TWI717938B (en) * 2019-01-11 2021-02-01 日商三菱電機股份有限公司 refrigerator
TWI734253B (en) * 2017-08-02 2021-07-21 日商日立環球生活方案股份有限公司 refrigerator

Families Citing this family (98)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP6326221B2 (en) * 2013-11-29 2018-05-16 日立アプライアンス株式会社 refrigerator
KR101677334B1 (en) 2014-10-24 2016-11-17 엘지전자 주식회사 Refrigerator door
KR101931681B1 (en) * 2014-11-07 2018-12-21 엘지전자 주식회사 Refrigerator and control method thereof
CN105588400B (en) * 2014-11-07 2018-04-13 Lg电子株式会社 Refrigerator and controlling method for refrigerator
KR101659181B1 (en) 2014-12-22 2016-09-30 엘지전자 주식회사 Tuch sensor assembly and refrigerator door with Tuch sensor assembly
KR101659180B1 (en) 2014-12-22 2016-09-22 엘지전자 주식회사 Tuch sensor assembly and refrigerator door with Tuch sensor assembly
KR101659184B1 (en) 2014-12-24 2016-09-22 엘지전자 주식회사 Tuch sensor assembly and manufacture method of tuch sensor assembly
KR101668921B1 (en) 2014-12-24 2016-10-24 엘지전자 주식회사 Tuch sensor assembly and refrigerator door with Tuch sensor assembly
KR101668922B1 (en) 2014-12-24 2016-10-24 엘지전자 주식회사 Home appliance display assembly and manufacture method thereof
JP6552830B2 (en) * 2015-02-03 2019-07-31 東芝ライフスタイル株式会社 refrigerator
CN104654736A (en) * 2015-02-10 2015-05-27 青岛海尔股份有限公司 Refrigerator
CN104675264A (en) * 2015-02-10 2015-06-03 青岛海尔股份有限公司 Door opening device, refrigerator and non-contact door opening method
CN104675263A (en) * 2015-02-10 2015-06-03 青岛海尔股份有限公司 Door opening device, refrigerator and non-contact door opening method
JP6445353B2 (en) * 2015-03-02 2018-12-26 シャープ株式会社 Refrigerator
JP2016166694A (en) * 2015-03-09 2016-09-15 パナソニックIpマネジメント株式会社 Refrigerator
JP6449073B2 (en) * 2015-03-25 2019-01-09 シャープ株式会社 refrigerator
JP6598481B2 (en) * 2015-03-26 2019-10-30 東芝ライフスタイル株式会社 refrigerator
JP6560006B2 (en) * 2015-04-08 2019-08-14 東芝ライフスタイル株式会社 refrigerator
JP6626268B2 (en) * 2015-04-15 2019-12-25 東芝ライフスタイル株式会社 refrigerator
KR101639522B1 (en) 2015-05-07 2016-07-22 엘지전자 주식회사 Refrigerator door with Tuch sensor assembly
WO2016200050A1 (en) 2015-06-11 2016-12-15 Lg Electronics Inc. Refrigerator and control method for refrigerator
DE102015009157A1 (en) * 2015-07-14 2017-01-19 Liebherr-Hausgeräte Ochsenhausen GmbH Fridge and / or freezer
WO2017039219A1 (en) 2015-09-03 2017-03-09 삼성전자주식회사 Refrigerator
KR102223627B1 (en) * 2015-09-03 2021-03-05 삼성전자주식회사 Refrigerator
JP2017083099A (en) * 2015-10-30 2017-05-18 日立アプライアンス株式会社 refrigerator
KR101736608B1 (en) 2015-11-27 2017-05-16 엘지전자 주식회사 Refrigerator
EP3393348B1 (en) * 2015-12-23 2020-10-21 Koninklijke Philips N.V. Device, system and method for determining a vital sign of a person
JP6730068B2 (en) * 2016-01-26 2020-07-29 東芝ライフスタイル株式会社 refrigerator
JP6732171B2 (en) * 2016-01-29 2020-07-29 青島海爾股▲フン▼有限公司 refrigerator
JP2017146058A (en) * 2016-02-19 2017-08-24 東芝ライフスタイル株式会社 refrigerator
JP6779016B2 (en) * 2016-02-19 2020-11-04 東芝ライフスタイル株式会社 refrigerator
JP6516915B2 (en) * 2016-02-26 2019-05-22 三菱電機株式会社 refrigerator
JP6749105B2 (en) * 2016-02-29 2020-09-02 シャープ株式会社 Door structure
CN105806037A (en) * 2016-04-26 2016-07-27 合肥海尔电冰箱有限公司 Refrigerator door body opening method and refrigerator
CN105953521B (en) * 2016-05-10 2019-01-18 青岛海尔股份有限公司 The open method of refrigerator and refrigerator door
JP6484669B2 (en) * 2016-07-01 2019-03-13 株式会社タカギセイコー Medical table
JP2018021731A (en) * 2016-08-05 2018-02-08 東芝ライフスタイル株式会社 refrigerator
KR102001870B1 (en) * 2016-11-03 2019-07-19 엘지전자 주식회사 Refrigerator and a control method of the same
KR101897356B1 (en) * 2016-11-03 2018-09-11 엘지전자 주식회사 Refrigerator and a control method of the same
CN108120205A (en) * 2016-11-29 2018-06-05 东芝生活电器株式会社 Refrigerator
JP7016000B2 (en) * 2016-12-21 2022-02-04 パナソニックIpマネジメント株式会社 refrigerator
EP3343473A1 (en) 2017-01-03 2018-07-04 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Food storage apparatus and control method thereof
JP6872916B2 (en) * 2017-01-31 2021-05-19 東芝ライフスタイル株式会社 refrigerator
JP6890880B2 (en) * 2017-02-03 2021-06-18 アール・ビー・コントロールズ株式会社 Operating device
DE102017205184A1 (en) * 2017-03-28 2018-10-04 BSH Hausgeräte GmbH Domestic refrigerating appliance with a device component with a trough which can be grasped from above in an oblique strip surface
CN107255391A (en) * 2017-06-26 2017-10-17 青岛海尔股份有限公司 A kind of refrigerator and its method for opening door of refrigerator
JP2019005323A (en) * 2017-06-27 2019-01-17 ルネサスエレクトロニクス株式会社 Height measurement device, health care appliance and rotation gate
KR102106847B1 (en) * 2017-06-28 2020-05-28 엘지전자 주식회사 Control Method for Automatically Opening a Cooker Door
US20190017735A1 (en) * 2017-07-11 2019-01-17 Bsh Hausgeraete Gmbh Household cooling appliance comprising a speech control for a dispenser unit, which is configured for dispensing liquid and/or ice, as well as method for operating a household cooling appliance
JP6967904B2 (en) * 2017-08-03 2021-11-17 東芝ライフスタイル株式会社 refrigerator
CN107401880B (en) * 2017-08-04 2020-10-09 海尔智家股份有限公司 Door body adjusting device of refrigerator
KR102418952B1 (en) 2017-08-31 2022-07-08 삼성전자주식회사 Home appliance having voice recognizing function
CN107680264A (en) * 2017-09-29 2018-02-09 创斯达科技集团(中国)有限责任公司 A kind of fuselage release mechanism
JP6879880B2 (en) * 2017-10-11 2021-06-02 三菱電機株式会社 How to control the front door of the dishwasher and home appliances
CN108253713B (en) * 2017-12-27 2020-08-28 青岛海尔股份有限公司 Refrigerator door body provided with microphone and refrigerator
JP6917933B2 (en) * 2018-03-22 2021-08-11 三菱電機株式会社 dishwasher
JP2019184167A (en) * 2018-04-11 2019-10-24 東芝ライフスタイル株式会社 Household electrical appliance, refrigerator
WO2019207845A1 (en) * 2018-04-27 2019-10-31 シャープ株式会社 Refrigerator
JP2020008177A (en) 2018-07-03 2020-01-16 パナソニックIpマネジメント株式会社 refrigerator
CN110873497A (en) * 2018-08-30 2020-03-10 Lg电子株式会社 Refrigerator with a door
TWI656311B (en) * 2018-09-11 2019-04-11 捷騰光電股份有限公司 Power supply structure of Refrigerator panel
KR102211191B1 (en) 2018-12-07 2021-02-03 엘지전자 주식회사 Refrigerator and control method thereof
CN109855354A (en) * 2018-12-29 2019-06-07 青岛海尔股份有限公司 Refrigerator and its enabling control method
KR102633905B1 (en) * 2019-01-31 2024-02-05 엘지전자 주식회사 Refrigerator Capable of Sound Input
JP7237651B2 (en) * 2019-02-28 2023-03-13 ホシザキ株式会社 storage
JP2020143829A (en) * 2019-03-06 2020-09-10 東芝ライフスタイル株式会社 refrigerator
KR20200125305A (en) * 2019-04-26 2020-11-04 엘지전자 주식회사 Refrigerator
US11182123B2 (en) 2019-04-30 2021-11-23 Whirlpool Corporation User-interface system for a laundry appliance
US11686032B2 (en) 2019-04-30 2023-06-27 Whirlpool Corporation User-interface system for a laundry appliance
CN111854302A (en) * 2019-04-30 2020-10-30 青岛海高设计制造有限公司 Opening structure, refrigerator and method for controlling refrigerator
DE102019112433A1 (en) * 2019-05-13 2020-11-19 Vorwerk & Co. Interholding Gmbh System comprising a soil cultivation device, an object located in the vicinity of the soil cultivation device, a detection device and a control device
CN110173948A (en) * 2019-05-22 2019-08-27 海信(山东)冰箱有限公司 A kind of method and device controlling facility switching door
US11761134B2 (en) 2019-05-23 2023-09-19 Whirlpool Corporation Laundry appliance
US11377772B2 (en) 2019-05-23 2022-07-05 Whirlpool Corporation Laundry appliance
EP3742093B1 (en) * 2019-05-23 2023-11-01 Liebherr-Hausgeräte Ochsenhausen GmbH Fridge and / or freezer
CN210374267U (en) * 2019-06-11 2020-04-21 青岛海尔电冰箱有限公司 Refrigerator with a door
JP2019200042A (en) * 2019-07-18 2019-11-21 東芝ライフスタイル株式会社 refrigerator
JP7424793B2 (en) * 2019-10-29 2024-01-30 東芝ライフスタイル株式会社 refrigerator
US20230266057A1 (en) * 2019-11-28 2023-08-24 Lg Electronics Inc. Refrigerator
WO2021153059A1 (en) * 2020-01-29 2021-08-05 アルプスアルパイン株式会社 Electrostatic input device
KR20210103608A (en) * 2020-02-13 2021-08-24 삼성전자주식회사 Refrigerator, server and method for controlling the refrigerator
KR102128698B1 (en) * 2020-04-17 2020-06-30 장석운 Air Freshener with Gas Removal Function
CN111425064B (en) * 2020-05-06 2021-09-03 合肥华凌股份有限公司 Door assembly and storage cabinet
KR102510802B1 (en) * 2020-11-27 2023-03-17 곽정규 Smart set storage box for custom cosmetics
KR20220102426A (en) * 2021-01-13 2022-07-20 엘지전자 주식회사 Dishwasher
EP4050289A1 (en) * 2021-02-25 2022-08-31 Liebherr-Hausgeräte Ochsenhausen GmbH Operating unit for a fridge and/or freezer
DE102021205018A1 (en) 2021-05-18 2022-11-24 BSH Hausgeräte GmbH Household appliance with a specific automatic door opening and procedure
CN115406148A (en) * 2021-05-28 2022-11-29 重庆海尔制冷电器有限公司 Refrigerator and control method thereof
KR102577283B1 (en) * 2021-10-26 2023-09-12 주식회사 콜러노비타 Non-contact operating device of bidet
KR20230071576A (en) * 2021-11-16 2023-05-23 엘지전자 주식회사 Home appliance
TWI778871B (en) * 2021-11-23 2022-09-21 台灣松下電器股份有限公司 Refrigerator and method of making the same
IT202100032807A1 (en) * 2021-12-28 2023-06-28 Gewiss Spa COVERING STRUCTURE FOR ELECTRICAL CONTROL EQUIPMENT
KR20230151126A (en) * 2022-04-22 2023-11-01 엘지전자 주식회사 Door assembly and refrigerator
CN114739106A (en) * 2022-04-25 2022-07-12 海信(山东)冰箱有限公司 Refrigerator and control method thereof
KR20230157184A (en) * 2022-05-09 2023-11-16 삼성전자주식회사 capacitance type door sensor and electric appliances using the same
WO2024039033A1 (en) * 2022-08-18 2024-02-22 삼성전자 주식회사 Refrigerator capable of reducing touch input noise and control method thereof
JP2024039193A (en) * 2022-09-09 2024-03-22 ソニーセミコンダクタソリューションズ株式会社 Information processing device, program, and information processing method
US20240133619A1 (en) * 2022-10-18 2024-04-25 Lg Electronics Inc. Refrigerator

Family Cites Families (118)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE7705429U1 (en) * 1977-02-23 1977-06-02 Bosch-Siemens Hausgeraete Gmbh, 7000 Stuttgart Switching and display device for an electrically operated household appliance, in particular a control panel for a freezer or the like
JPS6091171A (en) * 1983-10-25 1985-05-22 松下冷機株式会社 Rapid optical refrigerator for refrigerator
JPH0173689U (en) * 1987-10-30 1989-05-18
JPH079340B2 (en) * 1988-01-04 1995-02-01 株式会社東芝 refrigerator
CN2037457U (en) * 1988-07-27 1989-05-10 顾文照 Multifunction electronic controller of frigidarium
US5100213A (en) * 1990-06-07 1992-03-31 Amana Refrigeration Inc. Vertical sliding chiller compartment door
JPH04347234A (en) 1991-05-24 1992-12-02 Taisei Corp Joining method for precast concrete member
JPH0587443A (en) * 1991-09-26 1993-04-06 Mitsubishi Electric Corp Refrigerator
JPH08339750A (en) * 1995-06-13 1996-12-24 Seikosha Co Ltd Static capacity type proximity switch
DE19835462C2 (en) * 1998-08-06 2003-10-30 Heinrich Klostermann transport container
AU749168B2 (en) * 1998-08-19 2002-06-20 Fisher & Paykel Appliances Limited Door opening and closing system
JP2000111238A (en) * 1998-10-02 2000-04-18 Nec Gumma Ltd Automated door closing refrigerator
EP1085500B1 (en) * 1999-09-13 2007-01-17 Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. Voice recognition for controlling a device
CN2429801Y (en) * 2000-06-13 2001-05-09 广东科龙电器股份有限公司 Intelleclural refrigerator with speech control
CN100465559C (en) * 2001-05-09 2009-03-04 海尔集团公司 Phonetically door-opening refrigerator
CN1393672A (en) * 2001-06-24 2003-01-29 海尔集团公司 Refrigerator with sound controlled gate
CN2486933Y (en) * 2001-06-24 2002-04-17 海尔集团公司 Sound control door-open refrigerator
JP3923755B2 (en) * 2001-07-12 2007-06-06 株式会社東芝 refrigerator
KR20030021810A (en) * 2001-09-07 2003-03-15 주식회사 엘지이아이 Lamp apparatus of refrigerator
CN1252437C (en) * 2001-11-27 2006-04-19 广东科龙电器股份有限公司 Refrigerator door open-close control method and refrigerator using said method
JP2004044980A (en) * 2002-07-15 2004-02-12 Toshiba Corp Refrigerator door
JP2004108604A (en) * 2002-09-13 2004-04-08 Hitachi Ltd Door control device, automatic door, door control method and refrigerator using automatic door
JP2004340499A (en) * 2003-05-16 2004-12-02 Toshiba Corp Refrigerator and its control method
US20040251746A1 (en) * 2003-06-12 2004-12-16 Nifco Inc. Moving device
JP2005011773A (en) * 2003-06-20 2005-01-13 Toshiba Corp Touch switch device and refrigerator equipped with the same
JP2005241215A (en) * 2004-02-27 2005-09-08 Mitsubishi Electric Corp Electric appliance, refrigerator, and operating method for refrigerator
KR20050097788A (en) * 2004-04-02 2005-10-10 위니아만도 주식회사 Open and close apparatus of door using electro-magnet
JP4168969B2 (en) * 2004-04-27 2008-10-22 松下電器産業株式会社 Cooker using touch keys
JP2005344977A (en) * 2004-06-01 2005-12-15 Toshiba Corp Refrigerator
JP4531469B2 (en) * 2004-07-15 2010-08-25 株式会社フジクラ Capacitive proximity sensor
US20100231506A1 (en) * 2004-09-07 2010-09-16 Timothy Pryor Control of appliances, kitchen and home
SE0402261D0 (en) * 2004-09-17 2004-09-17 Electrolux Home Prod Corp Capacitive Sensor System
KR100619757B1 (en) * 2004-11-09 2006-09-07 엘지전자 주식회사 Refrigerator with basket rise and fall unit and moving control method of the basket rise and fall unit
JP4347234B2 (en) * 2005-02-14 2009-10-21 パナソニック株式会社 refrigerator
JP4301216B2 (en) * 2005-07-05 2009-07-22 パナソニック株式会社 refrigerator
JP4254755B2 (en) * 2005-07-05 2009-04-15 パナソニック株式会社 refrigerator
KR20070047896A (en) * 2005-11-03 2007-05-08 삼성전자주식회사 Refrigerator
JP4587317B2 (en) * 2006-01-24 2010-11-24 国立大学法人岐阜大学 Proximity sensor and proximity / contact sensor
JP4687478B2 (en) * 2006-01-31 2011-05-25 ぺんてる株式会社 Capacitive touch switch device
KR100678067B1 (en) * 2006-02-28 2007-02-02 삼성전자주식회사 Touch sensor apparatus
WO2007104540A2 (en) * 2006-03-13 2007-09-20 Ident Technology Ag Capacitive sensor device
KR101330460B1 (en) * 2006-03-17 2013-11-15 일렉트로룩스 홈 프로덕츠 코오포레이션 엔.브이. Door position sensor
JP4667288B2 (en) * 2006-03-31 2011-04-06 三洋電機株式会社 Storage
CN2909123Y (en) * 2006-04-28 2007-06-06 广东富信电子科技有限公司 Controller for refrigerator
KR20080004822A (en) * 2006-07-06 2008-01-10 엘지전자 주식회사 Automatic display for refrigerator
KR100764281B1 (en) * 2006-07-20 2007-10-05 엘지전자 주식회사 Information managing apparatus for refrigerator
JP5045023B2 (en) * 2006-08-09 2012-10-10 パナソニック株式会社 Input device
CN101126591B (en) * 2006-08-17 2010-10-13 泰州乐金电子冷机有限公司 Refrigerator controller package assembly
CN101131276A (en) * 2006-08-22 2008-02-27 泰州乐金电子冷机有限公司 Refrigerated air supply apparatus for refrigerator storeroom
JP4991236B2 (en) * 2006-10-05 2012-08-01 株式会社東芝 refrigerator
KR20080037269A (en) * 2006-10-25 2008-04-30 엘지전자 주식회사 A lighting device for refrigerator
KR20080057474A (en) * 2006-12-20 2008-06-25 엘지전자 주식회사 A refrigerator
US7686127B2 (en) * 2007-01-04 2010-03-30 Whirlpool Corporation Acoustic chamber as part of adapter or appliance
ES2467466T3 (en) * 2007-01-22 2014-06-12 Panasonic Corporation Cooking appliance
JP4384187B2 (en) * 2007-02-09 2009-12-16 日立アプライアンス株式会社 refrigerator
JP4384191B2 (en) * 2007-02-09 2009-12-16 日立アプライアンス株式会社 refrigerator
JP2009024921A (en) * 2007-07-19 2009-02-05 Hitachi Appliances Inc Refrigerator
JP2009032570A (en) * 2007-07-27 2009-02-12 Fujikura Ltd Human body approach detecting device
KR100885584B1 (en) * 2007-08-23 2009-02-24 엘지전자 주식회사 Refrigerator and controlling method of the same
JP2009063064A (en) * 2007-09-06 2009-03-26 Hitachi Appliances Inc Vacuum heat insulating material and refrigerator using the same
US8421757B2 (en) * 2007-10-12 2013-04-16 Sony Corporation Touch sensor with a plurality of touch sensor sections
JP5315910B2 (en) * 2007-10-12 2013-10-16 ソニー株式会社 Contact sensor
CN201116818Y (en) * 2007-10-12 2008-09-17 东莞凤岗雁田精博塑胶电子制品厂 Soft-casing small refrigerator
KR20090043993A (en) * 2007-10-30 2009-05-07 엘지전자 주식회사 Door opening and closing controlling apparatus of refrigerator and controlling method thereof
CN101469504B (en) * 2007-12-29 2012-09-19 海尔集团公司 Detection prompting method and system for washing machine
KR101245140B1 (en) * 2008-02-12 2013-03-25 삼성전자주식회사 Refrigerator and control method thereof
KR101576672B1 (en) * 2008-02-21 2015-12-10 엘지전자 주식회사 Refrigerator and refrigerator door
AU2009200531B2 (en) * 2008-03-10 2014-07-24 Aktiebolaget Electrolux An Appliance Door Sensor
JP5238329B2 (en) 2008-04-14 2013-07-17 株式会社東芝 refrigerator
CN101738051B (en) * 2008-11-27 2012-10-31 无锡松下冷机有限公司 Refrigerator
TWI548846B (en) * 2008-12-24 2016-09-11 Panasonic Corp Refrigerator
DE102009026659A1 (en) * 2009-06-03 2010-12-09 BSH Bosch und Siemens Hausgeräte GmbH Freestanding household appliance e.g. baking-oven, has handle unit provided at one of side edges of front wall that is designed as front wall of withdrawable drawer, where handle unit is accessed in open position
EP2267386A3 (en) * 2009-06-22 2014-01-29 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Refrigerator
KR20120111910A (en) * 2009-06-29 2012-10-11 소니 주식회사 Electrostatic capacitive type touch panel and display device equipped with a touch detection function
WO2011002025A1 (en) * 2009-06-30 2011-01-06 信越ポリマー株式会社 Capacitance sensor and manufacturing method thereof
US8434837B2 (en) * 2009-07-08 2013-05-07 Lg Electronics Inc. Refrigerator
KR101100146B1 (en) * 2009-08-12 2011-12-29 히타치 어플라이언스 가부시키가이샤 Refrigerator
JP4948578B2 (en) * 2009-08-12 2012-06-06 日立アプライアンス株式会社 refrigerator
KR20110024883A (en) * 2009-09-03 2011-03-09 삼성전자주식회사 Apparatus for automatically opening/closing door and refrigerator having the same
JP2011074617A (en) * 2009-09-29 2011-04-14 Sun Wave Corp Apparatus for automatically opening/closing door
JP5408717B2 (en) * 2009-10-27 2014-02-05 株式会社フジクラ Capacitance type switch device
JP5563275B2 (en) * 2009-10-27 2014-07-30 パナソニック株式会社 Outlet
CN202050396U (en) * 2011-05-03 2011-11-23 旭丽电子(广州)有限公司 Touch control device
WO2011074226A1 (en) * 2009-12-16 2011-06-23 パナソニック株式会社 Refrigerator
CN201575653U (en) * 2010-01-08 2010-09-08 泰州乐金电子冷机有限公司 Automatic door-openable refrigerator
JP2011144993A (en) * 2010-01-14 2011-07-28 Panasonic Corp Refrigerator
KR101831614B1 (en) * 2010-01-28 2018-02-26 삼성전자주식회사 Refrigerator
CN101846434A (en) * 2010-03-26 2010-09-29 海信容声(广东)冰箱有限公司 Control device and method of refrigerator display panel background light
US9595960B2 (en) * 2010-05-04 2017-03-14 Whirlpool Corporation Dead-front user interface
JP5590974B2 (en) * 2010-06-08 2014-09-17 キヤノン株式会社 Operating device and image reading device
JP2012013422A (en) * 2010-06-29 2012-01-19 Yazaki Corp Moving direction determining device
JP2012017866A (en) 2010-07-06 2012-01-26 Panasonic Corp Refrigerator
JP2012017865A (en) 2010-07-06 2012-01-26 Panasonic Corp Refrigerator
CN201724505U (en) * 2010-07-13 2011-01-26 江苏德莱仕电器有限公司 Bidirectional sliding door for refrigerator
CN201724516U (en) * 2010-07-13 2011-01-26 江苏德莱仕电器有限公司 Refrigerator with intelligent opening and closing door
JP5667805B2 (en) * 2010-07-14 2015-02-12 日立アプライアンス株式会社 refrigerator
CN201726574U (en) * 2010-07-23 2011-01-26 海信容声(广东)冰箱有限公司 Automatic control device of interior light of box body
KR101114873B1 (en) * 2010-08-31 2012-02-28 주식회사 이음플러스 Touch panel sensor andmethod of sensing movement using proximity sensor
KR101768699B1 (en) * 2010-12-07 2017-08-17 엘지전자 주식회사 Device of opening and shutting double door for refrigerator
JP5637898B2 (en) * 2011-02-25 2014-12-10 住友理工株式会社 Touch switch
CN202049720U (en) * 2011-03-16 2011-11-23 安徽康佳同创电器有限公司 Display device and refrigerator employing same
KR20120134586A (en) * 2011-06-03 2012-12-12 강태훈 Added display function and equipped network refrigerator
JP5784427B2 (en) * 2011-09-07 2015-09-24 株式会社東芝 refrigerator
JP5779485B2 (en) * 2011-09-08 2015-09-16 日立アプライアンス株式会社 refrigerator
KR101373088B1 (en) * 2011-09-08 2014-03-11 히타치 어플라이언스 가부시키가이샤 Refrigerator
JP2013077556A (en) * 2011-09-12 2013-04-25 Futaba Corp Touch switch
CN202928279U (en) * 2011-09-13 2013-05-08 江苏白雪电器股份有限公司 Refrigerator
CN202413589U (en) * 2011-10-20 2012-09-05 范小骐 Automobile door and door frame edge prompting signal system
CN103126600B (en) * 2011-11-21 2016-04-06 松下电器产业株式会社 Seat device
CN102494511A (en) * 2011-11-24 2012-06-13 李守勇 Opening method of refrigerator door and refrigerator using same
DE202012005255U1 (en) * 2012-05-29 2012-06-26 Youse Gmbh Operating device with a gesture monitoring unit
CN102889751A (en) * 2012-10-31 2013-01-23 昆山黄昆纺织机械有限公司 Speech recognition refrigerator
CN102945671A (en) * 2012-10-31 2013-02-27 四川长虹电器股份有限公司 Voice recognition method
CN203012693U (en) * 2012-12-03 2013-06-19 合肥美菱股份有限公司 Capacitive touch screen applied to refrigerator
CN103051321A (en) * 2012-12-10 2013-04-17 天津天地伟业数码科技有限公司 Touch key applied to monitoring equipment
CN103277974B (en) * 2013-06-19 2016-01-27 青海汉拉信息科技股份有限公司 Chinese speech controls the device of intelligent refrigerator
CN103438658A (en) * 2013-08-15 2013-12-11 四川长虹电器股份有限公司 Intelligent refrigerator gesture control system
CN103838496B (en) * 2014-02-20 2020-01-31 联想(北京)有限公司 method for controlling electronic equipment and electronic equipment

Cited By (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN106152697A (en) * 2015-04-21 2016-11-23 青岛海尔智能技术研发有限公司 Control method and the refrigerator of refrigerator switch gate
CN106152697B (en) * 2015-04-21 2020-10-02 青岛海尔智能技术研发有限公司 Method for controlling opening and closing of refrigerator door and refrigerator
TWI630363B (en) * 2015-06-22 2018-07-21 東芝生活電器股份有限公司 Refrigerator
TWI637135B (en) * 2015-07-14 2018-10-01 Lg電子股份有限公司 A door for home appliance and home appliance having the same
US11029075B2 (en) 2015-07-14 2021-06-08 Lg Electronics Inc. Door for home appliance and home appliance having the same
CN106352645A (en) * 2015-07-17 2017-01-25 东芝生活电器株式会社 Refrigerator
TWI683081B (en) * 2017-08-02 2020-01-21 日商日立環球生活方案股份有限公司 refrigerator
TWI734253B (en) * 2017-08-02 2021-07-21 日商日立環球生活方案股份有限公司 refrigerator
TWI717938B (en) * 2019-01-11 2021-02-01 日商三菱電機股份有限公司 refrigerator

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN107178957A (en) 2017-09-19
CN106949700A (en) 2017-07-14
CN107192207B (en) 2020-11-06
CN107152833A (en) 2017-09-12
CN106969578A (en) 2017-07-21
CN107024070A (en) 2017-08-08
CN107014138A (en) 2017-08-04
CN107388706B (en) 2022-06-14
CN106940120A (en) 2017-07-11
CN107166857A (en) 2017-09-15
CN107178957B (en) 2022-03-01
KR102184333B1 (en) 2020-11-30
CN107166857B (en) 2019-08-23
CN107131713B (en) 2022-06-14
TWI572837B (en) 2017-03-01
CN107062758B (en) 2020-03-24
KR20210054062A (en) 2021-05-12
KR20160003211A (en) 2016-01-08
CN107388705B (en) 2023-08-04
CN107144080B (en) 2020-11-06
CN107152834B (en) 2020-07-14
CN107131713A (en) 2017-09-05
CN107024060A (en) 2017-08-08
CN107421199A (en) 2017-12-01
CN107036371A (en) 2017-08-11
CN107144080A (en) 2017-09-08
CN107166855B (en) 2019-11-05
CN105308403B (en) 2017-07-07
WO2014208585A1 (en) 2014-12-31
CN107062760A (en) 2017-08-18
MY183145A (en) 2021-02-16
CN107014138B (en) 2019-10-25
CN107367109A (en) 2017-11-21
CN107152834A (en) 2017-09-12
JP2016014484A (en) 2016-01-28
CN105308403A (en) 2016-02-03
CN107062758A (en) 2017-08-18
KR20180023053A (en) 2018-03-06
CN107166858A (en) 2017-09-15
KR101836592B1 (en) 2018-04-19
CN107062797B (en) 2020-08-21
CN107062797A (en) 2017-08-18
KR20200135566A (en) 2020-12-02
CN107166856A (en) 2017-09-15
CN107388706A (en) 2017-11-24
CN107084586B (en) 2020-06-23
CN107192207A (en) 2017-09-22
CN107062760B (en) 2021-07-27
JP6373653B2 (en) 2018-08-15
CN107166855A (en) 2017-09-15
CN107084586A (en) 2017-08-22
CN107388705A (en) 2017-11-24

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI572837B (en) Refrigerator
JP2023162421A (en) refrigerator

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
MM4A Annulment or lapse of patent due to non-payment of fees